File: fr.po

package info (click to toggle)
devscripts 2.9.26etch5
links: PTS
area: main
in suites: etch
size: 1,752 kB
ctags: 323
sloc: perl: 8,642; sh: 3,590; makefile: 153; ansic: 17
file content (11145 lines) | stat: -rw-r--r-- 421,242 bytes
parent folder | download | duplicates (2)
# devscripts' manpages translation to French
# This file is distributed under the same license as the devscripts package.
# Nicolas FRANOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>, 2004.
# DELACOUR Guillaume <guillaume.delacour@gmail.com>, 14/11/05, 2005.
# Cyril Brulebois <cyril.brulebois@enst-bretagne.fr>, 2006.
# Thomas Huriaux <thomas.huriaux@gmail.com>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: devscripts.fr.corrected\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 13:03+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-11-18 14:34+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Thomas Huriaux <thomas.huriaux@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

# type: TH
#: ../annotate-output.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "ANNOTATE-OUTPUT"
msgstr "ANNOTATE-OUTPUT"

# type: TH
#: ../annotate-output.1:1 ../archpath.1:1 ../checkbashisms.1:1 ../cvs-debc.1:1
#: ../cvs-debi.1:1 ../cvs-debrelease.1:1 ../cvs-debuild.1:1 ../debc.1:1
#: ../debchange.1:1 ../debclean.1:1 ../debdiff.1:1 ../debi.1:1 ../debpkg.1:1
#: ../debrelease.1:1 ../debrsign.1:1 ../debsign.1:1 ../debuild.1:1
#: ../devscripts.1:1 ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:1 ../dscverify.1:1
#: ../grep-excuses.1:1 ../mergechanges.1:1 ../nmudiff.1:1 ../plotchangelog.1:1
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:1 ../rc-alert.1:1 ../tagpending.1:1 ../uscan.1:1
#: ../uupdate.1:1 ../whodepends.1:1 ../who-uploads.1:1 ../wnpp-alert.1:1
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Utilities"
msgstr "Utilitaires Debian"

# type: TH
#: ../annotate-output.1:1 ../archpath.1:1 ../checkbashisms.1:1 ../cvs-debc.1:1
#: ../cvs-debi.1:1 ../cvs-debrelease.1:1 ../cvs-debuild.1:1 ../debc.1:1
#: ../debchange.1:1 ../debclean.1:1 ../debdiff.1:1 ../debi.1:1 ../debpkg.1:1
#: ../debrelease.1:1 ../debrsign.1:1 ../debsign.1:1 ../debuild.1:1
#: ../devscripts.1:1 ../dpkg-depcheck.1:1 ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:1
#: ../dscverify.1:1 ../grep-excuses.1:1 ../mergechanges.1:1 ../nmudiff.1:1
#: ../plotchangelog.1:1 ../pts-subscribe.1:1 ../rc-alert.1:1 ../tagpending.1:1
#: ../uscan.1:1 ../uupdate.1:1 ../whodepends.1:1 ../who-uploads.1:1
#: ../wnpp-alert.1:1 ../devscripts.conf.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBIAN"
msgstr "DEBIAN"

# type: SH
#: ../annotate-output.1:2 ../archpath.1:2 ../bts.pl:25 ../checkbashisms.1:2
#: ../cvs-debc.1:2 ../cvs-debi.1:2 ../cvs-debrelease.1:2 ../cvs-debuild.1:2
#: ../dd-list.1:19 ../debc.1:2 ../debchange.1:2 ../debclean.1:2
#: ../debcommit.pl:3 ../debdiff.1:2 ../debi.1:2 ../debpkg.1:2
#: ../debrelease.1:2 ../debrsign.1:2 ../debsign.1:2 ../debuild.1:2
#: ../devscripts.1:2 ../dget.pl:403 ../dpkg-depcheck.1:2
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:2 ../dscverify.1:2 ../grep-excuses.1:2
#: ../mass-bug.pl:22 ../mergechanges.1:2 ../nmudiff.1:2 ../plotchangelog.1:2
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:2 ../rc-alert.1:2 ../rmadison.pl:113 ../svnpath.pl:3
#: ../tagpending.1:2 ../uscan.1:2 ../uupdate.1:2 ../whodepends.1:2
#: ../who-uploads.1:2 ../wnpp-alert.1:2 ../devscripts.conf.5:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NOM"

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:4
msgid "annotate-output - annotate program output with time and stream"
msgstr ""
"annotate-output - Annoter la sortie d'un programme avec la date et les flux"

# type: SH
#: ../annotate-output.1:4 ../archpath.1:4 ../bts.pl:129 ../checkbashisms.1:4
#: ../cvs-debc.1:4 ../cvs-debi.1:4 ../cvs-debrelease.1:4 ../cvs-debuild.1:4
#: ../dd-list.1:22 ../debc.1:4 ../debchange.1:4 ../debclean.1:4
#: ../debcommit.pl:7 ../debdiff.1:4 ../debi.1:4 ../debpkg.1:4
#: ../debrelease.1:4 ../debrsign.1:4 ../debsign.1:4 ../debuild.1:4
#: ../dget.pl:407 ../dpkg-depcheck.1:4 ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:4
#: ../dscverify.1:4 ../grep-excuses.1:4 ../mass-bug.pl:26 ../mergechanges.1:4
#: ../nmudiff.1:4 ../plotchangelog.1:4 ../pts-subscribe.1:4 ../rc-alert.1:4
#: ../rmadison.pl:117 ../svnpath.pl:7 ../tagpending.1:4 ../uscan.1:4
#: ../uupdate.1:4 ../whodepends.1:4 ../who-uploads.1:4 ../wnpp-alert.1:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "SYNOPSIS"

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:6
msgid "B<annotate-output> I<program> [I<args> ...]"
msgstr "B<annotate-output> I<programme> [I<paramtres> ...]"

# type: SH
#: ../annotate-output.1:6 ../archpath.1:12 ../bts.pl:133 ../checkbashisms.1:8
#: ../cvs-debc.1:6 ../cvs-debi.1:6 ../cvs-debrelease.1:7 ../cvs-debuild.1:8
#: ../dd-list.1:26 ../debc.1:6 ../debchange.1:8 ../debclean.1:6
#: ../debcommit.pl:11 ../debdiff.1:13 ../debi.1:6 ../debpkg.1:6
#: ../debrelease.1:6 ../deb-reversion.dbk:82 ../debrsign.1:7 ../debsign.1:6
#: ../debuild.1:11 ../devscripts.1:4 ../dget.pl:417 ../dpkg-depcheck.1:6
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:6 ../dscverify.1:6 ../grep-excuses.1:6
#: ../mass-bug.pl:30 ../mergechanges.1:6 ../nmudiff.1:6 ../plotchangelog.1:7
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:6 ../rc-alert.1:8 ../rmadison.pl:125 ../svnpath.pl:17
#: ../tagpending.1:6 ../uscan.1:6 ../uupdate.1:8 ../whodepends.1:6
#: ../who-uploads.1:6 ../wnpp-alert.1:8 ../devscripts.conf.5:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:10
msgid ""
"B<annotate-output> will execute the specified program, while prepending "
"every line with the current time and O for stdout and E for stderr."
msgstr ""
"B<annotate-output> va lancer le programme spcifi en ajoutant au dbut de "
"chaque ligne l'heure courante ainsi qu'un O pour la sortie standard "
"(stdout) et un E pour la sortie d'erreur (stderr)."

# type: SH
#: ../annotate-output.1:11 ../uscan.1:310
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "EXEMPLE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ annotate-output make\n"
"21:41:21 I: Started make\n"
"21:41:21 O: gcc -Wall program.c\n"
"21:43:18 E: program.c: Couldn't compile, and took me ages to find out\n"
"21:43:19 E: collect2: ld returned 1 exit status\n"
"21:43:19 E: make: *** [all] Error 1\n"
"21:43:19 I: Finished with exitcode 2\n"
msgstr ""
"$ annotate-output make\n"
"21:41:21 I: make dmarr\n"
"21:41:21 O: gcc -Wall programme.c\n"
"21:43:18 E: programme.c: n'a pas compil et dure de diagnostic dpasse\n"
"21:43:19 E: collect2: ld a retourn un code de sortie 1\n"
"21:43:19 E: make: *** [all] Erreur 1\n"
"21:43:19 I: termin avec un code de sortie 2\n"

# type: =head1
#: ../annotate-output.1:23 ../dget.pl:513 ../whodepends.1:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "BOGUES"

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:27
msgid ""
"Since stdout and stderr are processed in parallel, it can happen that some "
"lines received on stdout will show up before later-printed stderr lines (and "
"vice-versa)."
msgstr ""
"Puisque stdout et stderr sont traites en parallle, il peut arriver que "
"quelques lignes reues sur stdout soient affiches avant des lignes de "
"stderr (et inversement)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:32
msgid ""
"This is unfortunately very hard to fix with the current annotation "
"strategy.  A fix would involve switching to PTRACE'ing the process.  Giving "
"nice a (much) higher priority over the executed program could however cause "
"this behaviour to show up less frequently."
msgstr ""
"Ceci est malheureusement trs difficile  corriger avec la stratgie "
"d'annotation choisie. Une solution serait de passer  un suivi via PTRACE. "
"Donner  nice une (bien) plus grande priorit par rapport au programme "
"excut pourrait cependant viter que ce comportement n'arrive trop "
"frquemment."

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:37
msgid ""
"The program does not work as well when the output is not linewise.  In "
"particular, when an interactive program asks for input, the question might "
"not be shown until after you have answered it.  This will give the "
"impression that the annotated program has hung, while it has not."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme ne fonctionne pas non plus trs bien si la sortie n'est pas "
"faite ligne par ligne. En particulier, quand un programme interactif attend "
"une entre, la question peut ne pas tre affiche tant que vous n'y avez pas "
"rpondu. Ceci peut donner l'impression que le programme ainsi lanc a gel, "
"alors que ce n'est pas le cas."

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:41
msgid ""
"B<annotate-output> does not currently accept any command-line options, so --"
"help, --version, and that kind of stuff do not currently work (unless you "
"install /usr/bin/--help ;) )."
msgstr ""
"B<annotate-output> n'accepte pas d'option sur la ligne de commande pour "
"l'instant, donc --help, --version et ce genre de choses ne fonctionnent pas "
"pour l'instant ( moins d'installer /usr/bin/--help)."

# type: SH
#: ../annotate-output.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "TODO"
msgstr " FAIRE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:44
msgid "Accept --help, --version command-line options."
msgstr "Accepter les options --help et --version."

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:46
msgid "Get rich with this very sophisticated piece of bash."
msgstr "Devenir riche avec ce morceau de bash trs sophistiqu."

# type: SH
#: ../annotate-output.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "WEBSITE/SUPPORT"
msgstr "SITE WEB/AIDE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:50
msgid ""
"The most recent version of this utility is on http://jeroen.A-Eskwadraat.nl/"
"sw/annotate"
msgstr ""
"La version la plus rcente de cet utilitaire se trouve sur http://jeroen.A-"
"Eskwadraat.nl/sw/annotate"

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:54
msgid ""
"This program is community-supported (meaning: you'll need to fix it "
"yourself).  Patches are however appreciated, as is any feedback (positive or "
"negative)."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme est soutenu par la communaut (comprendre: vous allez devoir "
"le corriger vous-mme). Les rustines sont toutefois apprcies, ainsi que "
"toute sorte de retour (positif ou non)."

# type: SH
#: ../annotate-output.1:55 ../archpath.1:54 ../checkbashisms.1:34
#: ../cvs-debc.1:64 ../cvs-debi.1:68 ../cvs-debrelease.1:69
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:63 ../dd-list.1:82 ../debc.1:119 ../debchange.1:335
#: ../debclean.1:108 ../debcommit.pl:291 ../debdiff.1:167 ../debi.1:120
#: ../debpkg.1:23 ../debrelease.1:137 ../deb-reversion.dbk:278
#: ../debrsign.1:71 ../debsign.1:128 ../debuild.1:413 ../dget.pl:517
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:36 ../dscverify.1:44 ../grep-excuses.1:36
#: ../mass-bug.pl:421 ../mergechanges.1:17 ../nmudiff.1:97
#: ../plotchangelog.1:126 ../pts-subscribe.1:51 ../rc-alert.1:29
#: ../rmadison.pl:188 ../svnpath.pl:97 ../tagpending.1:37 ../uscan.1:488
#: ../uupdate.1:167 ../whodepends.1:19 ../who-uploads.1:58 ../wnpp-alert.1:19
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "AUTEUR"

# type: Plain text
#: ../annotate-output.1:59
msgid ""
"B<annotate-output> was written by Jeroen van Wolffelaar "
"E<lt>jeroen@wolffelaar.nlE<gt> This manpage comes under the same copyright "
"as annotate-output itself, read /usr/bin/annotate-output (or wherever you "
"install it) for the details."
msgstr ""
"B<annotate-output> a t crit par Jeroen van Wolffelaar "
"E<lt>jeroen@wolffelaar.nlE<gt>. Cette page de manuel est distribue sous la "
"mme licence que annotate-output lui-mme, veuillez lire /usr/bin/annotate-"
"output (ou  tout autre endroit o il est install) pour les dtails."

# type: TH
#: ../archpath.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "ARCHPATH"
msgstr "ARCHPATH"

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:4
msgid ""
"archpath - output arch (tla/Bazaar) archive names, with support for branches"
msgstr ""
"archpath - Afficher les noms des archives arch (tla ou Bazaar), avec la "
"gestion des branches"

# type: TP
#: ../archpath.1:6
msgid "B<archpath>"
msgstr "B<archpath>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:9
msgid "B<archpath> I<branch>"
msgstr "B<archpath> I<branch>"

# type: TP
#: ../archpath.1:12
msgid "B<archpath> I<branch>--I<version>"
msgstr "B<archpath> I<branch>--I<version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:15
msgid ""
"B<archpath> is intended to be run in an arch (tla or Bazaar) working copy."
msgstr ""
"B<archpath> est cens tourner dans une copie de travail arch (tla ou Bazaar)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:20
msgid ""
"In its simplest usage, B<archpath> with no parameters outputs the package "
"name (archive/category--branch--version) associated with the working copy."
msgstr ""
"Le cas d'utilisation le plus simple est le suivant: lancer B<archpath> sans "
"paramtre entrane l'affichage du nom du paquet (archive/categorie--branche--"
"version) associ  la copie de travail."

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:28
msgid ""
"If a parameter is given, it may either be a branch--version, in which case "
"B<archpath> will output a corresponding package name in the current archive "
"and category, or a plain branch name (without \\(oq--\"), in which case "
"B<archpath> will output a corresponding package name in the current archive "
"and category and with the same version as the current working copy."
msgstr ""
"Si un paramtre est pass, il peut tre soit branche--version, auquel cas "
"B<archpath> affiche le nom du paquet correspondant  l'archive courante et "
"la catgorie, soit un nom de branche complet (sans --), auquel cas "
"B<archpath> affiche le nom du paquet correspondant dans la mme archive, la "
"mme catgorie, et  la mme version que la copie de travail courante."

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:32
msgid ""
"This is useful for branching.  For example, if you're using Bazaar and you "
"want to create a branch for a new feature, you might use a command like this:"
msgstr ""
"Ceci est utile pour la gestion des branches. Par exemple, si vous utilisez "
"Bazaar et que vous voulez crer une branche pour une nouvelle "
"fonctionnalit, vous pouvez utiliser une commande telle que:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "CW<baz branch $(archpath) $(archpath new-feature)>\n"
msgstr "CW<baz branch $(archpath) $(archpath new-feature)>\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:43
msgid ""
"Or if you want to tag your current code onto a \\(oqreleases\\(cq branch as "
"version 1.0, you might use a command like this:"
msgstr ""
"Ou si vous voulez marquer votre code actuel comme tant une version 1.0 dans "
"une branche releases, vous pouvez utiliser une commande telle que:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "CW<baz branch $(archpath) $(archpath releases--1.0)>\n"
msgstr "CW<baz branch $(archpath) $(archpath releases--1.0)>\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:54
msgid ""
"That's much easier than using \\(oqbaz tree-version\\(cq to look up the "
"package name and manually modifying the result."
msgstr ""
"C'est bien plus commode que d'utiliser baz tree-version pour rcuprer "
"le nom du paquet puis modifier le rsultat manuellement."

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:57
msgid "B<archpath> was written by"
msgstr "B<archpath> a t crit par"

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:59
msgid "Colin Watson E<lt>cjwatson@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr "Colin Watson E<lt>cjwatson@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../archpath.1:63
msgid ""
"Like B<archpath>, this manual page is released under the GNU General Public "
"License, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""
"Comme B<archpath>, cette page de manuel est publie sous la Licence Publique "
"Gnrale de GNU, version 2 ou ultrieure."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:27
msgid "bts - developers' command line interface to the BTS"
msgstr ""
"bts - Interface en ligne de commande pour le BTS, pour les dveloppeurs"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:131
msgid ""
"B<bts> [options] command [args] [#comment] [.|, command [args] "
"[#comment]] ..."
msgstr ""
"B<bts> [options] commande [paramtres] [#commentaire] [.|, commande "
"[paramtres] [#commentaire]] ..."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:135
msgid ""
"This is a command line interface to the bug tracking system, intended mainly "
"for use by developers. It lets the BTS be manipulated using simple commands "
"that can be run at the prompt or in a script, does various sanity checks on "
"the input, and constructs and sends a mail to the BTS control address for "
"you."
msgstr ""
"Ceci est une interface au systme de suivi de bogues en ligne de commande, "
"principalement destine  l'usage des dveloppeurs. Elle permet de manipuler "
"le BTS via de simples commandes pouvant tre lances depuis une invite de "
"commandes ou depuis un script, effectue diverses vrifications de la "
"validit des donnes entres, afin de crer et d'envoyer pour vous un "
"courriel  l'adresse de contrle du BTS."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:141
msgid ""
"In general, the command line interface is the same as what you would write "
"in a mail to control@bugs.debian.org, just prefixed with \"bts\". For "
"example:"
msgstr ""
"En gnral, cette interface en ligne de commande est la mme que si vous "
"vouliez crire un courriel  control@bugs.debian.org, simplement prcde de "
"bts. Par exemple:"

# type: verbatim
#: ../bts.pl:145
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" % bts severity 69042 normal\n"
" % bts merge 69042 43233\n"
" % bts retitle 69042 blah blah\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
" % bts severity 69042 normal\n"
" % bts merge 69042 43233\n"
" % bts retitle 69042 bla bla\n"
"\n"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:149
msgid ""
"A few additional commands have been added for your convenience, and this "
"program is less strict about what constitutes a valid bug number. For "
"example, \"severity Bug#85942 normal\" is understood, as is \"severity "
"#85942 normal\".  (Of course, your shell may regard \"#\" as a comment "
"character though, so you may need to quote it!)"
msgstr ""
"Quelques commandes supplmentaires peuvent tre ajoutes  votre convenance "
"et ce programme est moins strict sur la validit des numros de bogue. Par "
"exemple, severity Bug#85942 normal est compris, tout comme severity "
"#85942 normal. (Bien sr, votre interprteur de commandes peut comprendre "
"# comme un caractre de commentaire, donc il faudra probablement le "
"mettre entre guillemets.)"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:155
msgid ""
"Also, for your convenience, this program allows you to abbreviate commands "
"to the shortest unique substring (similar to how cvs lets you abbreviate "
"commands). So it understands things like \"bts cl 85942\"."
msgstr ""
"De mme, pour vous faciliter la vie, ce programme vous permet d'abrger les "
"commandes en la plus courte sous-chane unique (d'une manire similaire  "
"celle de cvs). Ainsi des choses comme bts cl 85942 sont comprises."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:159
msgid ""
"It is also possible to include a comment in the mail sent to the BTS. If "
"your shell does not strip out the comment in a command like \"bts severity "
"30321 normal #inflated severity\", then this program is smart enough to "
"figure out where the comment is, and include it in the email.  Note that "
"most shells do strip out such comments before they get to the program, "
"unless the comment is quoted.  (Something like \"bts severity #85942 normal"
"\" will not be treated as a comment!)"
msgstr ""
"Il est aussi possible d'inclure un commentaire dans le courriel envoy au "
"BTS. Si votre interprteur de commandes ne supprime pas le commentaire dans "
"une commande telle que bts severity 30321 normal #svrit augmente, "
"alors ce programme se dbrouille pour trouver o se situe le commentaire et "
"pour l'inclure dans le courriel. Notez que la plupart des interprteurs de "
"commandes ne tiennent pas compte de ce type de commentaires avant d'excuter "
"le programme,  moins que ce commentaire soit plac entre guillemets. "
"(Quelque chose comme bts severity #85942 normal ne sera pas trait comme "
"un commentaire.)"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:167
msgid ""
"You can specify multiple commands by separating them with a single dot, "
"rather like B<update-rc.d>; a single comma may also be used; all the "
"commands will then be sent in a single mail. For example (quoting where "
"necessary so that B<bts> sees the comment):"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez spcifier plusieurs commandes en les sparant par un simple "
"point, comme pour B<update-rc.d>; une simple virgule peut aussi tre "
"utilise; toutes les commandes seront envoyes dans un seul courriel. Par "
"exemple (en chappant ce qui doit l'tre de manire  ce que B<bts> voie le "
"commentaire correctement):"

# type: verbatim
#: ../bts.pl:172
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" % bts severity 95672 normal , merge 95672 95673 \\#they\\'re the same!\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
" % bts severity 95672 normal , merge 95672 95673 \\#Il s\\'agit des mmes !\n"
"\n"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:174
msgid ""
"The abbreviation \"it\" may be used to refer to the last mentioned bug "
"number, so you could write:"
msgstr ""
"L'abrviation it peut tre utilise pour dsigner le dernier numro de "
"bogue mentionn, donc vous pouvez crire:"

# type: verbatim
#: ../bts.pl:177
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" % bts severity 95672 wishlist, retitle it \"bts: please add a --foo option\"\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
" % bts severity 95672 wishlist, retitle it \"bts: SVP ajoutez une option --toto\"\n"
"\n"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:179
msgid ""
"Please use this program responsibly, and do take our users into "
"consideration."
msgstr ""
"Merci d'utiliser ce programme d'une faon raisonnable et de prendre vos "
"utilisateurs en considration."

# type: SH
#: ../bts.pl:182 ../checkbashisms.1:14 ../cvs-debc.1:24 ../cvs-debi.1:28
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:21 ../cvs-debuild.1:33 ../dd-list.1:58 ../debc.1:63
#: ../debchange.1:145 ../debclean.1:60 ../debcommit.pl:18 ../debdiff.1:45
#: ../debi.1:65 ../debrelease.1:56 ../deb-reversion.dbk:128 ../debrsign.1:30
#: ../debsign.1:39 ../debuild.1:210 ../dget.pl:446 ../dpkg-depcheck.1:15
#: ../dscverify.1:15 ../grep-excuses.1:13 ../mass-bug.pl:52 ../nmudiff.1:21
#: ../plotchangelog.1:43 ../pts-subscribe.1:13 ../rc-alert.1:17
#: ../rmadison.pl:134 ../tagpending.1:12 ../uscan.1:325 ../uupdate.1:50
#: ../whodepends.1:10 ../who-uploads.1:15 ../wnpp-alert.1:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS"

# type: Plain text
#: ../bts.pl:184
msgid ""
"B<bts> examines the B<devscripts> configuration files as described below.  "
"Command line options override the configuration file settings, though."
msgstr ""
"B<bts> examine les fichiers de configuration de B<devscripts> comme dcrit "
"ci-dessous. Les options en ligne de commande permettent de remplacer les "
"paramtres des fichiers de configuration."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:190
msgid "-o, --offline"
msgstr "-o, --offline"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:192
msgid ""
"Make bts use cached bugs for the 'show' and 'bugs' commands, if a cache is "
"available for the requested data. See the cache command, below for "
"information on setting up a cache."
msgstr ""
"Faire en sorte que bts utilise la mise en cache des bogues pour les "
"commandes show et bugs, si un cache est disponible pour les donnes "
"demandes. Veuillez vous reporter  la commande cache ci-dessous pour "
"plus d'informations sur la mise en place d'un cache."

# type: TP
#: ../bts.pl:196
msgid "--online, --no-offline"
msgstr "--online, --no-offline"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:198
msgid ""
"Opposite of --offline; overrides any configuration file directive to work "
"offline."
msgstr ""
"Contraire de l'option --offline; crase toute directive venant d'un fichier "
"de configuration afin de travailler hors ligne."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:201
msgid "--cache, --no-cache"
msgstr "--cache, --no-cache"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:203
msgid ""
"Should we attempt to cache new versions of BTS pages when performing show/"
"bugs commands? Default is to cache."
msgstr ""
"Devons-nous essayer de mettre en cache de nouvelles versions des pages du "
"BTS lorsque des commandes show/bugs sont lances? Par dfaut, la mise en "
"cache est active."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:206
msgid "--cache-mode={min|mbox|full}"
msgstr "--cache-mode={min|mbox|full}"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:208
msgid ""
"When running a B<bts cache> command, should we only mirror the basic bug "
"(min), or should we also mirror the mbox version (mbox), or should we mirror "
"the whole thing, including the mbox and the boring attachments to the BTS "
"bug pages and the acknowledgement emails (full)? Default is min."
msgstr ""
"Lors d'une utilisation de la commande B<bts cache>, faut-il seulement faire "
"un miroir basic du bogue (min), ou inclure aussi la version mbox (mbox), ou "
"tout l'ensemble,  savoir la mbox et les diffrents fichiers joints des "
"pages du BTS, ainsi que les mails de confirmation (full)? Par dfaut, "
"min est utilis."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:214
msgid "--cache-delay=seconds"
msgstr "--cache-delay=secondes"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:216
msgid ""
"Time in seconds to delay between each download, to avoid hammering the BTS "
"web server. Default is 5 seconds."
msgstr ""
"Dlai (en secondes) entre deux tlchargements, afin d'viter de surcharger "
"le serveur web du BTS. Il est de 5 secondes par dfaut."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:219
msgid "--mbox"
msgstr "--mbox"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:221
msgid ""
"Open a mail reader to read the mbox corresponding to a given bug number for "
"show and bugs commands."
msgstr ""
"Ouvre un client mail pour parcourir la bote de courriels (mbox) "
"correspondant  un numro de bogue donn, pour les commandes show et bugs."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:224
msgid "--mailreader=READER"
msgstr "--mailreader=CLIENT_MAIL"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:226
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specify the command to read the mbox.  Must contain a \"%s\" string "
"(unquoted!), which will be replaced by the name of the mbox file.  The "
"command will be split on white space and will not be passed to a shell.  "
"Default is 'mutt -f %s'.  (Also, %% will be substituted by a single % if "
"this is needed.)"
msgstr ""
"Spcifier la commande pour lire la bote de courriel (mbox). Doit "
"contenir une chane %s, qui sera remplace par le nom du fichier mbox. "
"La commande sera dcoupe en fonction des espaces et ne sera pas passe  un "
"interprteur de commandes (shell). Par dfaut, mutt -f %s sera "
"utilis. (De mme %% sera remplac par un simple % si ceci est ncessaire.)"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:232 ../mass-bug.pl:74
msgid "--sendmail=SENDMAILCMD"
msgstr "--sendmail=COMMANDE_D_ENVOI_DE_MAIL"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:234
msgid ""
"Specify the sendmail command.  The command will be split on white space and "
"will not be passed to a shell.  Default is '/usr/sbin/sendmail'.  The -t "
"option will be automatically added if the command is /usr/sbin/sendmail or /"
"usr/sbin/exim*.  For other mailers, if they require a -t option, this must "
"be included in the SENDMAILCMD, for example: --sendmail=\"/usr/sbin/mymailer "
"-t\""
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:241
msgid "-f, --force-refresh"
msgstr "-f, --force-refresh"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:243
msgid ""
"Download a bug report again, even if it does not appear to have changed "
"since the last cache command.  Useful if a --cache-mode=full is requested "
"for the first time (otherwise unchanged bug reports will not be downloaded "
"again, even if the boring bits have not been downloaded)."
msgstr ""
"Tlcharger le rapport de bogue  nouveau, mme s'il ne semble pas avoir "
"chang depuis la dernire commande de mise en cache. Utile si une option --"
"cache-mode=full est utilise la premire fois (sinon les rapports de bogue "
"inchangs ne seront pas tlchargs  nouveau, mme si les parties "
"inintressantes n'ont pas t tlcharges)."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:249
msgid "--no-force-refresh"
msgstr "--no-force-refresh"

# type: Plain text
#: ../bts.pl:251
msgid "Suppress any configuration file --force-refresh option."
msgstr ""
"Ne tenir compte d'aucune option --force-refresh venant d'un fichier de "
"configuration."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:253
msgid "-q, --quiet"
msgstr "-q, --quiet"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:255
msgid ""
"When running bts cache, only display information about newly cached pages, "
"not messages saying already cached.  If this option is specified twice, only "
"output error messages (to stderr)."
msgstr ""
"En lanant bts cache, n'afficher que les informations concernant les pages "
"nouvellement mises en cache, et non les messages indiquant ce qui a dj t "
"mis en cache. Si cette option est spcifie deux fois, n'afficher que les "
"messages d'erreur, vers la sortie d'erreur (stderr)."

# type: TP
#: ../bts.pl:259 ../mass-bug.pl:79
msgid "--no-conf, --noconf"
msgstr "--no-conf, --noconf"

# type: Plain text
#: ../bts.pl:261 ../cvs-debrelease.1:61 ../debc.1:88 ../debchange.1:272
#: ../debclean.1:81 ../debdiff.1:118 ../debi.1:90 ../debrelease.1:99
#: ../debsign.1:93 ../debuild.1:216 ../dpkg-depcheck.1:96 ../dscverify.1:23
#: ../grep-excuses.1:18 ../mass-bug.pl:81 ../nmudiff.1:63 ../uscan.1:406
#: ../uupdate.1:80 ../who-uploads.1:36
msgid ""
"Do not read any configuration files.  This can only be used as the first "
"option given on the command-line."
msgstr ""
"Ne lit aucun fichier de configuration. L'option ne peut tre utilise qu'en "
"premire position de la ligne de commande."

# type: =head1
#: ../bts.pl:476
msgid "COMMANDS"
msgstr "COMMANDES"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:478
msgid ""
"For full details about the commands, see the BTS documentation.  L<http://"
"www.debian.org/Bugs/server-control>"
msgstr ""
"Pour tous les dtails sur les commandes, veuillez consulter la documentation "
"du BTS. L<http://bugs.debian.org/Bugs/server-control>"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:483
msgid ""
"show [options] [<bug number> | <package> | <maintainer> | : ] [opt=val ...]"
msgstr ""
"show [options] [<numro de bogue> | <paquet> | <responsable> | : ] "
"[opt=val ...]"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:485
msgid "show [options] [src:<package> | from:<submitter>] [opt=val ...]"
msgstr "show [options] [src:<paquet> | from:<rapporteur>] [opt=val ...]"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:487
msgid "show [options] [tag:<tag> | usertag:<tag> ] [opt=val ...]"
msgstr "show [options] [tag:<tag> | usertag:<tag> ] [opt=val ...]"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:489
msgid "show [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]"
msgstr "show [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:491
msgid "This is a synonym for bts bugs."
msgstr "Ceci est un synonyme pour bts bugs."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:499
msgid ""
"bugs [options] [<bug number> | <package> | <maintainer> | : ] [opt=val ..]"
msgstr ""
"bugs [options] [<numro de bogue> | <paquet> | <responsable> | : ] "
"[opt=val ..]"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:501
msgid "bugs [options] [src:<package> | from:<submitter>] [opt=val ..]"
msgstr "bugs [options] [src:<paquet> | from:<rapporteur>] [opt=val ..]"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:503
msgid "bugs [options] [tag:<tag> | usertag:<tag> ] [opt=val ..]"
msgstr "bugs [options] [tag:<tag> | usertag:<tag> ] [opt=val ..]"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:505
msgid "bugs [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]"
msgstr "bugs [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:507
msgid ""
"Display the page listing the requested bugs in a web browser using "
"L<sensible-browser(1)>."
msgstr ""
"Afficher la page rfrenant les bogues demands dans un navigateur web en "
"utilisant L<sensible-browser>(1)."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:510
msgid ""
"Options may be specified after the \"bugs\" command in addition to or "
"instead of options at the start of the command line: recognised options at "
"his point are: -o/--offline/--online, --mbox, --mailreader and --[no-]"
"cache.  These are described earlier in this manpage.  If either the -o or --"
"offline option is used, or there is already an up-to-date copy in the local "
"cache, the cached version will be used."
msgstr ""
"Options pouvant tre spcifes aprs la commande bugs en plus ou  la "
"place des options au dbut de la ligne de commande. Les options reconnues "
"pour l'instant sont: -f/--offline/--online, --mbox, --mailreader et --[no-]"
"cache. Celles-ci sont expliques plus haut dans cette page de manuel. Si -o "
"ou --offline est utilise, ou s'il y a dj une copie  jour dans le cache "
"local, les versions mises en cache vont tre utilises."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:517
msgid "The meanings of the possible arguments are as follows:"
msgstr "Les significations des arguments possibles sont les suivantes:"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:521
msgid "(none)"
msgstr "(aucune)"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:523
msgid ""
"If nothing is specified, bts bugs will display your bugs, assuming that "
"either DEBEMAIL or EMAIL (examined in that order) is set to the appropriate "
"email address."
msgstr ""
"Si rien n'est spcifi, bts bugs va afficher vos bogues, en supposant que "
"soit DEBEMAIL soit EMAIL (considres dans cet ordre) est positionne  "
"l'adresse de courriel dsire."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:527
msgid "<bug number>"
msgstr "<numro de bogue>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:529
msgid "Display bug number <bug number>."
msgstr "Afficher le bogue de numro <numro de bogue>."

# type: TP
#: ../bts.pl:531
msgid "<package>"
msgstr "<paquet>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:533
msgid "Display the bugs for the package <package>."
msgstr "Afficher les bogues du paquet <paquet>."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:535
msgid "src:<package>"
msgstr "src:<paquet>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:537
msgid "Display the bugs for the source package <package>."
msgstr "Afficher les bogues du paquet source <paquet>."

# type: TP
#: ../bts.pl:539
msgid "<maintainer>"
msgstr "<responsable>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:541
msgid "Display the bugs for the maintainer email address <maintainer>."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les bogues dont le responsable a pour adresse de courriel "
"<responsable>."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:543
msgid "from:<submitter>"
msgstr "from:<rapporteur>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:545
msgid "Display the bugs for the submitter email address <submitter>."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les bogues dont le rapporteur a pour adresse de "
"courriel<rapporteur>."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:547
msgid "tag:<tag>"
msgstr "tag:<tag>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:549
msgid "Display the bugs which are tagged with <tag>."
msgstr "Afficher les bogues tagus avec <tag>."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:551
msgid "usertag:<tag>"
msgstr "usertag:<tag>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:553
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Display the bugs which are tagged with usertag <tag>.  See the BTS "
"documentation for more information on usertags.  This will require the use "
"of a users=<email> option."
msgstr ""
"Afficher les bogues tagus avec le tag utilisateur <tag>. Veuillez consulter "
"la documentation du BTS pour plus d'informations sur les tags utilisateur. "
"Ceci ncessite d'utiliser une option user=<courriel>."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:557
msgid ":"
msgstr ":"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:559
msgid ""
"Details of the bug tracking system itself, along with a bug-request page "
"with more options than this script, can be found on http://bugs.debian."
"org/.  This page itself will be opened if the command 'bts bugs :' is used."
msgstr ""
"Les dtails concernant le systme de suivi de bogues, ainsi qu'une page de "
"recherche dans les bogues contenant plus d'options que ce script, peuvent "
"tre trouvs  http://bugs.debian.org/. Cette page peut tre ouverte via la "
"commande bts bugs :."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:564
msgid "release-critical, RC"
msgstr "release-critical, RC"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:566
msgid ""
"Display the front page of the release-critical pages on the BTS.  This is a "
"synonym for http://bugs.debian.org/release-critical/index.html.  It is also "
"possible to say release-critical/debian/main.html and the like.  RC is a "
"synonym for release-critical/other/all.html."
msgstr ""
"Afficher le sommaire des pages du BTS concernant les rapports de bogue "
"critiques pour la prochaine publication. Ceci est un synonyme pour http://"
"bugs.debian.org/release-critical/index.html. Il est aussi possible de "
"spcifier release-critical/debian/main.html et de mme RC est synonyme de "
"release-critical/other/all.html."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:573
msgid ""
"After the argument specifying what to display, you can optionally specify "
"options to use to format the page or change what it displayed.  These are "
"passed to the BTS in the URL downloaded. For example, pass dist=stable to "
"see bugs affecting the stable version of a package, version=1.0 to see bugs "
"affecting that version of a package, or reverse=yes to display newest "
"messages first in a bug log."
msgstr ""
"Aprs le paramtre spcifiant quoi afficher, vous pouvez spcifier des "
"options facultatives pour formater la page ou changer ce qui doit tre "
"affich. Celles-ci sont passes au BTS via l'URL demande. Par exemple, "
"passez dist=stable pour afficher les bogues touchant la version stable "
"d'un paquet, version=1.0 pour voir les bogues touchant cette version "
"d'un paquet, ou reverse=yes pour afficher d'abord les messages les plus "
"rcents dans le fichier de log des bogues."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:580
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If caching has been enabled (that is, --no-cache has not been used, and "
"BTS_CACHE has not been set to \"no\"), then any page requested by \"bts show"
"\" will automatically be cached, and be available offline thereafter.  Pages "
"which are automatically cached in this way will be deleted on subsequent "
"\"bts show|bugs|cache\" invocations if they have not been accessed in 30 "
"days."
msgstr ""
"Si la mise en cache a t active (c'est--dire, s'il existe un rpertoire "
"de cache ~/.descripts_cache/bts/), alors toute page demande via bts "
"show va tre automatiquement mise en cache et donc disponible pour tre "
"visualise plus tard tout en tant hors ligne. Les pages mises en cache "
"automatiquement de cette manire seront supprimes lors d'invocations "
"consquentes de bts show|bugs|cache si elles n'ont pas t accdes dans "
"les 30jours. Cette mise en cache automatique peut tre dsactive en "
"utilisant l'option --no-cache ou tre active explicitement grce  l'option "
"--cache."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:587
msgid ""
"Any other B<bts> commands following this on the command line will be "
"executed after the browser has been exited."
msgstr ""
"Toute autre commande B<bts> suivant ceci sur la ligne de commande sera "
"excute aprs que le navigateur aura quitt."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:590
msgid ""
"The desired browser can be specified and configured by setting the BROWSER "
"environment variable.  The conventions follow those defined by Eric Raymond "
"at http://www.catb.org/~esr/BROWSER/; we here reproduce the relevant part."
msgstr ""
"Le navigateur voulu peut tre spcifi et configur en dfinissant la "
"variable d'environnement BROWSER. Les conventions suivent celles dfinies "
"par Eric Raymond  l'adresse http://www.catb.org/~esr/BROWSER/; nous "
"reproduisons ici les informations pertinentes."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:595
msgid ""
"The value of BROWSER may consist of a colon-separated series of browser "
"command parts. These should be tried in order until one succeeds. Each "
"command part may optionally contain the string \"%s\"; if it does, the URL "
"to be viewed is substituted there. If a command part does not contain %s, "
"the browser is to be launched as if the URL had been supplied as its first "
"argument. The string %% must be substituted as a single %."
msgstr ""
"La variable BROWSER peut tre constitue d'une srie de commandes de "
"navigateur spares par des deux-points. Celles-ci devraient tre essayes "
"successivement jusqu' ce qu'il y en ait une qui fonctionne. Chaque commande "
"peut contenir la chane %s; si c'est le cas, celle-ci est remplace par "
"l'URL  afficher. Si une des commandes ne contient pas %s, le navigateur "
"est lanc comme si l'URL avait t spcifie en tant que premier paramtre. "
"La chane %% doit tre remplace par un simple %."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:603
msgid ""
"Rationale: We need to be able to specify multiple browser commands so "
"programs obeying this convention can do the right thing in either X or "
"console environments, trying X first. Specifying multiple commands may also "
"be useful for people who share files like .profile across multiple systems. "
"We need %s because some popular browsers have remote-invocation syntax that "
"requires it. Unless %% reduces to %, it won't be possible to have a literal %"
"s in the string."
msgstr ""
"Justification: Nous devons pouvoir spcifier plusieurs navigateurs de "
"manire  ce que les programmes suivant cette convention puissent faire ce "
"qu'il faut que ce soit dans un environnement graphique ou console, en "
"essayant un environnement graphique d'abord. Spcifier plusieurs commandes "
"peut tre utile  ceux qui partagent des fichiers, comme leur .profile, "
"entre plusieurs systmes. Nous avons besoin de %s parce que la plupart des "
"navigateurs ont une syntaxe qui le ncessite. Enfin, %% doit tre transform "
"en %, sinon il ne serait pas possible d'avoir un %s littral dans la chane."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:611
msgid "For example, on most Linux systems a good thing to do would be:"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, sur la plupart des systmes Linux, une bonne chose  faire "
"serait:"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:613
msgid "BROWSER='mozilla -raise -remote \"openURL(%s,new-window)\":links'"
msgstr "BROWSER='mozilla -raise -remote \"openURL(%s,new-window)\":links'"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:688
msgid "clone <bug> [new IDs]"
msgstr "clone <bogue> [nouveaux IDs]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:690
msgid ""
"The clone control command allows you to duplicate a bug report. It is useful "
"in the case where a single report actually indicates that multiple distinct "
"bugs have occurred. \"New IDs\" are negative numbers, separated by spaces, "
"which may be used in subsequent control commands to refer to the newly "
"duplicated bugs.  A new report is generated for each new ID."
msgstr ""
"La commande de contrle clone vous permet de dupliquer un rapport de "
"bogue. Ceci est utile dans le cas o un rapport de bogue unique indique en "
"fait que plusieurs bogues distincts se produisent. Les nouveaux IDs sont "
"des nombres ngatifs, spars par des espaces, qui peuvent tre utiliss "
"dans les commandes de contrle suivantes pour se rfrer aux rapports de "
"bogue nouvellement dupliqus. Un nouveau rapport de bogue est gnr pour "
"chaque nouvel identifiant."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:731
msgid "reopen <bug> [<submitter>]"
msgstr "reopen <bogue> [<rapporteur>]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:733
msgid "Reopen a bug, with optional submitter."
msgstr "Rouvrir un bogue, avec rapporteur optionnel."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:744
msgid "retitle <bug> <title>"
msgstr "retitle <bogue> <titre>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:746
msgid "Change the title of the bug."
msgstr "Changer le titre du bogue."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:759
msgid "submitter <bug> [<bug> ...] <submitter-email>"
msgstr "submitter <bogue> [<bogue> ...] <courriel-du-rapporteur>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:761
msgid ""
"Change the submitter address of a bug or a number of bugs, with `!' meaning "
"`use the address on the current email as the new submitter address'."
msgstr ""
"Changer l'adresse de courriel du rapporteur du ou des bogues, o ! "
"signifie utiliser l'adresse du courriel courant en tant que nouvelle "
"adresse du rapporteur."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:778
msgid "reassign <bug> [<bug> ...] <package> [<version>]"
msgstr "reassign <bogue> [<bogue> ...] <paquet> [<version>]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:780
msgid ""
"Reassign a bug or a number of bugs to a different package.  The version "
"field is optional; see the explanation at L<http://www.debian.org/Bugs/"
"server-control>."
msgstr ""
"Rassigner un bogue ou un ensemble de bogues  un paquet diffrent. Le champ "
"<version> est optionnel; veuillez consulter les explications  L<http://www."
"debian.org/Bugs/server-control>."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:806
msgid "found <bug> [<version>]"
msgstr "found <bogue> [<version>]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:808
msgid "Indicate that a bug was found to exist in a particular package version."
msgstr ""
"Indiquer qu'un bogue a t dcouvert dans une version particulire d'un "
"paquet."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:823
msgid "notfound <bug> <version>"
msgstr "notfound <bogue> <version>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:825
msgid ""
"Remove the record that bug was encountered in the given version of the "
"package to which it is assigned."
msgstr ""
"Enlever l'indication concernant la version dans laquelle ce bogue a t "
"dcouvert."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:837
msgid "block <bug> by|with <bug> [<bug> ...]"
msgstr "block <bogue> by|with <bogue> [<bogue> ...]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:839
msgid "Note that a bug is blocked from being fixed by a set of other bugs."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer que la rsolution d'un bogue est bloque par un ensemble "
"d'autres bogues."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:857
msgid "unblock <bug> by|with <bug> [<bug> ...]"
msgstr "unblock <bogue> by|with <bogue> [<bogue> ...]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:859
msgid ""
"Note that a bug is no longer blocked from being fixed by a set of other bugs."
msgstr ""
"Enregistrer que la rsolution d'un bogue n'est plus bloque par un ensemble "
"d'autres bogues."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:877
msgid "merge <bug> <bug> [<bug> ...]"
msgstr "merge <bogue> <bogue> [<bogue> ...]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:879
msgid "Merge a set of bugs together."
msgstr "Fusionner plusieurs bogues."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:894
#, fuzzy
msgid "forcemerge <bug> <bug> [<bug> ...]"
msgstr "merge <bogue> <bogue> [<bogue> ...]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:896
#, fuzzy
msgid "Forcibly merge a set of bugs together."
msgstr "Fusionner plusieurs bogues."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:912
msgid "unmerge <bug>"
msgstr "unmerge <bogue>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:914
msgid "Unmerge a bug."
msgstr "Annuler la fusion de plusieurs bogues."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:924
msgid "tag <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"
msgstr "tag <bogue> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:926
msgid "tags <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"
msgstr "tags <bogue> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:928
msgid ""
"Set or unset a tag on a bug. The tag may either be the exact tag name or it "
"may be abbreviated to any unique tag substring. (So using \"fixed\" will set "
"the tag \"fixed\", not \"fixed-upstream\", for example, but \"fix\" would "
"not be acceptable.) Multiple tags may be specified as well. The two commands "
"(tag and tags) are identical. At least one tag must be specified, unless the "
"'=' flag is used, where the command"
msgstr ""
"Ajouter ou retirer une tiquette  un bogue. L'tiquette peut tre spcifie "
"par son nom exact ou tre abrge en la plus courte sous-chane unique. "
"(Ainsi fixed va ajouter l'tiquette fixed et non fixed-upstream, "
"par exemple, mais fix ne sera pas accept.) Plusieurs tiquettes peuvent "
"tre spcifies simultanment. Les deux commandes (tag et tags) sont "
"identiques. Il est ncessaire de spcifier au moins une tiquette,  moins "
"que le drapeau = ne soit utilis; la commande"

# type: verbatim
#: ../bts.pl:935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  bts tags <bug> =\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"  bts tags <bogue> =\n"
"\n"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:937
msgid "will remove all tags from the specified bug."
msgstr "va supprimer toutes les tiquettes du bogue spcifi."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:981
msgid "user <email>"
msgstr "user <courriel>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:983
msgid "Specify a user email address before using the usertags command."
msgstr ""
"Spcifier l'adresse de courriel d'un utilisateur avant d'utiliser la "
"commande usertags."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:996
msgid "usertag <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"
msgstr "usertag <bogue> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:998
msgid "usertags <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"
msgstr "usertags <bogue> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1000
msgid ""
"Set or unset a user tag on a bug. The tag must be the exact tag name wanted; "
"there are no defaults or checking of tag names.  Multiple tags may be "
"specified as well. The two commands (usertag and usertags) are identical.  "
"At least one tag must be specified, unless the '=' flag is used, where the "
"command"
msgstr ""
"Ajouter ou retirer une tiquette utilisateur  un bogue. Le nom exact de "
"celle-ci doit tre utilis; il n'y a ni valeur par dfaut ni vrification "
"de la validit des noms d'tiquette. Plusieurs tiquettes peuvent tre "
"spcifies simultanment. Les deux commandes (usertag et usertags) sont "
"identiques. Il est ncessaire de spcifier au moins une tiquette "
"utilisateur,  moins que le drapeau = ne soit utilis; la commande"

# type: verbatim
#: ../bts.pl:1006
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  bts usertags <bug> =\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"  bts usertags <bogue> =\n"
"\n"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1008
msgid "will remove all user tags from the specified bug."
msgstr "va supprimer toutes les tiquettes utilisateur du bogue spcifi."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1039
msgid "severity <bug> <severity>"
msgstr "severity <bogue> <svrit>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1041
msgid ""
"Change the severity of a bug. The severity may be abbreviated to any unique "
"substring."
msgstr ""
"Changer la svrit d'un bogue. Cette svrit peut tre abrge en la plus "
"courte sous-chane unique."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1057
msgid "forwarded <bug> <email>"
msgstr "forwarded <bogue> <courriel>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1059
msgid "Mark the bug as forwarded to the given email address."
msgstr "Marquer le bogue comme transmis  l'adresse de courriel donne."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1072
msgid "notforwarded <bug>"
msgstr "notforwarded <bogue>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1074
msgid "Mark a bug as not forwarded."
msgstr "Marquer le bogue comme n'ayant pas t transmis."

# type: TP
#: ../bts.pl:1084
msgid "package [ <package> ... ]"
msgstr "package [ <paquet> ... ]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1086
msgid ""
"The following commands will only apply to bugs against the listed packages; "
"this acts as a safety mechanism for the BTS.  If no packages are listed, "
"this check is turned off again."
msgstr ""
"Les commandes suivantes ne vont s'appliquer qu'aux bogues touchant les "
"paquets spcifis; il s'agit d'un mcanisme de sret pour le BTS. Si aucun "
"paquet n'est list, cette vrification est dsactive  nouveau."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1097
msgid "owner <bug> <owner-email>"
msgstr "owner <bogue> <courriel-du-propritaire>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1099
msgid ""
"Change the \"owner\" address of a bug, with `!' meaning `use the address on "
"the current email as the new owner address'."
msgstr ""
"Changer l'adresse de courriel du propritaire du bogue, o ! "
"signifie utiliser l'adresse du courriel courant comme nouvelle adresse de "
"propritaire."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1102
msgid ""
"The owner of a bug accepts the responsibility of dealing with it, and will "
"receive all of the email corresponding to the bug instead of the usual "
"maintainer."
msgstr ""
"Le propritaire d'un bogue accepte la responsabilit de s'en occuper, et va "
"recevoir tous les courriels correspondant  ce bogue, au lieu que ce soit le "
"responsable habituel."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1115
msgid "noowner <bug>"
msgstr "noowner <bogue>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1117
msgid "Mark a bug as having no \"owner\"."
msgstr "Marquer un bogue comme n'ayant pas de propritaire."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1127
msgid "subscribe <bug> <email>"
msgstr "subscribe <bogue> <courriel>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1129
msgid ""
"Subscribe the given email address to the specified bug report.  If no email "
"address is specified, the environment variable DEBEMAIL or EMAIL (in that "
"order) is used.  If those are not set, or `!' is given as email address, "
"your default address will be used."
msgstr ""
"Abonner l'adresse de courriel donne au rapport de bogue spcifi. Si aucune "
"adresse n'a t spcifie, la variable d'environnement DEBEMAIL ou EMAIL "
"(dans cet ordre) est utilise. Si aucune n'est positionne, ou si ! est "
"donn comme adresse de courriel, votre adresse par dfaut va tre utilise."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1134
msgid ""
"After executing this command, you will be sent a subscription confirmation "
"to which you have to reply.  When subscribed to a bug report, you receive "
"all relevant emails and notifications.  Use the unsubscribe command to "
"unsubscribe."
msgstr ""
"Aprs avoir excut cette commande, vous allez recevoir une confirmation "
"d'abonnement  laquelle vous devez rpondre. En tant abonn  un rapport de "
"bogue, vous allez recevoir tous les courriels et notifications pertinents. "
"Utilisez la commande unsubscribe pour vous dsabonner."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1153
msgid "unsubscribe <bug> <email>"
msgstr "unsubscribe <bogue> <courriel>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1155
msgid ""
"Unsubscribe the given email address from the specified bug report.  As with "
"subscribe above, if no email address is specified, the environment variables "
"DEBEMAIL or EMAIL (in that order) is used.  If those are not set, or `!' is "
"given as email address, your default address will be used."
msgstr ""
"Dsabonner l'adresse de courriel utilise du rapport de bogue spcifi. "
"Comme pour la commande subscribe dcrite ci-dessus, si aucune adresse n'a "
"t spcifie, la variable d'environnement DEBEMAIL ou EMAIL (dans cet "
"ordre) est utilise. Si aucune n'est positionne, ou si ! est donn "
"comme adresse de courriel, votre adresse par dfaut va tre utilise."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1160
msgid ""
"After executing this command, you will be sent an unsubscription "
"confirmation to which you have to reply. Use the subscribe command to, well, "
"subscribe."
msgstr ""
"Aprs avoir excut cette commande, vous allez recevoir une confirmation de "
"dsabonnement  laquelle vous devez rpondre. Utilisez la commande "
"subscribe, videmment, pour vous abonner."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1178
#, fuzzy
msgid "reportspam <bug> ..."
msgstr "reportspam <bogue>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1180
msgid ""
"The reportspam command allows you to report a bug report as containing "
"spam.  It saves one from having to go to the bug web page to do so."
msgstr ""
"La commande reportspam vous permet de signaler un rapport de bogue comme "
"contenant du pourriel. Cela vite de passer par la page web du rapport de "
"bogue pour ce faire."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1209
#, fuzzy
msgid "spamreport <bug> ..."
msgstr "spamreport <bogue>"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1211
msgid "spamreport is a synonym for reportspam."
msgstr "spamreport est synonyme de reportspam."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1219
msgid "cache [options] [<maint email> | <pkg> | src:<pkg> | from:<submitter>]"
msgstr ""
"cache [options] [<courriel resp.>] | <pkg> | src:<pkg> | from:<rapporteur>]"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1221
msgid "cache [options] [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]"
msgstr "cache [options] [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1223
msgid ""
"Generate or update a cache of bug reports for the given email address or "
"package. By default it downloads all bugs belonging to the email address in "
"the DEBEMAIL environment variable (or the EMAIL environment variable if "
"DEBEMAIL is unset). This command may be repeated to cache bugs belonging to "
"several people or packages. The cached bugs are stored in ~/."
"devscripts_cache/bts/"
msgstr ""
"Gnrer ou mettre en cache des rapports de bogue pour l'adresse de de "
"courriel ou le paquet spcifi. Par dfaut, ceci tlcharge tous les bogues "
"appartenant  l'adresse de courriel stocke dans la variable d'environnement "
"DEBEMAIL (ou dans la variable d'environnement EMAIL si DEBEMAIL n'est pas "
"positionne). Cette commande peut tre rpte pour mettre en cache des "
"bogues appartenant  plusieurs personnes ou touchant plusieurs paquets. Les "
"bogues mis en cache sont stocks dans ~/.devscripts_cache/bts/"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1230
#, fuzzy
msgid "You can use the cached bugs with the -o switch. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Une fois que vous avez mis en place un cache, vous pouvez l'utiliser grce  "
"l'option -o. Par exemple:"

# type: verbatim
#: ../bts.pl:1232
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  bts -o bugs\n"
"  bts -o show 12345\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"  bts -o bugs\n"
"  bts -o show 12345\n"
"\n"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also, bts will update the files in it in a piecemeal fashion as it downloads "
"information from the BTS using the 'show' command. You might thus set up the "
"cache, and update the whole thing once a week, while letting the automatic "
"cache updates update the bugs you frequently refer to during the week."
msgstr ""
"Ainsi, une fois que le cache est mis en place, bts va mettre  jour les "
"fichiers contenu dans celui-ci au coup par coup quand il tlcharge des "
"informations depuis le bts. Il est donc conseill de mettre en place un "
"cache, et de le mettre  jour une fois par semaine, tout en laissant les "
"mise  jour automatiques se faire pour les bogues auxquels vous accdez "
"frquemment pendant la semaine."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1241
msgid ""
"Some options affect the behaviour of the cache command.  The first is the "
"setting of --cache-mode, which controls how much B<bts> downloads of the "
"referenced links from the bug page, including boring bits such as the "
"acknowledgement emails, emails to the control bot, and the mbox version of "
"the bug report.  It can take three values: min (the minimum), mbox (download "
"the minimum plus the mbox version of the bug report) or full (the whole "
"works).  The second is --force-refresh or -f, which forces the download, "
"even if the cached bug report is up-to-date.  Both of these are configurable "
"from the configuration file, as described below.  They may also be specified "
"after the \"cache\" command as well as at the start of the command line."
msgstr ""
"Certaines options modifient le comportement de la commande cache. La "
"premire est --cache-mode, qui contrle  quel point B<bts> tlcharge les "
"liens rfrencs depuis la page du bogue, ce qui inclut des choses pnibles "
"comme les courriels d'ACK, les courriels au robot de contrle, et la version "
"mbox du rapport de bogue. Trois valeurs sont acceptes: min (le "
"minimum), mbox (tlcharger le minimum plus la version mbox du rapport "
"de bogue) ou full. La seconde option qui modifie le comportement de la "
"commande cache est --force-refresh ou -f, qui force le tlchargement, mme "
"si le rapport de bogue mis en cache est  jour. Ces deux options sont "
"configurables via le fichier de configuration, comme dcrit ci-dessous. "
"Elles peuvent aussi bien tre spcifies aprs la commande cache qu'au "
"dbut de la ligne de commande."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1253
msgid ""
"Finally, -q or --quiet will suppress messages about caches being up-to-date, "
"and giving the option twice will suppress all cache messages (except for "
"error messages)."
msgstr ""
"Enfin, -q ou --quiet supprime les messages indiquant que le cache est  jour "
"et utiliser cette option deux fois va supprimer tous les messages  propos "
"du cache (except les messages d'erreur)."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1257
msgid ""
"Beware of caching RC, though: it will take a LONG time! (With 1000+ RC bugs "
"and a delay of 5 seconds between bugs, you're looking at a minimum of 1.5 "
"hours, and probably significantly more than that.)"
msgstr ""
"Attention  la mise en cache RC: cela met vraiment LONGTEMPS! (Avec plus "
"de mille bogues RC et un dlai de 5secondes entre chaque bogue, vous allez "
"avoir besoin d'un minimum d'une heure et demie, et probablement bien plus "
"que a.)"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1358
msgid "cleancache <package> | src:<package> | <maintainer>"
msgstr "cleancache <paquet> | src:<paquet> | <responsable>"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:1360
msgid ""
"cleancache from:<submitter> | tag:<tag> | usertag:<tag> | <number> | ALL"
msgstr ""
"cleancache from:<rapporteur> | tag:<tag> | usertag:<tag> | <numro> | ALL"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1362
msgid ""
"Clean the cache for the specified package, maintainer, etc., as described "
"above for the \"bugs\" command, or clean the entire cache if \"ALL\" is "
"specified. This is useful if you are going to have permanent network access "
"or if the database has become corrupted for some reason.  Note that for "
"safety, this command does not default to the value of DEBEMAIL or EMAIL."
msgstr ""
"Supprimer le cache du paquet, responsable, etc., spcifi, comme dcrit plus "
"haut dans la commande bugs, ou supprimer tout le cache si ALL est "
"spcifi. Ceci est utile si vous avez un accs permanent au rseau ou si la "
"base de donnes a t corrompue pour une raison quelconque. Notez que par "
"scurit la commande ne prendra pas la valeur de DEBEMAIL ou EMAIL par "
"dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../bts.pl:1411
msgid "version"
msgstr "version"

# type: Plain text
#: ../bts.pl:1413
msgid "Display version and copyright information."
msgstr "Affiche la version et le copyright."

# type: TP
#: ../bts.pl:1427
msgid "help"
msgstr "help"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:1429
msgid ""
"Display a short summary of commands, suspiciously similar to parts of this "
"man page."
msgstr ""
"Afficher un court rsum des commandes, de manire similaire  certaines "
"parties de cette page de manuel."

# type: SH
#: ../bts.pl:2696 ../debuild.1:88 ../pts-subscribe.1:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
msgstr "VARIABLES D'ENVIRONNEMENT"

# type: TH
#: ../bts.pl:2700
msgid "DEBEMAIL"
msgstr "DEBEMAIL"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:2702
msgid ""
"If this is set, the From: line in the email will be set to use this email "
"address instead of your normal email address (as would be determined by "
"B<mail>)."
msgstr ""
"Si ceci est positionn, la ligne From: du courriel va tre positionne pour "
"utiliser cette adresse de courriel au lieu de votre adresse habituelle (qui "
"serait dtermine par B<mail>)."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:2706
msgid "DEBFULLNAME"
msgstr "DEBFULLNAME"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:2708
msgid ""
"If DEBEMAIL is set, DEBFULLNAME is examined to determine the full name to "
"use; if this is not set, B<bts> attempts to determine a name from your "
"passwd entry."
msgstr ""
"Si DEBEMAIL est positionne, DEBFULLNAME est examine pour dterminer le nom "
"complet  utiliser; sinon B<bts> essaie de dterminer un nom  partir de "
"votre entre passwd."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:2712
msgid "BROWSER"
msgstr "BROWSER"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:2714
msgid ""
"If set, it specifies the browser to use for the 'show' and 'bugs' options.  "
"See the description above."
msgstr ""
"Si positionn, cela spcifie le navigateur  utiliser pour les options "
"show et bugs. Voir la description plus haut."

# type: SH
#: ../bts.pl:2719 ../debc.1:91 ../debchange.1:283 ../debclean.1:87
#: ../debdiff.1:127 ../debi.1:93 ../debrelease.1:105 ../debrsign.1:57
#: ../debsign.1:99 ../debuild.1:276 ../dget.pl:494 ../dpkg-depcheck.1:102
#: ../dscverify.1:29 ../grep-excuses.1:24 ../mass-bug.pl:101 ../nmudiff.1:69
#: ../plotchangelog.1:106 ../pts-subscribe.1:37 ../uscan.1:412 ../uupdate.1:86
#: ../who-uploads.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFIGURATION VARIABLES"
msgstr "VARIABLES DE CONFIGURATION"

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../bts.pl:2721 ../mass-bug.pl:103
msgid ""
"The two configuration files F</etc/devscripts.conf> and F<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  Command "
"line options can be used to override configuration file settings.  "
"Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose.  The currently "
"recognised variables are:"
msgstr ""
"Les deux fichiers de configuration I</etc/devscripts.conf> et I<~/."
"devscripts> sont chargs dans cet ordre par un interprteur de commandes "
"pour positionner les variables de configuration. Des options de ligne de "
"commande peuvent tre utilises pour craser les paramtres des fichiers de "
"configuration. Les paramtres des variables d'environnement sont ignors  "
"cette fin. Les variables actuellement reconnues sont:"

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:2729
msgid "BTS_OFFLINE"
msgstr "BTS_OFFLINE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../bts.pl:2731
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --offline command line "
"parameter being used.  Only has an effect on the show and bugs commands.  "
"The default is I<no>.  See the description of the show command above for "
"more information."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<yes>, quivaut  utiliser le paramtre en ligne "
"de commande B<--offline>. Ceci n'affecte que les commandes show et bugs. La "
"valeur par dfaut est I<no>. Veuillez consulter la description de la "
"commande show ci-dessus pour plus d'informations."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:2736
msgid "BTS_CACHE"
msgstr "BTS_CACHE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../bts.pl:2738
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the --no-cache command line "
"parameter being used.  Only has an effect on the show and bug commands.  The "
"default is I<yes>.  Again, see the show command above for more information."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<no>, quivaut  utiliser le paramtre en ligne "
"de commande B<--nocache>. Cela n'affecte que les commandes show et bug. La "
"valeur par dfaut est I<yes>.  nouveau, veuillez consulter la commande show "
"ci-dessus pour plus d'informations."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:2743
msgid "BTS_CACHE_MODE={min,mbox,full}"
msgstr "BTS_CACHE_MODE={min,mbox,full}"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:2745
msgid ""
"How much of the BTS should we mirror when we are asked to cache something? "
"Just the minimum, or also the mbox or the whole thing? The default is "
"I<min>, and it has the same meaning as the --cache-mode command line "
"parameter.  Only has an effect on the cache.  See the cache command for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Quantit de donnes du BTS  rcuprer quand le cache est demand. Seulement "
"le minimum, ou alors la mbox ou bien encore le tout. La valeur par dfaut "
"est I<min>, ce qui a la mme signification que le paramtre de l'option de "
"ligne commande --cache-mode. Ceci n'affecte que le cache. Consultez la "
"documentation de la commande cache pour plus d'informations."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:2751
msgid "BTS_FORCE_REFRESH"
msgstr "BTS_FORCE_REFRESH"

# type: Plain text
#: ../bts.pl:2753
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --force-refresh command "
"line parameter being used.  Only has an effect on the cache command.  The "
"default is I<no>.  See the cache command for more information."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<yes>, quivaut  utiliser le paramtre en ligne "
"de commande B<--force-refresh>. Ceci n'affecte que la commande cache. La "
"valeur par dfaut est I<no>. Veuillez consulter la commande cache pour plus "
"d'informations."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:2758
msgid "BTS_MAIL_READER"
msgstr "BTS_MAIL_READER"

# type: Plain text
#: ../bts.pl:2760
msgid ""
"If this is set, specifies a mail reader to use instead of mutt.  Same as the "
"--mailreader command line option."
msgstr ""
"Si ceci est positionn, cela spcifie le client de courriel  utiliser  la "
"place de mutt. quivalent  l'option de ligne de commande --mailreader."

# type: =item
#: ../bts.pl:2763 ../mass-bug.pl:111
msgid "BTS_SENDMAIL_COMMAND"
msgstr "BTS_SENDMAIL_COMMAND"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:2765 ../mass-bug.pl:113 ../nmudiff.1:92
msgid ""
"If this is set, specifies a sendmail command to use instead of /usr/sbin/"
"sendmail.  Same as the --sendmail command line option."
msgstr ""
"Si ceci est positionn, cela spcifie la commande d'envoi de courriel  "
"utiliser  la place de /usr/sbin/sendmail. quivaut  l'option de ligne de "
"commande --sendmail."

# type: SH
#: ../bts.pl:2770 ../mass-bug.pl:414
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:2772
msgid ""
"This program is Copyright (C) 2001-2003 by Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>.  "
"Many modifications have been made, Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Julian Gilbey "
"<jdg@debian.org>."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme est Copyright (C) 2001-2003 by Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>. De "
"nombreuses modifications ont t effectues, Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Julian "
"Gilbey <jdg@debian.org>."

# type: textblock
#: ../bts.pl:2776 ../mass-bug.pl:418
msgid ""
"It is licensed under the terms of the GPL, either version 2 of the License, "
"or (at your option) any later version."
msgstr ""
"Il est publi sous les termes de la Licence Publique Gnrale (GPL) version "
"2 ou toute version ultrieure ( votre discrtion)."

# type: TH
#: ../checkbashisms.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "CHECKBASHISMS"
msgstr "CHECKBASHISMS"

# type: Plain text
#: ../checkbashisms.1:4
msgid "checkbashisms - check for bashisms in /bin/sh scripts"
msgstr ""
"checkbashisms - Rechercher des constructions spcifiques  bash dans les "
"scripts /bin/sh"

# type: Plain text
#: ../checkbashisms.1:6
msgid "B<checkbashisms> I<script> ..."
msgstr "B<checkbashisms> I<script> ..."

# type: TP
#: ../checkbashisms.1:8
msgid "B<checkbashisms --help|--version>"
msgstr "B<checkbashisms --help|--version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../checkbashisms.1:14
msgid ""
"B<checkbashisms>, based on one of the checks from the B<lintian> system, "
"performs basic checks on I</bin/sh> shell scripts for the possible presence "
"of bashisms.  It takes the names of the shell scripts on the command line, "
"and outputs warnings if possible bashisms are detected."
msgstr ""
"B<checkbashisms> se base sur l'un des tests de B<lintian> pour effectuer des "
"tests simples sur des scripts de type I</bin/sh> pour dtecter la prsence "
"de possibles constructions spcifiques  bash [NdT: bashism en anglais]. "
"Il prend en argument le nom des scripts et affiche des avertissements "
"lorsqu'une telle construction est dtecte."

# type: TP
#: ../checkbashisms.1:15 ../debchange.1:277 ../debdiff.1:118
#: ../debrelease.1:99 ../debsign.1:93 ../dscverify.1:23 ../pts-subscribe.1:23
#: ../rc-alert.1:21 ../uupdate.1:80 ../who-uploads.1:36 ../wnpp-alert.1:13
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../checkbashisms.1:18 ../debdiff.1:121 ../rc-alert.1:24 ../wnpp-alert.1:16
msgid "Show a summary of options."
msgstr "Affiche un rsum des options."

# type: TP
#: ../checkbashisms.1:18 ../debdiff.1:121 ../rc-alert.1:24 ../wnpp-alert.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>, B<-v>"
msgstr "B<--version>, B<-v>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../checkbashisms.1:21 ../debdiff.1:124 ../grep-excuses.1:24
#: ../rc-alert.1:27 ../tagpending.1:32 ../whodepends.1:17 ../wnpp-alert.1:19
msgid "Show version and copyright information."
msgstr "Affiche la version et le copyright."

# type: SH
#: ../checkbashisms.1:21 ../debdiff.1:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT VALUES"
msgstr "VALEURS DE RETOUR"

# type: Plain text
#: ../checkbashisms.1:25
msgid ""
"The exit value will be 0 if no possible bashisms or other problems were "
"detected.  Otherwise it will be the sum of the following error values:"
msgstr ""
"La valeur de retour est 0 si aucune construction spcifique  bash ou autre "
"problme n'a t dtect. Sinon, la somme des erreurs est renvoye. Les "
"erreurs sont pondres de la faon suivante:"

# type: TP
#: ../checkbashisms.1:25 ../uscan.1:453
#, no-wrap
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

# type: Plain text
#: ../checkbashisms.1:28
msgid "A possible bashism was detected."
msgstr "Une probable construction spcifique  bash a t dtecte."

# type: TP
#: ../checkbashisms.1:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

# type: Plain text
#: ../checkbashisms.1:32
msgid ""
"A file was skipped for some reason, for example, because it was unreadable "
"or not found.  The warning message will give details."
msgstr ""
"Un fichier a t ignor, par exemple parce qu'il n'tait pas lisible ou n'a "
"pas t trouv. Le message d'erreur donnera des prcisions."

# type: SH
#: ../checkbashisms.1:32 ../cvs-debc.1:58 ../cvs-debi.1:62
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:64 ../cvs-debuild.1:56 ../debc.1:114 ../debchange.1:328
#: ../debclean.1:104 ../debdiff.1:161 ../debi.1:116 ../debrelease.1:132
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:233 ../debrsign.1:66 ../debsign.1:118 ../debuild.1:399
#: ../dget.pl:525 ../dpkg-depcheck.1:118 ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:30
#: ../dscverify.1:40 ../grep-excuses.1:34 ../nmudiff.1:92
#: ../plotchangelog.1:124 ../pts-subscribe.1:46 ../rc-alert.1:27
#: ../rmadison.pl:184 ../tagpending.1:32 ../uscan.1:482 ../uupdate.1:160
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"

# type: TP
#: ../checkbashisms.1:34
msgid "B<lintian>(1)."
msgstr "B<lintian>(1)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../checkbashisms.1:37
msgid ""
"B<checkbashisms> was originally written as a shell script by Yann Dirson "
"E<lt>dirson@debian.orgE<gt> and rewritten in Perl with many more features by "
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"B<checkbashisms> a t initialement crit sous forme de script shell par "
"Yann Dirson E<lt>dirson@debian.orgE<gt> et a t rcrit en Perl avec "
"beaucoup plus de fonctionnalits par Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../cvs-debc.1:1 ../cvs-debrelease.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "CVS-DEBC"
msgstr "CVS-DEBC"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:4
msgid ""
"cvs-debc - view contents of a cvs-buildpackage/cvs-debuild generated package"
msgstr ""
"cvs-debc - Visualiser le contenu d'un paquet Debian gnr par cvs-"
"buildpackage ou cvs-debuild"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:6
msgid "B<cvs-debc> [I<options>] [I<package> ...]"
msgstr "B<cvs-debc> [I<options>] [I<paquet> ...]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:17
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debc> is run from the CVS working directory after B<cvs-buildpackage> "
"or B<cvs-debuild>.  It uses the B<cvs-buildpackage> system to locate the I<."
"changes> file generated in that run.  It then displays information about "
"the .deb files which were generated in that run, by running B<dpkg-deb -I> "
"and B<dpkg-deb -c> on every I<.deb> archive listed in the I<.changes> file, "
"assuming that all of the I<.deb> archives live in the same directory as the "
"I<.changes> file.  It is useful for ensuring that the expected files have "
"ended up in the Debian package."
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-debc> est excut aprs B<cvs-buildpackage> ou B<cvs-debuild> depuis "
"le rpertoire de travail CVS. Il utilise le systme B<cvs-buildpackage> pour "
"trouver le fichier I<.changes> gnr au cours de cette excution. Il "
"affiche ensuite les informations des fichiers .deb gnrs au cours de cette "
"excution. Pour cela, il excute B<dpkg-deb -I> et B<dpkg-deb -c> pour "
"toutes les archives I<.deb> listes dans le fichier I<.changes>, en "
"supposant que toutes ces archives I<.deb> se trouvent dans le mme "
"rpertoire que le fichier I<.changes>. C'est utile pour s'assurer que les "
"bons fichiers se trouvent dans le paquet Debian."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:20 ../cvs-debi.1:19 ../debc.1:27 ../debi.1:24
msgid ""
"If a list of packages is given on the command line, then only those debs "
"with names in this list of packages will be installed."
msgstr ""
"Si une liste de paquets est fournie en ligne de commande, alors seuls les "
"paquets Debian dont les noms sont dans la liste seront installs."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:24 ../cvs-debi.1:23 ../cvs-debrelease.1:21
msgid ""
"Note that unlike B<cvs-buildpackage>, the only way to specify the source "
"package name is with the B<-P> option; you cannot simply have it as the last "
"command-line parameter."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que, contrairement  B<cvs-buildpackage>, le nom du paquet source "
"ne peut tre spcifi qu'avec l'option B<-P>; vous ne pouvez pas utiliser "
"simplement le dernier argument de la ligne de commande."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:28 ../cvs-debi.1:32
msgid ""
"All current B<cvs-buildpackage> options are silently accepted; however, only "
"the ones listed below have any effect.  For more details on all of them, see "
"the B<cvs-buildpackage>(1) manpage."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les options de B<cvs-buildpackage> sont acceptes sans avertissement. "
"Cependant, seules celles listes ci-dessous ont un effet. Pour plus de "
"dtails sur ces options, consultez la page de manuel de B<cvs-buildpackage>"
"(1)."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debc.1:28 ../cvs-debi.1:32 ../cvs-debrelease.1:30 ../debc.1:64
#: ../debi.1:66 ../debrelease.1:67 ../debrsign.1:35 ../debsign.1:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>, B<-t>I<GNU-system-type>"
msgstr "B<-a>I<architecture-debian>, B<-t>I<type-de-systme-GNU>"

# NOTE: presque pareil ?
# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:34 ../cvs-debi.1:38 ../cvs-debrelease.1:36 ../debc.1:70
#: ../debi.1:72 ../debrsign.1:41 ../debsign.1:83
msgid ""
"See B<dpkg-architecture>(1) for a description of these options.  They affect "
"the search for the I<.changes> file.  They are provided to mimic the "
"behaviour of B<dpkg-buildpackage> when determining the name of the I<."
"changes> file."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez consulter B<dpkg-architecture>(1) pour une description de ces "
"options. Ces options affectent la recherche du fichier I<.changes>. Elles "
"consistent  imiter le comportement de B<dpkg-buildpackage> lors de la "
"dtermination du nom du fichier I<.changes>. "

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debc.1:34 ../cvs-debi.1:38 ../cvs-debrelease.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-ME<lt>moduleE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-M>E<lt>I<module>E<gt>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:37 ../cvs-debi.1:41 ../cvs-debrelease.1:39
msgid "The name of the CVS module."
msgstr "Le nom du module CVS."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debc.1:37 ../cvs-debi.1:41 ../cvs-debrelease.1:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-PE<lt>packageE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-P>E<lt>I<paquet>E<gt>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:40 ../cvs-debi.1:44 ../cvs-debrelease.1:42
msgid "The name of the package."
msgstr "Le nom du paquet."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debc.1:40 ../cvs-debi.1:44 ../cvs-debrelease.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-VE<lt>versionE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-V>E<lt>I<version>E<gt>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:43 ../cvs-debi.1:47 ../cvs-debrelease.1:45
msgid "The version number of the package."
msgstr "Le numro de version du paquet."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debc.1:43 ../cvs-debi.1:47 ../cvs-debrelease.1:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-TE<lt>tagE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-T>E<lt>I<tiquette>E<gt>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:46 ../cvs-debi.1:50 ../cvs-debrelease.1:48
msgid "The CVS tag to use for exporting sources."
msgstr "L'tiquette CVS utilise pour exporter les sources."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debc.1:46 ../cvs-debi.1:50 ../cvs-debrelease.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-RE<lt>root\\ directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-R>E<lt>I<rpertoire_racine>E<gt>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:49 ../cvs-debi.1:53 ../cvs-debrelease.1:51
msgid "Root of the original sources archive."
msgstr "Racine de l'archive source initiale."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debc.1:49 ../cvs-debi.1:53 ../cvs-debrelease.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-WE<lt>work directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-W>E<lt>I<espace_de_travail>E<gt>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:52 ../cvs-debi.1:56 ../cvs-debrelease.1:54
msgid "The full path name for the cvs-buildpackage working directory."
msgstr "Le chemin complet de l'espace de travail pour cvs-buildpackage."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debc.1:52 ../cvs-debi.1:56 ../cvs-debrelease.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-xE<lt>prefixE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-x>E<lt>I<prfixe>E<gt>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:55 ../cvs-debi.1:59 ../cvs-debrelease.1:57
msgid "This option provides the CVS default module prefix."
msgstr "Cette option fournit le prfixe par dfaut des modules CVS."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debc.1:55 ../cvs-debi.1:59 ../cvs-debrelease.1:61 ../debc.1:88
#: ../debi.1:90 ../debrsign.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>, B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--help>, B<--version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:58 ../cvs-debi.1:62 ../cvs-debrelease.1:64 ../debc.1:91
#: ../debi.1:93 ../debrsign.1:53
msgid "Show help message and version information respectively."
msgstr "Affiche respectivement le message d'aide et la version."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:64
msgid ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<cvs-debi>(1), B<cvs-debuild>(1)  and B<debc>(1)."
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<cvs-debi>(1), B<cvs-debuild>(1) et B<debc>(1)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debc.1:68 ../cvs-debi.1:72
msgid ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage> was written by Manoj Srivastava, and the current version "
"of B<debi> was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  They have "
"been combined into this program by Julian Gilbey."
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage> a t crit par Manoj Srivastava et la version actuelle "
"de B<debi> a t crite par Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. Ils ont "
"t combins pour donner ce programme par Julian Gilbey."

# type: TH
#: ../cvs-debi.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "CVS-DEBI"
msgstr "CVS-DEBI"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debi.1:4
msgid "cvs-debi - install cvs-buildpackage/cvs-debuild generated package"
msgstr ""
"cvs-debi - Installer un paquet gnr par cvs-buildpackage ou cvs-debuild"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debi.1:6
msgid "B<cvs-debi> [I<options>] [I<package> ...]"
msgstr "B<cvs-debi> [I<options>] [I<paquet> ...]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debi.1:16
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debi> is run from the CVS working directory after B<cvs-buildpackage> "
"or B<cvs-debuild>.  It uses the B<cvs-buildpackage> system to locate the I<."
"changes> file generated in that run.  It then runs B<debpkg -i> on every I<."
"deb> archive listed in the I<.changes> file to install them, assuming that "
"all of the I<.deb> archives live in the same directory as the I<.changes> "
"file.  Note that you probably don't want to run this program on a I<."
"changes> file relating to a different architecture after cross-compiling the "
"package!"
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-debi> est excut aprs B<cvs-buildpackage> ou B<cvs-debuild> depuis "
"le rpertoire de travail CVS. Il utilise le systme B<cvs-buildpackage> pour "
"trouver le fichier I<.changes> gnr au cours de cette excution. Il "
"installe ensuite avec B<debpkg -i> toutes les archives I<.deb> listes dans "
"le fichier I<.changes>, en supposant que toutes ces archives I<.deb> se "
"trouvent dans le mme rpertoire que le fichier I<.changes>. Notez que vous "
"ne voulez srement pas utiliser ce programme pour le fichier I<.changes> "
"d'une autre architecture qui aurait t cr aprs avoir cross-compil le "
"paquet."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debi.1:28 ../debi.1:29
msgid ""
"Since installing a package requires root privileges, B<debi> calls B<debpkg> "
"rather than B<dpkg> directly.  Thus B<debi> will only be useful if it is "
"either being run as root or B<debpkg> can be run as root.  See B<debpkg>(1) "
"for more details."
msgstr ""
"Puisque l'installation d'un paquet ncessite les privilges du "
"superutilisateur, B<debi> appelle B<debpkg> plutt que B<dpkg>. De ce fait, "
"B<debi> ne pourra tre utile que s'il est excut avec ces privilges ou si "
"B<debpkg> peut tre excut en tant que superutilisateur. Veuillez consulter "
"B<debpkg>(1) pour plus de dtails."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debi.1:68
msgid ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<cvs-debc>(1)  B<cvs-debuild>(1)  and B<debi>(1)."
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<cvs-debc>(1) B<cvs-debuild>(1) et B<debi>(1)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:4
msgid ""
"cvs-debrelease - upload a cvs-buildpackage/cvs-debuild generated package"
msgstr ""
"cvs-debrelease - Envoyer  l'archive Debian un paquet gnr par cvs-"
"buildpackage ou cvs-debuild"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:7
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debrelease> [I<cvs-debrelease options>] [B<--dopts> [I<dupload/dput "
"options>]]"
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-debrelease> [I<options_cvs-debrelease>] [B<--dopts>\\ "
"[I<options_dupload/dput>]]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:17
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debrelease> is run from the CVS working directory after B<cvs-"
"buildpackage> or B<cvs-debuild>.  It uses the B<cvs-buildpackage> system to "
"locate the I<.changes> file generated in that run.  It then uploads the "
"package using B<debrelease>(1), which in turn calls either B<dupload> or "
"B<dput>.  Note that the B<--dopts> option must be specified to distinguish "
"the B<cvs-debrelease> options from the B<dupload> or B<dput> options.  Also, "
"the B<devscripts> configuration files will be read, as described in the "
"B<debrelease>(1) manpage."
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-debrelease> est excut aprs B<cvs-buildpackage> ou B<cvs-debuild> "
"depuis le rpertoire de travail CVS. Il utilise le systme B<cvs-"
"buildpackage> pour trouver le fichier I<.changes> gnr au cours de cette "
"excution. Il envoie ensuite le paquet  l'archive Debian en utilisant "
"B<debrelease>(1), qui appelle soit B<dupload> soit B<dput>. Notez que "
"l'option B<--dopts> doit tre utilise pour diffrencier les options de "
"B<cvs-debrelease> des options de B<dupload> ou B<dput>. Les fichiers de "
"configuration de B<devscripts> seront galement lus, comme dcrit dans la "
"page de manuel de B<debrelease>(1)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:26
msgid ""
"All current B<cvs-buildpackage> options are silently accepted; however, only "
"the ones listed below have any effect.  For more details on all of them, see "
"the B<cvs-buildpackage>(1) manpage.  All B<debrelease> options (as listed "
"below) are also accepted."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les options de B<cvs-buildpackage> sont acceptes sans avertissement. "
"Cependant, seules celles listes ci-dessous ont un effet. Pour plus de "
"dtails sur ces options, consultez la page de manuel de B<cvs-buildpackage>"
"(1). Toutes les options de B<debrelease> (listes ci-dessous) sont galement "
"acceptes."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:26 ../debrelease.1:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--dupload>, B<--dput>"
msgstr "B<--dupload>, B<--dput>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:30 ../debrelease.1:61
msgid ""
"This specifies which uploader program to use; the default is B<dupload>."
msgstr ""
"Permet de spcifier le programme utilis pour l'envoi  l'archive Debian. "
"Par dfaut, B<dupload> est utilis."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:57 ../debc.1:84 ../debchange.1:268 ../debclean.1:77
#: ../debdiff.1:114 ../debi.1:86 ../debrelease.1:95 ../debsign.1:89
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:92 ../dscverify.1:19 ../grep-excuses.1:14
#: ../nmudiff.1:59 ../uscan.1:402 ../uupdate.1:76 ../who-uploads.1:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-conf>, B<--noconf>"
msgstr "B<--no-conf>, B<--noconf>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:69
msgid "B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<debrelease>(1)  and B<cvs-debuild>(1)."
msgstr "B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<debrelease>(1) et B<cvs-debuild>(1)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debrelease.1:74
msgid ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage> was written by Manoj Srivastava, and the current version "
"of B<debrelease> was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  "
"They have been combined into this program by Julian Gilbey."
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage> a t crit par Manoj Srivastava, et la version actuelle "
"de B<debrelease> a t crite par Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. "
"Ils ont t combins par Julian Gilbey pour donner ce programme."

# type: TH
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "CVS-DEBUILD"
msgstr "CVS-DEBUILD"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:4
msgid "cvs-debuild - build a Debian package using cvs-buildpackage and debuild"
msgstr ""
"cvs-debuild - Construire un paquet Debian avec cvs-buildpackage et debuild"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:8
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debuild> [I<debuild options>] [I<cvs-buildpackage options>] [B<--"
"lintian-opts> I<lintian options>] [B<--linda-opts> I<linda options>]"
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-debuild> [I<options_debuild>] [I<options_cvs-buildpackage>] [B<--"
"lintian-opts> I<options_lintian>] [B<--linda-opts> I<options_linda>]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:14
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debuild> is a wrapper around B<cvs-buildpackage> to run it with "
"B<debuild> as the package-building program.  (This cannot simply be "
"accomplished using the B<-C> option of B<cvs-buildpackage>, as it does not "
"know how to handle all of the special B<debuild> options.)"
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-debuild> encapsule des appels  B<cvs-buildpackage> pour l'excuter "
"avec B<debuild> comme programme de cration de paquets. a ne peut pas se "
"faire simplement en utilisant l'option B<-C> de B<cvs-buildpackage>, qui ne "
"sait pas utiliser toutes les options particulires  B<debuild>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:23
msgid ""
"The program simply stashes the B<debuild>, B<lintian> and B<linda> options, "
"and passes them to B<debuild> when it is called by B<cvs-buildpackage>.  All "
"of the standard B<debuild> options may be used (as listed below), but note "
"that the root command specified by any B<--rootcmd> or B<-r> command-line "
"option will be passed as an option to B<cvs-buildpackage>.  The first non-"
"B<debuild> option detected will signal the start of the B<cvs-buildpackage> "
"options."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme ne fait que sauvegarder les options pour B<debuild>, B<lintian> "
"et B<linda>, pour les passer ensuite  B<debuild> lorsqu'il est appel par "
"B<cvs-buildpackage>. Toutes les options standards de B<debuild> peuvent tre "
"utilises (voir la liste ci-dessous), mais notez que les commandes pour "
"devenir superutilisateur spcifies par les options B<--rootcmd> ou B<-r> "
"seront passes en option de B<cvs-buildpackage>. La premire option dtecte "
"comme n'tant pas pour B<debuild> indique le dbut des options pour B<cvs-"
"buildpackage>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:30
msgid ""
"The selection of the root command is slightly subtle: if there are any "
"command-line options, these will be used.  If not, then if B<cvs-"
"buildpackage> is set up to use a default root command, that will be used.  "
"Finally, if neither of these are the case, then B<debuild> will use its "
"procedures to determine an appropriate command, as described in its "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
"Le choix de la commande pour devenir superutilisateur est un peu subtil: si "
"elle est fournie par une option de la ligne de commande, celle-ci est "
"utilise. Sinon, si B<cvs-buildpackage> est configur pour en utiliser une "
"par dfaut, celle-ci est utilise. Enfin, B<debuild> utilisera ses "
"procdures pour dterminer la commande approprie, comme dcrit dans sa "
"documentation."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:33
msgid ""
"See the manpages for B<debuild>(1) and B<cvs-buildpackage> for more "
"information about the behaviour of each."
msgstr ""
"Consultez les pages de manuel de B<debuild>(1) et de B<cvs-buildpackage>(1) "
"pour plus d'informations sur leur comportement."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:39
msgid ""
"The following are the B<debuild> options recognised by B<cvs-debuild>.  All "
"B<cvs-buildpackage>, B<lintian> and B<linda> options are simply passed to "
"the appropriate program.  For explanations of the meanings of these "
"variables, see B<debuild>(1)."
msgstr ""
"Voici les options de B<debuild> reconnues par B<cvs-debuild>. Toutes les "
"options de B<cvs-buildpackage>, B<lintian> et B<linda> sont simplement "
"passes aux programmes appropris. Pour des explications sur la "
"signification de ces options, veuillez consulter B<debuild>(1)."

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:39 ../debuild.1:212
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-conf, --noconf>"
msgstr "B<--no-conf>, B<--noconf>"

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:41 ../debuild.1:216
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--rootcmd=>I<gain-root-command, >B<-r>I<gain-root-command>"
msgstr "B<--rootcmd>=I<commande-pour-devenir-root>, B<-r>I<commande-pour-devenir-root>"

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:43 ../debuild.1:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--preserve-env>"
msgstr "B<--preserve-env>"

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:45 ../debuild.1:222
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--preserve-envvar=>I<var, >B<-e>I<var>"
msgstr "B<--preserve-envvar>=I<var>, B<-e>I<var>"

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:47 ../debuild.1:225
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set-envvar=>I<var>B<=>I<value, >B<-e>I<var>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<--set-envvar>=I<var>=I<valeur>, B<-e>I<var>=I<valeur>"

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--lintian, --no-lintian>"
msgstr "B<--lintian>, B<--no-lintian>"

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--linda, --no-linda>"
msgstr "B<--linda>, B<--no-linda>"

# type: TP
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-dirname>, B<--check-dirname>"
msgstr "B<--ignore-dirname>, B<--check-dirname>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:56
msgid "These should not be needed, but it is provided nevertheless."
msgstr ""
"Ces options ne devraient pas tre ncessaires, mais sont nanmoins fournies."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:63
msgid ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<debuild>(1), B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<lintian>"
"(1)  and B<linda>(1)."
msgstr ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<debuild>(1), B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<lintian>"
"(1) et B<linda>(1)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../cvs-debuild.1:64
msgid "This program was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr "Ce programme a t crit par Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../dd-list.1:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "DD-LIST"
msgstr "DD-LIST"

# type: TH
#: ../dd-list.1:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "2005-06-28"
msgstr "2005-06-28"

# type: TH
#: ../dd-list.1:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian"
msgstr "Debian"

# type: Plain text
#.  --------------------------------------------------------------------
#: ../dd-list.1:22
msgid "dd-list - nicely list .deb packages and their maintainers"
msgstr "dd-list - Lister joliment les paquets .deb et leurs responsables"

# type: Plain text
#.  --------------------------------------------------------------------
#: ../dd-list.1:26
msgid ""
"B<dd-list> [B<-hiuV>] [B<--help>] [B<--stdin>] [B<--dctrl>] [B<--version>] "
"[B<--uploaders>] [B<package>...]"
msgstr ""
"B<dd-list> [B<-hiuV>] [B<--help>] [B<--stdin>] [B<--dctrl>] [B<--version>] "
"[B<--uploaders>] [B<paquet>...]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:30
msgid ""
"B<dd-list> produces nicely formatted lists of Debian (.deb) packages and "
"their maintainers."
msgstr ""
"B<dd-list> produit des listes de paquets Debian (.deb) et de leurs "
"responsables, joliment formates."

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:37
msgid ""
"Input is a list of source or binary package names on the command line (or "
"the standard input if B<--stdin> is given).  Output is a list of the "
"following format, where package names are source packages:"
msgstr ""
"Une liste de noms de paquet source ou binaire est attendue en tant que "
"paramtre de la ligne de commande (ou sur l'entre standard si l'option B<--"
"stdin> est spcifie). La sortie est une liste au format suivant, o les "
"noms de paquet sont des noms de paquets source:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "J. Random Developer E<lt>jrandom@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
msgstr "J. Random Developer E<lt>jrandom@debian.orgE<gt>\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:44
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"j-random-package\n"
"j-random-other\n"
msgstr ""
"j-random-package\n"
"j-random-other\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "Diana Hacker E<lt>diana@example.orgE<gt>\n"
msgstr "Diana Hacker E<lt>diana@example.orgE<gt>\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"fun-package\n"
"more-fun-package\n"
msgstr ""
"fun-package\n"
"more-fun-package\n"

# type: Plain text
#.  --------------------------------------------------------------------
#: ../dd-list.1:58
msgid ""
"This is useful when you want, for example, to produce a list of packages "
"that need to attention from their maintainers, e.g., to be rebuilt when a "
"library version transition happens."
msgstr ""
"Ceci est utile quand vous voulez, par exemple, obtenir une liste des paquets "
"qui demandent l'attention de leurs responsables, par exemple lorsqu'ils "
"doivent tre reconstruits suite  une transition de bibliothque."

# type: TP
#: ../dd-list.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:62
msgid "Print brief help message."
msgstr "Affiche un bref message d'aide."

# type: TP
#: ../dd-list.1:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i>,B<--stdin>"
msgstr "B<-i>,B<--stdin>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:66
msgid ""
"Read package names from the standard input, instead of taking them from the "
"command line. Package names are whitespace delimited."
msgstr ""
"Lit les noms de paquet depuis l'entre standard, plutt que les obtenir "
"depuis la ligne de commande. Les noms de paquet doivent tre spars par des "
"espaces."

# type: TP
#: ../dd-list.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>,B<--dctrl>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--dctrl>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:73
msgid ""
"Read package information from standard input in the format of a Debian "
"package control file. This includes the status file, or output of apt-cache. "
"This is the fastest way to use dd-list, as it uses the maintainer "
"information from the input instead of looking up the maintainer of each "
"listed package."
msgstr ""
"Lit les informations de paquet depuis l'entre standard, au format du "
"fichier de contrle Debian (debian/control). Ceci inclut le fichier "
"d'tat, ou la sortie d'apt-cache. C'est l'utilisation la plus rapide de dd-"
"list, puisqu'elle utilise les informations de responsable depuis l'entre "
"plutt que de rechercher les responsables de chaque paquet."

# type: TP
#: ../dd-list.1:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>,B<--uploaders>"
msgstr "B<-u>, B<--uploaders>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:78
msgid ""
"Also list developers who are named as uploaders of packages, not only the "
"maintainers.  Uploaders are indicated with \"(U)\" appended to the package "
"name."
msgstr ""
"Lister aussi les dveloppeurs marqus comme uploaders des paquets et non "
"seulement les responsables. Les uploaders sont indiqus avec un (U) "
"ajout en fin de nom de paquet."

# type: TP
#: ../dd-list.1:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>,B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"

# type: Plain text
#.  --------------------------------------------------------------------
#: ../dd-list.1:82
msgid "Print the version."
msgstr "Affiche la version."

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:84
msgid "Lars Wirzenius E<lt>liw@iki.fiE<gt>"
msgstr "Lars Wirzenius E<lt>liw@iki.fiE<gt>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dd-list.1:85
msgid "Joey Hess E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
msgstr "Joey Hess E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"

# type: TH
#: ../debc.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBC"
msgstr "DEBC"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:4
msgid "debc - view contents of a generated Debian package"
msgstr "debc - Visualiser le contenu d'un paquet Debian gnr"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:6
msgid "B<debc> [I<options>] [I<changes file>] [I<package> ...]"
msgstr "B<debc> [I<options>] [I<fichier_changes>] [I<paquet> ...]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:24
msgid ""
"B<debc> figures out the current version of a package and displays "
"information about the .deb files which have been generated in the current "
"build process.  If a I<.changes> file is specified on the command line, the "
"filename must end with I<.changes>, as this is how the program distinguishes "
"it from package names.  If not, then B<debc> has to be called from within "
"the source code directory tree.  In this case, it will look for the I<."
"changes> file corresponding to the current package version (by determining "
"the name and version number from the changelog, and the architecture in the "
"same way as B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) does).  It then runs B<dpkg-deb -I> and "
"B<dpkg-deb -c> on every I<.deb> archive listed in the I<.changes> file to "
"display information about the contents of the I<.deb> files.  It precedes "
"every I<.deb> file with the name of the file.  It assumes that all of the I<."
"deb> archives live in the same directory as the I<.changes> file.  It is "
"useful for ensuring that the expected files have ended up in the Debian "
"package."
msgstr ""
"B<debi> dtermine la version d'un paquet et affiche des informations "
"concernant les fichiers .deb gnrs. Si un fichier I<.changes> est spcifi "
"en ligne de commande, le nom du fichier doit se terminer par I<.changes>, "
"puisque c'est comme cela que le programme le diffrencie d'un nom de paquet. "
"Sinon, B<debc> doit tre appel depuis le rpertoire du code source. Dans ce "
"cas, il recherchera un fichier I<.changes> correspondant  la version du "
"paquet; pour cela, il dtermine le nom et la version grce au fichier "
"changelog, et l'architecture est cherche comme B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) le "
"ferait. Il affiche ensuite les informations des fichiers .deb gnrs au "
"cours de cette excution. Pour cela, il excute B<dpkg-deb -I> et B<dpkg-deb "
"-c> pour toutes les archives I<.deb> listes dans le fichier I<.changes>. Il "
"place devant tous les fichiers I<.deb> le nom du fichier. Il suppose que "
"toutes ces archives I<.deb> se trouvent dans le mme rpertoire que le "
"fichier I<.changes>. C'est utile pour s'assurer que tous les fichiers "
"attendus se trouvent dans le paquet Debian."

# type: SH
#: ../debc.1:27 ../debchange.1:105 ../debclean.1:24 ../debi.1:29
#: ../debrelease.1:20 ../debuild.1:51 ../uscan.1:268
#, no-wrap
msgid "Directory name checking"
msgstr "Vrification du nom du rpertoire"

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:38 ../debi.1:40
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, B<debi> "
"will climb the directory tree until it finds a I<debian/changelog> file.  As "
"a safeguard against stray files causing potential problems, it will examine "
"the name of the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, "
"and check that the directory name corresponds to the package name.  "
"Precisely how it does this is controlled by two configuration file variables "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their "
"corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-"
"dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""
"Comme certains autres scripts du paquet B<devscripts>, B<debi> parcourt une "
"arborescence de rpertoires jusqu' trouver un fichier I<debian/changelog>. "
"Pour viter les problmes poss par les fichiers gars, il examine le nom "
"du rpertoire parent une fois qu'il a trouv le fichier I<debian/changelog>, "
"et vrifie que le nom du rpertoire correspond au nom du paquet. La mthode "
"prcise utilise est contrle par les deux variables du fichier de "
"configuration DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL et "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, et les options en ligne de commande "
"associes B<--check-dirname-level> et B<--check-dirname-regex>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:40 ../debchange.1:118 ../debclean.1:37 ../debi.1:42
#: ../debrelease.1:33 ../debuild.1:65 ../uscan.1:285
msgid "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL can take the following values:"
msgstr "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL peut prendre les valeurs suivantes:"

# type: TP
#: ../debc.1:40 ../debchange.1:118 ../debclean.1:37 ../debi.1:42
#: ../debrelease.1:33 ../debuild.1:65 ../uscan.1:285
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<0>"
msgstr "B<0>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:43 ../debchange.1:121 ../debclean.1:40 ../debi.1:45
#: ../debrelease.1:36 ../debuild.1:68 ../uscan.1:288
msgid "Never check the directory name."
msgstr "Ne vrifie jamais le nom du rpertoire."

# type: TP
#: ../debc.1:43 ../debchange.1:121 ../debclean.1:40 ../debi.1:45
#: ../debrelease.1:36 ../debuild.1:68 ../uscan.1:288
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<1>"
msgstr "B<1>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:47 ../debchange.1:125 ../debclean.1:44 ../debi.1:49
#: ../debrelease.1:40 ../debuild.1:72
msgid ""
"Only check the directory name if we have had to change directory in our "
"search for I<debian/changelog>.  This is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""
"Ne vrifie le nom du rpertoire que s'il a fallu changer de rpertoire pour "
"trouver le fichier I<debian/changelog>. C'est le comportement par dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../debc.1:47 ../debchange.1:125 ../debclean.1:44 ../debi.1:49
#: ../debrelease.1:40 ../debuild.1:72 ../uscan.1:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<2>"
msgstr "B<2>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:50 ../debchange.1:128 ../debclean.1:47 ../debi.1:52
#: ../debrelease.1:43 ../debuild.1:75 ../uscan.1:297
msgid "Always check the directory name."
msgstr "Vrifie toujours le nom du rpertoire."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:63 ../debchange.1:141 ../debclean.1:60 ../debi.1:65
#: ../debrelease.1:56 ../debuild.1:88 ../uscan.1:310
msgid ""
"The directory name is checked by testing whether the current directory name "
"(as determined by B<pwd>(1)) matches the regex given by the configuration "
"file option DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX or by the command line option B<--"
"check-dirname-regex> I<regex>.  Here I<regex> is a Perl regex (see B<perlre>"
"(3perl)), which will be anchored at the beginning and the end.  If I<regex> "
"contains a '/', then it must match the full directory path.  If not, then it "
"must match the full directory name.  If I<regex> contains the string "
"\\'PACKAGE', this will be replaced by the source package name, as determined "
"from the changelog.  The default value for the regex is: \\'PACKAGE(-.*)?', "
"thus matching directory names such as PACKAGE and PACKAGE-version."
msgstr ""
"Le nom du rpertoire est vrifi en testant si le nom du rpertoire courant "
"(donn par B<pwd>(1)) correspond  l'expression rationnelle donne par la "
"variable DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX du fichier de configuration ou par "
"l'option B<--check-dirname-regex> I<regex>. Il s'agit d'une expression "
"rationnelle Perl (voir B<perlre>(1)), qui sera ancre  son dbut et  sa "
"fin. Si elle contient un /, alors elle doit correspondre au chemin "
"complet. Si elle contient la chane PACKAGE, cette chane sera remplace "
"par le nom du paquet source dtermin par le fichier changelog. La valeur "
"par dfaut de cette expression rationnelle est PACKAGE(-.*)?, ce qui "
"correspond aux rpertoires nomms PACKAGE ou PACKAGE-version."

# type: TP
#: ../debc.1:70 ../debi.1:72 ../debrelease.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debs-dir> I<DIR>"
msgstr "B<--debs-dir> I<RP>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:76 ../debi.1:78 ../debrelease.1:87
msgid ""
"Look for the I<.changes> and I<.deb> files in directory I<DIR> instead of "
"the parent of the source directory.  This should either be an absolute path "
"or relative to the top of the source directory."
msgstr ""
"Cherche les fichiers I<.changes> et I<.deb> dans le rpertoire I<RP> au "
"lieu du rpertoire parent du rpertoire source. Cela doit tre soit un "
"chemin absolu, soit un chemin relatif  la racine du rpertoire source."

# type: TP
#: ../debc.1:76 ../debchange.1:260 ../debclean.1:69 ../debi.1:78
#: ../debrelease.1:87 ../debuild.1:262 ../uscan.1:394
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--check-dirname-level> I<N>"
msgstr "B<--check-dirname-level> I<N>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:80 ../debc.1:84 ../debchange.1:264 ../debchange.1:268
#: ../debclean.1:73 ../debclean.1:77 ../debi.1:82 ../debi.1:86
#: ../debrelease.1:91 ../debrelease.1:95 ../debuild.1:266 ../debuild.1:270
#: ../uscan.1:398 ../uscan.1:402
msgid ""
"See the above section \"Directory name checking\" for an explanation of this "
"option."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez consulter la section ci-dessus Vrification du nom du "
"rpertoire pour une explication de cette option."

# type: TP
#: ../debc.1:80 ../debchange.1:264 ../debclean.1:73 ../debi.1:82
#: ../debrelease.1:91 ../debuild.1:266 ../uscan.1:398
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--check-dirname-regex> I<regex>"
msgstr "B<--check-dirname-regex> I<regex>"

# NOTE: et --noconf ?
# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:97 ../debchange.1:289 ../debclean.1:93 ../debi.1:99
#: ../debrelease.1:111 ../debrsign.1:63 ../debsign.1:105 ../nmudiff.1:75
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:43 ../uupdate.1:92 ../who-uploads.1:48
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced in that order to set configuration variables.  Command line options "
"can be used to override configuration file settings.  Environment variable "
"settings are ignored for this purpose.  The currently recognised variables "
"are:"
msgstr ""
"Les deux fichiers de configuration I</etc/devscripts.conf> et I<~/."
"devscripts> sont valus dans cet ordre pour rgler les variables de "
"configuration. Des options de ligne de commande peuvent tre utilises pour "
"neutraliser les paramtres des fichiers de configuration. Les variables "
"d'environnement sont ignores  cette fin. Les variables actuellement "
"identifies sont:"

# type: TP
#: ../debc.1:97 ../debi.1:99 ../debrelease.1:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBRELEASE_DEBS_DIR>"
msgstr "B<DEBRELEASE_DEBS_DIR>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:107 ../debi.1:109
msgid ""
"This specifies the directory in which to look for the I<.changes> and I<."
"deb> files, and is either an absolute path or relative to the top of the "
"source tree.  This corresponds to the B<--debs-dir> command line option.  "
"This directive could be used, for example, if you always use B<pbuilder> or "
"B<svn-buildpackage> to build your packages.  Note that it also affects "
"B<debrelease>(1) in the same way, hence the strange name of the option."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie le rpertoire dans lequel chercher les fichiers I<.changes> et I<."
"deb>, et est soit un chemin absolu ou un chemin relatif  la racine du "
"rpertoire racine. Ceci correspond  l'option en ligne de commande B<--debs-"
"dir>. Cette directive peut tre utilise par exemple si vous utilisez "
"systmatiquement B<pbuilder> ou B<svn-buildpackage> pour construire vos "
"paquets. Notez que cela concerne galement B<debrelease>(1), ce qui explique "
"le nom trange de l'option."

# type: TP
#: ../debc.1:107 ../debchange.1:297 ../debclean.1:97 ../debi.1:109
#: ../debrelease.1:125 ../debuild.1:349 ../devscripts.conf.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL>, B<DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX>"
msgstr "B<DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL>, B<DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:114 ../debchange.1:304 ../debclean.1:104 ../debi.1:116
#: ../debrelease.1:132 ../debuild.1:356
msgid ""
"See the above section \"Directory name checking\" for an explanation of "
"these variables.  Note that these are package-wide configuration variables, "
"and will therefore affect all B<devscripts> scripts which check their value, "
"as described in their respective manpages and in B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez consulter la section Vrification du nom du rpertoire ci-"
"dessus pour une explication de ces variables. Notez que ce sont des "
"variables de configuration pour tous les outils du paquet B<devscripts>; "
"elles impacteront tous les scripts qui les utilisent, comme indiqu dans "
"leurs pages de manuel respectives et dans B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:119
msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(8), B<debdiff>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(8), B<debdiff>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debc.1:121
msgid ""
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>, based on an original script by "
"Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>, bas sur un script de Christoph "
"Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../debchange.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBCHANGE"
msgstr "DEBCHANGE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:4
msgid ""
"debchange - Tool for maintenance of the debian/changelog file in a source "
"package"
msgstr ""
"debchange - Outil pour la maintenance du fichier debian/changelog d'un "
"paquet source"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:6
msgid "B<debchange> [I<options>] [I<text> ...]"
msgstr "B<debchange> [I<options>] [I<texte> ...]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:8
msgid "B<dch> [I<options>] [I<text> ...]"
msgstr "B<dch> [I<options>] [I<texte> ...]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<debchange> or its alias B<dch> will add a new comment line to the Debian "
"changelog in the current source tree.  This command must be run from within "
"that tree.  If the text of the change is given on the command line, "
"B<debchange> will run in batch mode and simply add the text, with line "
"breaks as necessary, at the appropriate place in I<debian/changelog> (or the "
"changelog specified by options, as described below).  If no text is "
"specified then B<debchange> will run the editor as determined by B<sensible-"
"editor> for you to edit the file.  (The environment variables B<VISUAL> and "
"B<EDITOR> are used in this order to determine which editor to use.)  Editors "
"which understand the I<+n> option for starting the editing on a specified "
"line will use this to move to the correct line of the file for editing.  If "
"the editor is quit without modifying the temporary file, B<debchange> will "
"exit without touching the existing changelog.  B<Note that the changelog is "
"assumed to be encoded with the UTF-8 encoding.  If it is not, problems may "
"occur.> Please see the B<iconv>(1) manpage to find out how to convert "
"changelogs from legacy encodings.  Finally, a changelog or NEWS file can be "
"created from scratch using the B<--create> option described below."
msgstr ""
"B<debchange> ou son alias B<dch> ajoute une nouvelle ligne de commentaire au "
"fichier debian/changelog dans le rpertoire des sources. Cette commande doit "
"tre excute depuis ce rpertoire. Si le texte dcrivant le changement est "
"donn en ligne de commande, B<debchange> s'excutera de faon automatique et "
"ajoutera simplement le texte, avec les passages  la ligne qui s'imposent et "
" l'emplacement appropri, dans le fichier I<debian/changelog> (ou le "
"fichier spcifi par les options, voir ci-dessous). Si aucun texte n'est "
"spcifi, alors B<debchange> excute un diteur (dtermin par B<sensible-"
"editor>) pour que vous ditiez le fichier. (Les variables d'environnement "
"B<VISUAL> et B<EDITOR> sont utilises dans cet ordre pour dterminer "
"l'diteur  utiliser.) Pour les diteurs qui acceptent l'option I<+n> pour "
"dmarrer l'dition  une ligne spcifie, cette option sera utilise pour "
"positionner l'dition  la bonne ligne. Si l'diteur est quitt sans avoir "
"modifi le fichier temporaire, B<debchange> quittera sans modifier le "
"fichier changelog. B<Notez que les fichiers changelog sont supposs tre "
"cods en UTF-8. Dans le cas contraire, des problmes peuvent se produire>. "
"Veuillez consulter la page de manuel de B<iconv>(1) pour trouver comment "
"convertir les fichiers changelog cods autrement. Enfin, un fichier "
"changelog ou debian/NEWS peut tre cr  partir de rien en utilisant "
"l'option B<--create> dcrite ci-dessous."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:42
msgid ""
"B<debchange> also supports automatically producing bug-closing changelog "
"entries, using the B<--closes> option.  This will usually query the BTS, the "
"Debian Bug Tracking System (see http://bugs.debian.org/) to determine the "
"title of the bug and the package in which it occurs.  This behaviour can be "
"stopped by giving a B<--noquery> option or by setting the configuration "
"variable B<DEBCHANGE_QUERY_BTS> to I<no>, as described below.  In either "
"case, the editor (as described above) will always be invoked to give an "
"opportunity to modify the entries, and the changelog will be accepted "
"whether or not modifications are made.  An extra changelog entry can be "
"given on the command line in addition to the closes entries."
msgstr ""
"B<debchange> peut galement crer des entres de changelog permettant de "
"fermer des bogues, en utilisant l'option B<--closes>. Le BTS, ou Debian Bug "
"Tracking System (systme de suivi de bogues Debian, http://bugs.debian."
"org/), est interrog pour dterminer le titre du bogue et le paquet dans "
"lequel il apparat. Ce comportement peut tre modifi en utilisant l'option "
"B<--noquery> ou en positionnant la variable de configuration "
"B<DEBCHANGE_QUERY_BTS>  I<no>, comme dcrit ci-dessus. Dans tous les cas, "
"l'diteur (voir ci-dessus) est toujours appel pour permettre une "
"modification de l'entre, mais le fichier changelog est cr, que des "
"modifications aient t faites ou non. Une entre supplmentaire peut tre "
"fournie en ligne de commande en plus de l'entre fermant le bogue."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:49
msgid ""
"At most one of B<--append>, B<--increment>, B<--edit>, B<--release>, and B<--"
"newversion> may be specified as listed below. If no options are specified, "
"B<debchange> will use heuristics to guess whether or not the package has "
"been successfully released, and behave as if B<--increment> had been "
"specified if the package has been released, or otherwise as if B<--append> "
"has been specified."
msgstr ""
"Au plus une des options B<--append>, B<--increment>, B<--edit>, B<--"
"release>, et B<--newversion> doit tre spcifie (voir leurs descriptions ci-"
"dessous). Si aucune option n'est spcifie, B<debchange> devra utiliser des "
"heuristiques pour deviner si le paquet a bien t distribu ou non, et se "
"comporte comme si B<--increment> avait t spcifie si le paquet a t "
"distribu, ou autrement comme si B<--append> avait t spcifie."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:64
msgid ""
"Two different sets of heuristics can be used, as controlled by the B<--"
"release-heuristic> option or the DEBCHANGE_RELEASE_HEURISTIC configuration "
"variable. The default \"log\" heuristic determines if a package has been "
"released by looking for an appropriate B<dupload>(1) or B<dput>(1) log file "
"in the parent directory. A warning will be issued if the log file is found "
"but a successful upload is not recorded. This may be because the previous "
"upload was performed with a version of B<dupload> prior to 2.1 or because "
"the upload failed. The alternate \"changelog\" heuristic assumes the package "
"has been released unless its changelog contains \"UNRELEASED\" in the "
"distribution field. If this heuristic is enabled then the distribution will "
"default to \"UNRELEASED\" in new changelog entries. This can be useful if a "
"package can be released by different maintainers, or if you do not keep the "
"upload logs."
msgstr ""
"Deux types diffrents d'heuristiques peuvent tre utiliss, contrls par "
"l'option B<--release-heuristic> ou la variable de configuration "
"DEBCHANGE_RELEASE_HEURISTIC. L'heuristique par dfaut (log) dtermine si "
"un paquet a t distribu en cherchant un journal B<dupload>(1) ou B<dput>"
"(1) appropri. Un message d'alerte sera affich si le fichier du journal est "
"dtect mais qu'aucun envoi avec succs n'y est enregistr. C'est peut-tre "
"parce l'envoi prcdent a t excut avec une version de B<dupload> "
"infrieure  2.1 ou parce que l'envoi a chou. L'autre heuristique "
"(changelog) suppose que le paquet a t distribu  moins que le journal "
"des modifications ne contienne UNRELEASED dans le champ de la "
"distribution. Si cette heuristique est active alors la distribution sera "
"change en UNRELEASED dans les nouvelles entres du journal des "
"modifications. Ceci peut tre utile si un paquet peut tre distribu par "
"diffrents responsables, ou si vous ne voulez pas garder les journaux "
"d'envoi."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:82
msgid ""
"If either B<--increment> or B<--newversion> is used, the name and email for "
"the new version will be determined as follows.  If the environment variable "
"B<DEBFULLNAME> is set, this will be used for the maintainer full name; if "
"not, then B<NAME> will be checked.  If the environment variable B<DEBEMAIL> "
"is set, this will be used for the email address.  If this variable has the "
"form \"name E<lt>emailE<gt>\", then the maintainer name will also be taken "
"from here if neither B<DEBFULLNAME> nor B<NAME> is set.  If this variable is "
"not set, the same test is performed on the environment variable B<EMAIL>.  "
"Next, if the full name has still not been determined, then use B<getpwuid>"
"(3) to determine the name from the password file.  If this fails, use the "
"previous changelog entry.  For the email address, if it has not been set "
"from B<DEBEMAIL> or B<EMAIL>, then look in I</etc/mailname>, then attempt to "
"build it from the username and FQDN, otherwise use the email address in the "
"previous changelog entry.  In other words, it's a good idea to set "
"B<DEBEMAIL> and B<DEBFULLNAME> when using this script."
msgstr ""
"Si les options B<--increment> ou B<--newversion> sont utilises, le nom et "
"l'adresse lectronique pour la nouvelle version sont dtermins de la faon "
"suivante. Si la variable d'environnement B<DEBFULLNAME> est positionne, sa "
"valeur est utilise comme nom complet du responsable. Si la variable "
"d'environnement B<DEBEMAIL> est positionne, elle est utilise comme adresse "
"lectronique. Si cette variable est de la forme nom E<lt>adresseE<gt>, "
"alors le nom est pris dans cette variable si la variable d'environnement "
"B<DEBFULLNAME> n'est pas positionne. Si cette variable d'environnement "
"n'est pas positionne, le mme test est ralis sur B<EMAIL>. Puis, si le "
"nom complet n'est toujours pas dtermin, B<getpwuid>(3) est utilis pour "
"dterminer le nom grce au fichier des mots de passe. En cas d'chec, "
"l'entre prcdente du fichier changelog est utilise. Pour l'adresse "
"lectronique, si elle n'a pas t dtermine avec B<DEBEMAIL> ou B<EMAIL>, "
"I</etc/mailname> est utilis, puis il tente de la construire  partir du nom "
"d'utilisateur et du FQDN, sinon, l'adresse de l'entre prcdente du fichier "
"changelog est utilise. Pour simplifier, il est prfrable de positionner "
"les variables d'environnement B<DEBEMAIL> et B<DEBFULLNAME> lorsque ce "
"script est utilis."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:95
msgid ""
"Support is included for changelogs that record changes by multiple co-"
"maintainers of a package. If an entry is appended to the current version's "
"entries, and the maintainer is different from the maintainer who is listed "
"as having done the previous entries, then lines will be added to the "
"changelog to tell which maintainers made which changes. Currently only one "
"of the several such styles of recording this information is supported, in "
"which the name of the maintainer who made a set of changes appears on a line "
"before the changes, inside square brackets. This can be switched on and off "
"using the B<--[no]multimaint> option or the DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT "
"configuration file option; the default is to enable it.  Note that if an "
"entry has already been marked in this way, then this option will be silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
"Les changelogs qui enregistrent les modifications des diffrents "
"coresponsables d'un paquet sont grs. Si une entre est ajoute  celles de "
"la version courante, et que le responsable est diffrent du responsable qui "
"est mentionn comme ayant cr les entres prcdentes, alors les lignes "
"seront ajoutes au changelog pour indiquer quel responsable a fait quelle "
"modification. Pour le moment, seulement un des diffrents styles "
"d'enregistrement de ces informations est support, dans lequel le nom du "
"responsable qui a fait quelques modifications apparat sur une ligne avant "
"les modifications, entre crochets. Ceci peut-tre activ ou dsactiv en "
"utilisant l'option B<--[no]multimaint> ou la variable de configuration "
"DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT; le comportement par dfaut est de l'activer.  "
"noter: si une entre a dj t marque dans ce but, alors cette option "
"sera ignore de faon silencieuse."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:101
msgid ""
"If the directory name of the source tree has the form I<package>-I<version>, "
"then B<debchange> will also attempt to rename it if the (upstream) version "
"number changes.  This can be prevented by using the B<--preserve> command "
"line or configuration file option as described below."
msgstr ""
"Si le nom du rpertoire de l'arborescence des sources est sous la forme "
"I<paquet>-I<version>, B<debchange> cherchera galement  le renommer si le "
"numro de version (amont) change. Ceci peut tre empch en utilisant "
"l'option B<--preserve> en ligne de commande ou avec un paramtre du fichier "
"de configuration, comme dcrit ci-dessous."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:105
msgid ""
"If B<--force-bad-version> is used, debchange will not stop if the new "
"version is less than the current one.  This is especially useful while doing "
"backports."
msgstr ""
"Si B<--force-bad-version> est utilise, debchange ne s'arrtera pas si une "
"nouvelle version est infrieure  la version courante. Ceci est "
"particulirement utile lors de la conception de rtroportages."

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:116
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, "
"B<debchange> will climb the directory tree until it finds a I<debian/"
"changelog> file.  As a safeguard against stray files causing potential "
"problems, it will examine the name of the parent directory once it finds the "
"I<debian/changelog> file, and check that the directory name corresponds to "
"the package name.  Precisely how it does this is controlled by two "
"configuration file variables DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their corresponding command-line options "
"B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""
"Comme certains autres scripts du paquet B<devscripts>, B<debchange> parcourt "
"une arborescence de rpertoires jusqu' ce qu'il trouve un fichier I<debian/"
"changelog>. Pour viter les problmes poss par les fichiers gars, il "
"examine le nom du rpertoire parent une fois le fichier I<debian/changelog> "
"trouv, et vrifie que le nom du rpertoire correspond au nom du paquet. La "
"mthode prcise utilise est contrle par les deux variables du fichier de "
"configuration DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL et "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, et les options en ligne de commande "
"associes B<--check-dirname-level> et B<--check-dirname-regex>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:145
msgid ""
"The default changelog to be edited is I<debian/changelog>; however, this can "
"be changed using the B<--changelog> or B<--news> options or the CHANGELOG "
"environment variable, as described below."
msgstr ""
"Le journal des modifications par dfaut  diter est I<debian/changelog>; "
"cependant, ceci peut tre chang en utilisant les options B<--changelog> ou "
"B<--news>, ou la variable d'environnement CHANGELOG, comme dcrit plus bas."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--append>, B<-a>"
msgstr "B<--append>, B<-a>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:149
msgid "Add a new changelog entry at the end of the current version's entries."
msgstr ""
"Ajoute une nouvelle entre au fichier changelog  la fin des entres de la "
"version actuelle."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--increment>, B<-i>"
msgstr "B<--increment>, B<-i>"

# NOTE: signature
# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:156
msgid ""
"Increment either the final component of the Debian release number or, if "
"this is a native Debian package, the version number.  This creates a new "
"section at the beginning of the changelog with appropriate headers and "
"footers.  Also, if this is a new version of a native Debian package, the "
"directory name is changed to reflect this."
msgstr ""
"Incrmente le numro de version Debian ou, dans le cas d'un paquet Debian "
"natif, le numro de version. Cela cre une nouvelle section au dbut du "
"fichier changelog avec le bon en-tte et la signature. De plus, dans le cas "
"d'une nouvelle version d'un paquet natif Debian, le nom du rpertoire est "
"modifi de manire  reflter ce changement de version."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--newversion >I<version>, B<-v >I<version>"
msgstr "B<--newversion >I<version>, B<-v >I<version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:162
msgid ""
"This specifies the version number (including the Debian release part)  "
"explicitly and behaves as the B<--increment> option in other respects.  It "
"will also change the directory name if the upstream version number has "
"changed."
msgstr ""
"Permet de spcifier explicitement le numro de version (avec la partie "
"relative  la version Debian) et se comporte comme l'option B<--increment> "
"pour les autres aspects. Le nom du rpertoire sera galement modifi si le "
"numro de version amont a chang."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--edit>, B<-e>"
msgstr "B<--edit>, B<-e>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:165
msgid "Update the changelog timestamp, and start an editor."
msgstr "Met  jour l'tiquette de date et dmarre un diteur."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--release>, B<-r>"
msgstr "B<--release>, B<-r>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:170
msgid ""
"Update the changelog timestamp. If the distribution is set to \"UNRELEASED"
"\", change it to unstable (or another distribution as specified by B<--"
"distribution>)."
msgstr ""
"Met  jour l'tiquette de date. Si la distribution est UNRELEASED, elle "
"est change en unstable (ou une autre distribution indique par B<--"
"distribution>)."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:170
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--create>"
msgstr "B<--create>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:182
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This will create a new I<debian/changelog> file (or I<NEWS> if the B<--news> "
"option is used).  You must be in the top-level directory to use this; no "
"directory name checking will be performed.  The package name and version can "
"either be specified using the B<--package> and B<--newversion> options, "
"determined from the directory name using the B<--fromdirname> option or "
"entered manually into the generated changelog file.  The maintainer name is "
"determined from the environment if this is possible, and the distribution is "
"specified either using the B<--distribution> option or in the generated "
"changelog file."
msgstr ""
"Ceci crera un nouveau fichier I<debian/changelog> (ou I<debian/NEWS> si "
"l'option B<--news> est utilise). Vous devez tre dans le rpertoire de plus "
"haut niveau pour l'utiliser; aucune vrification sur le nom du rpertoire "
"ne sera faite. Le nom du paquet et sa version peuvent aussi tre spcifis "
"en utilisant les options B<--package> et B<--newversion>, dtermins grce "
"au nom du rpertoire en utilisant l'option B<--fromdirname> ou entrs "
"manuellement dans le journal des modifications gnr. Le nom du responsable "
"est dtermin grce aux variables d'environnement si cela est possible, et "
"la distribution est spcifie soit en utilisant l'option B<--distribution> "
"soit dans le journal des modifications gnr."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:182 ../uscan.1:365
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--package> I<package>"
msgstr "B<--package> I<paquet>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:186
msgid ""
"This specifies the package name to be used in the new changelog; this may "
"only be used in conjunction with the B<--create> option."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie le nom du paquet qui devra tre utilis dans le nouveau journal des "
"modifications; doit tre utilis seulement en conjonction avec l'option B<--"
"create>."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nmu>, B<-n>"
msgstr "B<--nmu>, B<-n>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:191
msgid ""
"Increment the Debian release number for a non-maintainer upload by either "
"appending a \".1\" to a non-NMU version number or by incrementing an NMU "
"version number, and add an NMU changelog comment."
msgstr ""
"Incrmente le numro de version Debian pour un envoi d'un non-responsable "
"soit en ajoutant .1  une version non-NMU soit en incrmentant un numro "
"de NMU."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:191
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--qa>"
msgstr "B<--qa>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:195
msgid ""
"Increment the Debian release number for a Debian QA Team upload, and add a "
"QA upload changelog comment."
msgstr ""
"Incrmente le numro de publication de Debian pour un envoi par l'quipe QA "
"de Debian, et ajout un commentaire QA upload dans le changelog."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:195
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force-bad-version>, B<-b>"
msgstr "B<--force-bad-version>, B<-b>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:199
msgid ""
"Force a version number to be less than the current one (e.g., when "
"backporting)."
msgstr ""
"Force un numro de version  tre moins lev que le numro de version "
"courant (comme c'est le cas par exemple dans le cas d'un rtroportage)."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:199
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--fromdirname>, B<-d>"
msgstr "B<--fromdirname>, B<-d>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:209
msgid ""
"This will take the upstream version number from the directory name, which "
"should be of the form I<package>-I<version>.  If the upstream version number "
"has increased from the most recent changelog entry, then a new entry will be "
"made with version number I<version>-1 (or I<version> if the package is "
"Debian native), with the same epoch as the previous package version.  If the "
"upstream version number is the same, this option will behave in the same way "
"as B<-i>."
msgstr ""
"Le numro de version amont sera dtermin en fonction du nom du rpertoire, "
"qui devra tre de la forme I<paquet>-I<version>. Si le numro de version "
"amont a augment depuis l'entre la plus rcente du fichier changelog, la "
"nouvelle entre sera ajoute avec pour numro de version I<version>-1 (ou "
"I<version> dans le cas d'un paquet Debian natif), avec le mme temps absolu "
"(epoch) que le paquet prcdent. Si le numro de version amont est le "
"mme, cette option se comporte de la mme faon que B<-i>."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:209
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--closes>I< nnnnn,[nnnnn,...]>"
msgstr "B<--closes> I<nnnnn,[nnnnn,...]>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:215
msgid ""
"Add changelog entries to close the specified bug numbers.  Also invoke the "
"editor after adding these entries.  Will generate warnings if the BTS cannot "
"be contacted (and B<--noquery> has not been specified), or if there are "
"problems with the bug report located."
msgstr ""
"Ajoute des entres au fichier changelog pour fermer les bogues spcifis. Un "
"diteur est galement invoqu aprs avoir ajout ces entres. Il gnrera "
"des avertissements si le BTS ne peut pas tre contact (et que l'option B<--"
"noquery> n'a pas t spcifie) ou s'il y a un problme avec un rapport de "
"bogue."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--[no]query>"
msgstr "B<--[no]query>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:218
msgid "Should we attempt to query the BTS when generating closes entries?"
msgstr ""
"Spcifie si le BTS doit tre interrog lorsqu'une fermeture de bogue est "
"gnre."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:218
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--preserve>, B<-p>"
msgstr "B<--preserve>, B<-p>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:223
msgid ""
"Preserve the source tree directory name if the upstream version number (or "
"the version number of a Debian native package) changes.  See also the "
"configuration variables section below."
msgstr ""
"Prserve le nom du rpertoire de l'architecture source si le numro de "
"version amont (ou le numro de version d'un paquet Debian natif) change. "
"Veuillez galement consulter la section des variables de configuration ci-"
"dessous."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-preserve>"
msgstr "B<--no-preserve>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:226
msgid "Do not preserve the source tree directory name (default)."
msgstr ""
"Ne prserve pas le nom du rpertoire de l'arborescence des sources "
"(comportement par dfaut)."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:226
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--distribution >I<dist>, B<-D >I<dist>"
msgstr "B<--distribution >I<dist>, B<-D >I<dist>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Use the specified distribution in the changelog entry being edited, instead "
"of using the previous changelog entry's distribution for new entries or the "
"existing value for existing entries."
msgstr ""
"Utilise la distribution spcifie dans la nouvelle entre du fichier "
"changelog, s'il y en a une, au lieu d'utiliser la distribution de la "
"dernire entre."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--urgency >I<urgency>, B<-u >I<urgency>"
msgstr "B<--urgency> I<urgency>, B<-u> I<urgency>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:236
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Use the specified urgency in the changelog entry being edited, instead of "
"using the default \"low\" for new entries or the existing value for existing "
"entries."
msgstr ""
"Utilise le niveau d'urgence spcifi dans la nouvelle entre du fichier "
"changelog, s'il y en a une, au lieu du niveau d'urgence bas (low) par "
"dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--changelog >I<file>, B<-c >I<file>"
msgstr "B<--changelog >I<fichier>, B<-c >I<fichier>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:242
msgid ""
"This will edit the changelog I<file> instead of the standard I<debian/"
"changelog>.  This option overrides any CHANGELOG environment variable "
"setting.  Also, no directory traversing or checking will be performed when "
"this option is used."
msgstr ""
"Ceci ditera le journal des modifications I<fichier> au lieu de I<debian/"
"changelog>. Cette option remplace la valeur dfinie par la variable "
"d'environnement CHANGELOG. De plus, aucune traverse ou contrle de "
"rpertoire ne sera fait quand cette option est utilise."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:242
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--news> [I<newsfile>]"
msgstr "B<--watchfile> I<watchfile>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:247
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This will edit I<newsfile> (by default, I<debian/NEWS>) instead of the "
"regular changelog.  Directory searching will be performed.  Cannot be used "
"together with B<--changelog>."
msgstr ""
"Ceci ditera I<debian/NEWS> au lieu du journal des modifications. Une "
"recherche sur le rpertoire sera faite. Ne doit pas tre utilise avec B<--"
"changelog>."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:247
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--[no]multimaint>"
msgstr "B<--[no]multimaint>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:252
msgid ""
"Should we indicate that parts of a changelog entry have been made by "
"different maintainers? Default is yes; see the discussion above and also the "
"DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT configuration file option below."
msgstr ""
"Prcise s'il faut indiquer que diffrentes parties du journal des "
"modifications ont t faites par diffrents responsables. L'option par "
"dfaut est B<--multimaint>, regardez la discussion ci-dessus ainsi que les "
"explications ci-dessous  propos de la variable DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT du "
"fichier de configuration."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maintmaint>, B<-m>"
msgstr "B<--maintmaint>, B<-m>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:260
msgid ""
"Do not modify the maintainer details previously listed in the changelog.  "
"This is useful particularly for sponsors wanting to automatically add a "
"sponsorship message without disrupting the other changelog details.  Note "
"that there may be some interesting interactions if multi-maintainer mode is "
"in use; you will probably wish to check the changelog manually before "
"uploading it in such cases."
msgstr ""
"Ne modifie pas les informations sur le responsable listes prcdemment dans "
"le journal des modifications. C'est particulirement utile pour les parrains "
"qui souhaitent ajouter un message automatiquement sans perturber les "
"informations du changelog. Notez qu'il peut y avoir des interractions "
"intressantes quand le mode multiresponsable est utilis: vous voudrez "
"probablement vrifier le journal des modifications manuellement avant "
"d'envoyer le paquet  l'archive dans ces cas."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--release-heuristic> I<log|changelog>"
msgstr "B<--release-heuristic> I<log|changelog>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:277
msgid ""
"Controls how B<debchange> determines if a package has been released, when "
"deciding whether to create a new changelog entry or append to an existing "
"changelog entry."
msgstr ""
"Contrle comment B<debchange> dtermine si le paquet a t distribu, pour "
"dcider s'il faut crer une nouvelle entre ou rajouter dans une entre "
"existante du journal des modifications."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:280 ../debclean.1:84 ../debrelease.1:102 ../debsign.1:96
#: ../dscverify.1:26 ../nmudiff.1:66 ../pts-subscribe.1:26 ../uupdate.1:83
#: ../who-uploads.1:39
msgid "Display a help message and exit successfully."
msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide et quitte avec succs."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:280 ../debclean.1:84 ../debrelease.1:102 ../debsign.1:96
#: ../dscverify.1:26 ../grep-excuses.1:21 ../nmudiff.1:66
#: ../plotchangelog.1:95 ../pts-subscribe.1:26 ../rmadison.pl:175
#: ../uscan.1:409 ../uupdate.1:83 ../who-uploads.1:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:283 ../debclean.1:87 ../debrelease.1:105 ../debsign.1:99
#: ../dscverify.1:29 ../nmudiff.1:69 ../pts-subscribe.1:29 ../uupdate.1:86
#: ../who-uploads.1:42
msgid "Display version and copyright information and exit successfully."
msgstr "Affiche la version et le copyright, puis quitte avec succs."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:289
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_PRESERVE>"
msgstr "B<DEBCHANGE_PRESERVE>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:293
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--preserve> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<yes>, quivaut  utiliser l'option B<--preserve>."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_QUERY_BTS>"
msgstr "B<DEBCHANGE_QUERY_BTS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:297
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--noquery> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<no>, quivaut  utiliser l'option B<--noquery>."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_RELEASE_HEURISTIC>"
msgstr "B<DEBCHANGE_RELEASE_HEURISTIC>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:309
msgid ""
"Controls how B<debchange> determines if a package has been released, when "
"deciding whether to create a new changelog entry or append to an existing "
"changelog entry. Can be either \"log\" or \"changelog\"."
msgstr ""
"Contrle comment B<debchange> dtermine si le paquet a t distribu, pour "
"dcider s'il faut crer une nouvelle entre ou rajouter dans une entre "
"existante du journal des modifications. Peut tre soit log soit "
"changelog."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:309
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT>"
msgstr "B<DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:314
msgid ""
"If set to \"no\", B<debchange> will not introduce multiple-maintainer "
"distinctions when a different maintainer appends an entry to an existing "
"changelog.  See the discussion above.  Default is \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
"Si fix  no, B<debchange> n'introduira pas de distinction "
"multiresponsable lorsqu'un responsable diffrent ajoutera une entre  un "
"journal des modifications existant. Regardez la discussion ci-dessus. La "
"valeur par dfaut est yes."

# type: SH
#: ../debchange.1:314 ../mass-bug.pl:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr "ENVIRONNEMENT"

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:315
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBEMAIL>, B<EMAIL>, B<DEBFULLNAME>, B<NAME>"
msgstr "B<DEBEMAIL>, B<EMAIL>, B<DEBFULLNAME>, B<NAME>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:318
msgid "See the above description of the use of these environment variables."
msgstr ""
"Reportez-vous  la description prcdente de l'utilisation de ces variables "
"d'environnement"

# type: TH
#: ../debchange.1:318
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<CHANGELOG>"
msgstr "B<CHANGELOG>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:324
msgid ""
"This variable specifies the changelog to edit in place of I<debian/"
"changelog>.  No directory traversal or checking is performed when this "
"variable is set.  This variable is overridden by the B<--changelog> command-"
"line setting."
msgstr ""
"Cette variable indique le journal des modifications  diter en remplacement "
"de I<debian/changelog>. Aucune traverse ou contrle de rpertoire ne sera "
"fait si cette variable est utilise. Cette variable est remplace par "
"l'option de la ligne de commande B<--changelog>."

# type: TP
#: ../debchange.1:324
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<VISUAL>, B<EDITOR>"
msgstr "B<VISUAL>, B<EDITOR>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:328
msgid ""
"These environment variables (in this order) determine the editor used by "
"B<sensible-editor>."
msgstr ""
"Ces variables d'environnement dterminent (dans cet ordre) quel sera "
"l'diteur invoqu par B<sensible-editor>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:335
msgid ""
"B<debclean>(1), B<dupload>(1), B<dput>(1), B<debc>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>"
"(5)."
msgstr ""
"B<debclean>(1), B<dupload>(1), B<dput>(1), B<debc>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>"
"(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debchange.1:338
msgid ""
"The original author was Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>.  "
"Many substantial changes and improvements were made by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"L'auteur initial est Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>. "
"Beaucoup de changements substantiels et d'amliorations ont t apports par "
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../debclean.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBCLEAN"
msgstr "DEBCLEAN"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:4
msgid "debclean - clean up a sourcecode tree"
msgstr "debclean - Nettoyer une arborescence de code source"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:6
msgid "B<debclean> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<debclean> [I<options>]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:13
msgid ""
"B<debclean> walks through the directory tree starting at the directory tree "
"in which it was invoked, and executes I<debian/rules clean> for each Debian "
"source directory encountered.  These directories are recognised by "
"containing a debian/changelog file for a package whose name matches that of "
"the directory.  Name matching is described below."
msgstr ""
"B<debclean> parcourt l'arborescence des rpertoires en commenant par "
"l'arborescence du rpertoire d'o il a t appel, et excute B<debian/rules "
"clean> pour chaque rpertoire source Debian rencontr. Ces rpertoires sont "
"reconnus parce qu'ils contiennent un fichier debian/changelog pour le paquet "
"dont le nom correspond au nom du rpertoire. La correspondance des noms est "
"dcrite plus bas."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:22
msgid ""
"Also, if the B<--cleandebs> option is given, then in every directory "
"containing a Debian source tree, all files named *.deb, *.changes and *."
"build are removed.  The .dsc, .diff.gz and the (.orig).tar.gz files are not "
"touched so that the release can be reconstructed if necessary, and the ."
"upload files are left so that B<debchange> functions correctly.  The B<--"
"nocleandebs> option prevents this extra cleaning behaviour and the B<--"
"cleandebs> option forces it.  The default is not to clean these files."
msgstr ""
"En outre, si l'option B<--cleandebs> est donne, alors dans chaque "
"rpertoire contenant une arborescence source Debian, tous les fichiers "
"nomms *.deb, *.changes et *.build sont supprims. Les fichiers .dsc, .diff."
"gz et (.orig).tar.gz ne sont pas touchs afin que la version puisse tre "
"reconstruite si ncessaire et les fichiers .upload sont laisss pour que "
"B<debchange> fonctionne correctement. L'option B<--nocleandebs> empche ce "
"comportement de nettoyage supplmentaire et l'option B<--cleandebs> le "
"force. Par dfaut, le nettoyage n'est pas ralis."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:24
msgid "B<debclean> uses B<debuild>(1) to clean the source tree."
msgstr ""
"B<debclean> utilise B<debuild>(1) pour nettoyer l'arborescence des sources."

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:35
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, "
"B<debclean> will walk through the directory tree searching for I<debian/"
"changelog> files.  As a safeguard against stray files causing potential "
"problems, it will examine the name of the parent directory once it finds a "
"I<debian/changelog> file, and check that the directory name corresponds to "
"the package name.  Precisely how it does this is controlled by two "
"configuration file variables DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their corresponding command-line options "
"B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""
"Comme certains autres scripts du paquet B<devscripts>, B<debclean> parcourt "
"une arborescence de rpertoires pour trouver des fichiers I<debian/"
"changelog>. Pour viter les problmes poss par les fichiers gars, il "
"examine le nom du rpertoire parent une fois qu'il a trouv le fichier "
"I<debian/changelog>, et vrifie que le nom du rpertoire correspond au nom "
"du paquet. La faon prcise utilise est contrle par les deux variables du "
"fichier de configuration DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL et "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, et les options en ligne de commande "
"associes B<--check-dirname-level> et B<--check-dirname-regex>."

# type: TP
#: ../debclean.1:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--cleandebs>"
msgstr "B<--cleandebs>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:65
msgid ""
"Also remove all .deb, .changes and .build files from the parent directory."
msgstr ""
"Enlve galement tous les fichiers .deb, .changes et .build du rpertoire "
"parent."

# type: TP
#: ../debclean.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocleandebs>"
msgstr "B<--nocleandebs>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:69
msgid ""
"Do not remove the .deb, .changes and .build files from the parent directory; "
"this is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""
"Ne retire pas les fichiers .deb, .changes et .build du rpertoire parent. "
"C'est le comportement par dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../debclean.1:81 ../grep-excuses.1:18 ../nmudiff.1:63 ../plotchangelog.1:92
#: ../uscan.1:406
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"

# type: TP
#: ../debclean.1:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCLEAN_CLEANDEBS>"
msgstr "B<DEBCLEAN_CLEANDEBS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:97
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--cleandebs> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  yes, alors c'est comme si l'option B<--"
"cleandebs> tait utilise."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:108
msgid "B<debuild>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr "B<debuild>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debclean.1:110
msgid ""
"Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>; modifications by Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>; modifications par Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: textblock
#: ../debcommit.pl:5
msgid "debcommit - commit changes to a package"
msgstr "debcommit - Soumettre les changements d'un paquet"

# type: textblock
#: ../debcommit.pl:9
msgid "debcommit [--release] [--message=text] [--noact]"
msgstr "debcommit [--release] [--message=texte] [--noact]"

# type: textblock
#: ../debcommit.pl:13
msgid ""
"debcommit generates a commit message based on new text in debian/changelog, "
"and commits the change to a package's cvs, svn, svk, arch, bzr or git "
"repository. It must be run in a cvs, svn, svk, arch, bzr or git working copy "
"for the package."
msgstr ""
"debcommit gnre un message de commit bas sur le nouveau texte dans le "
"fichier debian/changelog, et commite le changement d'un paquet dans un dpt "
"cvs, svn, svk, arch, bzr ou git. Il doit tre lanc dans une copie de "
"travail d'un de ces types de dpt."

# type: =item
#: ../debcommit.pl:22
msgid "-r --release"
msgstr "-r --release"

# type: textblock
#: ../debcommit.pl:24
msgid ""
"Commit a release of the package. The version number is determined from "
"debian/changelog, and is used to tag the package in cvs, svn, svk, arch or "
"git.  bzr does not yet support symbolic tags, so you will only get a normal "
"commit."
msgstr ""
"Commiter une distribution (release) du paquet. Le numro de version est "
"dtermin d'aprs le fichier debian/changelog et est utilis pour taguer le "
"paquet dans cvs, svn, svk, arch ou git. bzr n'accepte pas les tags "
"symboliques pour l'instant, donc vous n'obtiendrez qu'un commit normal."

# type: textblock
#: ../debcommit.pl:29
msgid ""
"Note that svn/svk tagging conventions vary, so debcommit uses L<svnpath(1)> "
"to determine where the tag should be placed in the repository."
msgstr ""
"Veillez noter que les conventions de nommage des tags varient pour svn et "
"svk, donc debcommit utilise L<svnpath(1)> pour dterminer o le tag doit "
"tre plac dans le dpt."

# type: =item
#: ../debcommit.pl:33
msgid "-m text --message test"
msgstr "-m texte --message test"

# type: textblock
#: ../debcommit.pl:35
msgid ""
"Specify a commit message to use. Useful if the program cannot determine a "
"commit message on its own based on debian/changelog, or if you want to "
"override the default message."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie un message de commit  utiliser. Utile si le programme ne peut pas "
"dterminer tout seul un message de commit  partir du fichier debian/"
"changelog ou si vous voulez remplacer le message par dfaut."

# type: =item
#: ../debcommit.pl:39
msgid "-n --noact"
msgstr "-n --noact"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debcommit.pl:41
msgid ""
"Do not actually do anything, but do print the commands that would be run."
msgstr "Ne fait rien, mais affiche les commandes qui seraient excutes."

# type: =head1
#: ../debcommit.pl:287 ../svnpath.pl:93
msgid "LICENSE"
msgstr "LICENCE"

# type: textblock
#: ../debcommit.pl:289 ../svnpath.pl:95
msgid "GPL"
msgstr "GPL"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debcommit.pl:293 ../mass-bug.pl:423
msgid "Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>"
msgstr "Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>"

# type: TH
#: ../debdiff.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBDIFF"
msgstr "DEBDIFF"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:4
msgid "debdiff - compare file lists in two Debian packages"
msgstr "debdiff - Comparer la liste des fichiers de deux paquets Debian"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:6
msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<deb1 deb2>"
msgstr "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<deb1 deb2>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:8
msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<changes1 changes2>"
msgstr "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<changes1 changes2>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:11
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... B<--from >I<deb1a deb1b ...  >B<--to >I<deb2a "
"deb2b ...>"
msgstr ""
"B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... B<--from> I<deb1a deb1b ...  >B<--to> I<deb2a "
"deb2b ...>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:13
msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<dsc1 dsc2>"
msgstr "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<dsc1 dsc2>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:22
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> takes the names of two Debian package files (I<.deb>s or I<."
"udeb>s) on the command line and compares their contents (considering only "
"the files in the main package, not the maintenance scripts).  It shows which "
"files have been introduced and which removed between the two package files, "
"and is therefore useful for spotting files which may have been inadvertently "
"lost between revisions of the package.  It also checks the file owners and "
"permissions, and compares the control files of the two packages using the "
"B<wdiff> program."
msgstr ""
"B<debdiff> prend en argument le nom de deux paquets Debian (fichiers I<.deb> "
"ou I<.udeb>) et compare leur contenu (en comparant uniquement les fichiers "
"principaux, sans les scripts de maintenance). Il affiche quels fichiers ont "
"t ajouts ou retirs entre deux paquets. Il est de ce fait utile pour "
"pointer les fichiers perdus par inadvertance entre deux versions d'un "
"paquet. Il vrifie galement les permissions et propritaires des fichiers "
"et compare le fichier control des deux paquets  l'aide du programme "
"B<wdiff>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:33
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> can also handle changes between groups of I<.deb> files in two "
"ways.  The first is to specify two I<.changes> files.  In this case, the I<."
"deb> files listed in the I<.changes> file will be compared, by taking the "
"contents of all of the listed I<.deb> files together.  (The I<.deb> files "
"listed are assumed to be in the same directory as the I<.changes> file.)  "
"The second way is to list the I<.deb> files of interest specifically using "
"the B<--from> ... B<--to> syntax.  These both help if a package is broken up "
"into smaller packages and one wishes to ensure that nothing is lost in the "
"interim."
msgstr ""
"B<debdiff> peut aussi grer les changements entre des groupes de fichiers I<."
"deb> de deux faons. La premire consiste  spcifier deux fichiers I<."
"changes>. Dans ce cas, les fichiers I<.deb> lists dans les fichiers I<."
"changes> seront compars, en considrant ensemble le contenu de tous les "
"fichiers I<.deb>. Il est suppos que les fichiers I<.deb> se trouvent dans "
"le mme rpertoire que le fichier I<.changes>. La deuxime faon consiste  "
"lister les fichiers I<.deb> avec la syntaxe B<--from> ... (depuis) et B<--"
"to> ... (vers). On peut ainsi vrifier que, lorsqu'un paquet est dcoup en "
"paquets plus petits, rien n'est perdu au passage."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:37
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> examines the B<devscripts> configuration files as described "
"below.  Command line options override the configuration file settings, "
"though."
msgstr ""
"B<debdiff> examine les fichiers de configuration de B<devscripts> comme "
"dcrit ci-dessous. Les options en ligne de commande permettent de remplacer "
"les paramtres des fichiers de configuration."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:45
msgid ""
"If B<debdiff> is passed two source packages (I<.dsc> files) it will compare "
"the contents of the source packages.  If the source packages differ only in "
"Debian revision number (that is, the I<.orig.tar.gz> files are the same in "
"the two I<.dsc> files), then B<interdiff>(1) will be used to compare the two "
"patch files if this program is available on the system, otherwise a B<diff> "
"will be performed between the two source trees."
msgstr ""
"Si deux paquets source (fichiers I<.dsc>) sont fournis  B<debdiff>, il "
"comparera le contenu des paquets source. Si les paquets source ne diffrent "
"que par leur numro de version Debian (c'est--dire que les fichiers I<.orig."
"tar.gz> sont identiques dans les deux fichiers I<.dsc>), alors B<interdiff>"
"(1) sera utilis pour comparer les deux fichiers de rustine si ce programme "
"est disponible sur le systme, sinon, B<diff> sera utilis sur les deux "
"arborescences des sources."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--dirs>, B<-d>"
msgstr "B<--dirs>, B<-d>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:51
msgid ""
"The default mode of operation is to ignore directory names which appear in "
"the file list, but they, too, will be considered if this option is given."
msgstr ""
"Le mode opratoire par dfaut est d'ignorer les noms de rpertoire qui "
"apparaissent dans la liste de fichiers; mais avec cette option, ils seront "
"pris en compte."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nodirs>"
msgstr "B<--nodirs>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:55
msgid ""
"Ignore directory names which appear in the file list.  This is the default "
"and it can be used to override a configuration file setting."
msgstr ""
"Ignorer les rpertoires dont le nom apparat dans la liste de fichiers. "
"C'est le comportement par dfaut. Cette option permet de remplacer un "
"paramtre d'un fichier de configuration."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--move>I< FROM TO>,B< -m>I< FROM TO>"
msgstr "B<--move> I<DEPUIS VERS>, B<-m> I<DEPUIS VERS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:65
msgid ""
"It sometimes occurs that various files or directories are moved around "
"between revisions.  This can be handled using this option.  There are two "
"arguments, the first giving the location of the directory or file in the "
"first package, and the second in the second.  Any files in the first listing "
"whose names begin with the first argument are treated as having that "
"substituted for the second argument when the file lists are compared.  Any "
"number of B<--move> arguments may be given; they are processed in the order "
"in which they appear."
msgstr ""
"Il arrive parfois que diffrents fichiers ou rpertoires soient dplacs "
"entre deux versions. On peut rgler le problme en utilisant cette option. "
"Les deux arguments reprsentent les emplacements du rpertoire ou du fichier "
"dans le premier et dans le second paquet. Quand les listes de fichiers sont "
"compares, tous les fichiers de la premire liste dont le nom commence par "
"le premier argument sont traits comme s'ils commencaient par le second "
"argument. Vous pouvez donner un nombre arbitraire d'arguments B<--move>: "
"ils sont interprts dans l'ordre d'apparition."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--move-regex>I< FROM TO>"
msgstr "B<--move-regex> I<DEPUIS VERS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:71
msgid ""
"This is the same as B<--move>, except that I<FROM> is treated as a regular "
"expression and the B<perl> substitution command I<s/^FROM/TO/> is applied to "
"the files.  In particular, TO can make use of backreferences such as $1."
msgstr ""
"Identique  B<--move>, mais I<DEPUIS> est trait comme une expression "
"rationnelle et la commande de substitution B<perl> I<s/^DEPUIS/VERS/> est "
"applique aux fichiers. En particulier, VERS peut avoir des rfrences "
"arrires telles que $1."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocontrol>"
msgstr "B<--nocontrol>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:76
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> will usually compare the respective control files of the packages "
"using B<wdiff>(1).  This option suppresses this part of the processing."
msgstr ""
"B<debdiff> compare normalement les deux fichiers control respectifs avec "
"B<wdiff>(1). Cette option permet de dsactiver cette fonctionnalit."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--control>"
msgstr "B<--control>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:80
msgid ""
"Compare the respective control files; this is the default, and it can be "
"used to override a configuration file setting."
msgstr ""
"Compare les fichiers control respectifs, ce qui est le comportement par "
"dfaut. Cette option permet de remplacer un paramtre d'un fichier de "
"configuration."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--controlfiles>I< FILE,FILE,...>"
msgstr "B<--controlfiles> I<FICHIER,FICHIER,...>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:88
msgid ""
"Specify which control files to compare; by default this is just I<control>, "
"but could include I<postinst>, I<config> and so on.  Files will only be "
"compared if they are present in both I<.debs> being compared.  The special "
"value I<ALL> compares all control files present in both packages, except for "
"md5sums.  This option can be used to override a configuration file setting."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie quels fichiers de contrle comparer. Par dfaut, il s'agit juste de "
"I<control>, mais peut inclure I<postinst>, I<config>, etc. Les fichiers ne "
"seront compars que s'ils sont prsents dans les deux fichiers I<.deb>. La "
"valeur spciale I<ALL> compare tous les fichiers de contrle prsents dans "
"les deux paquets,  l'exception de md5sums. Cette option peut tre utilise "
"pour remplacer les paramtres du fichier de configuration."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--wp>, B<--wl>, B<--wt>"
msgstr "B<--wp>, B<--wl>, B<--wt>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:93
msgid ""
"Pass a B<-p>, B<-l> or B<-t> option to B<wdiff> respectively.  (This yields "
"the whole B<wdiff> output rather than just the lines with any changes.)"
msgstr ""
"Passe respectivement les options B<-p>, B<-l> ou B<-t>  B<wdiff>. (Ceci "
"affiche le B<wdiff> complet, plutt que juste les lignes modifies.)"

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--show-moved>"
msgstr "B<--show-moved>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:100
msgid ""
"If multiple I<.deb> files are specified on the command line, either using I<."
"changes> files or the B<--from>/B<--to> syntax, then this option will also "
"show which files (if any) have moved between packages.  (The package names "
"are simply determined from the names of the I<.deb> files.)"
msgstr ""
"Si plusieurs fichiers I<.deb> sont spcifis en ligne de commande, que la "
"syntaxe utilise soit des fichiers I<.changes> soit la syntaxe B<--from>/B<--"
"to>, alors cette option affichera galement les fichiers (s'il y en a) qui "
"ont t dplacs entre deux paquets. Les noms des paquets sont simplement "
"dtermins par les noms des fichiers I<.deb>."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--noshow-moved>"
msgstr "B<--noshow-moved>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:104
msgid ""
"The default behaviour; can be used to override a configuration file setting."
msgstr ""
"Le comportement par dfaut; cette option permet de remplacer les paramtres "
"d'un fichier de configuration."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--renamed>I< FROM TO>"
msgstr "B<--renamed> I<DEPUIS VERS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:110
msgid ""
"If B<--show-moved> is being used and a package has been renamed in the "
"process, this command instructs B<debdiff> to treat the package in the first "
"list called I<FROM> as if it were called I<TO>.  Multiple uses of this "
"option are permitted."
msgstr ""
"Si l'option B<--show-moved> est utilise et qu'un paquet a t renomm au "
"cours du processus, cette commande indique  B<debdiff> de traiter le paquet "
"de la premire liste appel I<DEPUIS> comme s'il s'appelait I<VERS>. Cette "
"option peut tre utilise plusieurs fois."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--exclude>I< PATTERN>"
msgstr "B<--exclude> I<MOTIF>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:114
msgid ""
"Exclude files that match I<PATTERN>.  Multiple uses of this option are "
"permitted."
msgstr ""
"Exclut les fichiers correspondant au I<MOTIF>. Une utilisation multiple de "
"cette option est possible."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>, B<-q>"
msgstr "B<--quiet>, B<-q>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:127
msgid "Be quiet if no differences were found."
msgstr "Reste silencieux si aucune diffrence n'est trouve."

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:133
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  Command "
"line options can be used to override configuration file settings.  "
"Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose.  The currently "
"recognised variables are:"
msgstr ""
"Les deux fichiers de configuration I</etc/devscripts.conf> et I<~/."
"devscripts> sont valus dans cet ordre par un interprteur de commandes "
"(shell) pour placer les variables de configuration. Des options de ligne "
"de commande peuvent tre utilises pour neutraliser les paramtres des "
"fichiers de configuration. Les paramtres des variables d'environnement sont "
"ignors  cette fin. Si la premire option donne en ligne de commande est "
"B<--noconf>, alors ces fichiers ne sont pas valus. Les variables "
"actuellement identifies sont:"

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_DIRS>"
msgstr "B<DEBDIFF_DIRS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:137
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--dirs> command line "
"parameter being used."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<yes>, quivaut  utiliser l'option B<--dirs>."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_CONTROL>"
msgstr "B<DEBDIFF_CONTROL>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:142
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--nocontrol> command "
"line parameter being used.  The default is I<yes>."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<no>, quivaut  utiliser l'option B<--"
"nocontrol>. La valeur par dfaut est I<yes>."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:142
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_CONTROLFILES>"
msgstr "B<DEBDIFF_CONTROLFILES>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:147
msgid ""
"Which control files to compare, corresponding to the B<--controlfiles> "
"command line option.  The default is I<control>."
msgstr ""
"Dfinit les fichiers control  comparer, correspondant  l'option en ligne "
"de commande B<--controlfiles>. La valeur par dfaut est I<control>."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:147
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_SHOW_MOVED>"
msgstr "B<DEBDIFF_SHOW_MOVED>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:151
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--show-moved> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<yes>, quivaut  utiliser l'option B<--show-"
"moved>."

# type: TP
#: ../debdiff.1:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_WDIFF_OPT>"
msgstr "B<DEBDIFF_WDIFF_OPT>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:155
msgid ""
"This option will be passed to B<wdiff>; it should be one of B<-p>, B<-l> or "
"B<-t>."
msgstr ""
"Cette option est passe  B<wdiff>; les valeurs possibles sont B<-p>, B<-l> "
"ou B<-t>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:161
msgid ""
"Normally the exit value will be 0 if no differences are reported and 1 if "
"any are reported.  If there is some fatal error, the exit code will be non-"
"zero, and will depend upon the type of error encountered: if it was an "
"external error, then it will be the exit code of that program, else it "
"should be 255."
msgstr ""
"Normalement, la valeur de retour est 0 si aucune diffrence n'a t trouve "
"et 1 en cas de diffrence. Dans le cas d'un erreur fatale, la valeur de "
"retour ne sera pas nulle et dpendra du type d'erreur: s'il s'agit d'une "
"erreur externe, alors la valeur renvoye est celle du programme, sinon ce "
"sera 255."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:167
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<wdiff>(1), B<interdiff>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<wdiff>(1), B<interdiff>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debdiff.1:172
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> was originally written as a shell script by Yann Dirson "
"E<lt>dirson@debian.orgE<gt> and rewritten in Perl with many more features by "
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  The software may be freely "
"redistributed under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public "
"Licence, version 2."
msgstr ""
"B<debdiff> a t initialement crit sous forme de script shell par Yann "
"Dirson E<lt>dirson@debian.orgE<gt> et a t rcrit en Perl avec beaucoup "
"plus de fonctionnalits par Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. C'est un "
"logiciel libre qui peut tre redistribu suivant les termes de la licence "
"publique gnrale GNU, version 2."

# type: TH
#: ../debi.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBI"
msgstr "DEBI"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debi.1:4
msgid "debi - install current version of generated Debian package"
msgstr "debi - Installer la version actuelle d'un paquet Debian gnr"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debi.1:6
msgid "B<debi> [I<options>] [I<changes file>] [I<package> ...]"
msgstr "B<debi> [I<options>] [I<fichier_changes>] [I<paquet> ...]"

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../debi.1:21
msgid ""
"B<debi> figures out the current version of a package and installs it.  If a "
"I<.changes> file is specified on the command line, the filename must end "
"with I<.changes>, as this is how the program distinguishes it from package "
"names.  If not, then B<debi> has to be called from within the source code "
"directory tree.  In this case, it will look for the I<.changes> file "
"corresponding to the current package version (by determining the name and "
"version number from the changelog, and the architecture in the same way as "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) does).  It then runs B<debpkg -i> on every I<.deb> "
"archive listed in the I<.changes> file to install them, assuming that all of "
"the I<.deb> archives live in the same directory as the I<.changes> file.  "
"Note that you probably don't want to run this program on a I<.changes> file "
"relating to a different architecture after cross-compiling the package!"
msgstr ""
"B<debi> dtermine la version actuelle d'un paquet et l'installe. Si un "
"fichier I<.changes> est spcifi en ligne de commande, le nom du fichier "
"doit se terminer par I<.changes>, puisque c'est comme cela que le programme "
"le diffrencie d'un nom de paquet. Sinon, B<debi> doit tre appel depuis le "
"rpertoire du code source. Dans ce cas, il recherchera un fichier I<."
"changes> correspondant  la version du paquet; pour cela, il dtermine le "
"nom et la version grce au fichier changelog, et l'architecture est cherche "
"comme B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) le ferait. Il installe ensuite avec B<debpkg -"
"i> toutes les archives I<.deb> listes dans le fichier I<.changes>, en "
"supposant que toutes ces archives I<.deb> se trouvent dans le mme "
"rpertoire que le fichier I<.changes>. Notez que vous ne voulez srement pas "
"utiliser ce programme pour le fichier I<.changes> d'une autre architecture "
"qui aurait t cr aprs avoir cross-compil le paquet!"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debi.1:120
msgid "B<debpkg>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr "B<debpkg>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debi.1:125
msgid ""
"B<debi> was originally written by Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian."
"orgE<gt>.  The now-defunct script B<debit> was originally written by James "
"R. Van Zandt E<lt>jrv@vanzandt.mv.comE<gt>.  They have been moulded into one "
"script together with B<debc>(1) and parts extensively modified by Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"B<debi> a t initialement crit par Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian."
"orgE<gt>. Le script B<debit> (qui n'est dsormais plus utilis) a t crit "
"par James R. Van Zandt E<lt>jrv@vanzandt.mv.comE<gt>. Ils ont t rassembls "
"en un script, avec B<debc>(1), et ont t fortement modifis par Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../debpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBPKG"
msgstr "DEBPKG"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debpkg.1:4
msgid "debpkg - wrapper for dpkg"
msgstr "debpkg - Encapsulation d'appels  dpkg"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debpkg.1:6
msgid "B<debpkg> I<dpkg-options>"
msgstr "B<debpkg> I<options-dpkg>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debpkg.1:12
msgid ""
"B<debpkg> simply invokes B<dpkg>(8) but first becomes superuser so that "
"B<dpkg> is able to install and remove packages.  It also cleans the "
"environment and resets PATH to a sane default: \"/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/"
"bin:/usr/bin/X11\" so that local versions of programs are not run by "
"accident."
msgstr ""
"B<debpkg> invoque simplement B<dpkg>(8), mais devient superutilisateur "
"auparavant de faon  tre capable d'installer ou de retirer des paquets. Il "
"nettoie galement l'environnement et remet le PATH  une valeur saine: /"
"usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin/X11 de telle sorte que les versions "
"locales des programmes ne soient pas excutes par accident."

# type: SH
#: ../debpkg.1:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIREMENTS"
msgstr "CONDITIONS D'EXCUTION"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debpkg.1:17
msgid ""
"B<debpkg> must be given superuser privileges in some way to function "
"properly.  B<Access to debpkg with those privileges is the same as having "
"superuser access to your machine.> B<debpkg> will abort if it finds that it "
"neither being run by root nor setuid root."
msgstr ""
"B<debpkg> doit avoir les droits du superutilisateur pour fonctionner "
"correctement. B<Un accs  debpkg avec ces privilges revient au mme que "
"d'avoir les droits superutilisateur sur cette machine>. B<debpkg> quittera "
"s'il n'est ni excut en tant que superutilisateur, ni setuid root."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debpkg.1:23
msgid ""
"The B<devscripts> package has been designed to allow B<debpkg> to be made "
"setuid root.  This works by using a compiled wrapper script, which means "
"that B<suidperl> is not required.  See B<dpkg-statoverride>(8) if you wish "
"to make this program setuid root.  B<sudo> or B<super> could also "
"conceivably be used."
msgstr ""
"Le paquet B<devscripts> a t conu de faon  permettre  B<debpkg> d'tre "
"setuid root. Ceci a t ralis en utilisant un script d'appel compil, ce "
"qui signifie que B<suidperl> n'est pas ncessaire. Consultez B<dpkg-"
"statoverride>(8) si vous voulez rendre ce programme setuid root. B<sudo> ou "
"B<super> peuvent aussi tre utiliss."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debpkg.1:25
msgid ""
"Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>; minor modifications made by "
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>; modifications mineures par "
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../debrelease.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBRELEASE"
msgstr "DEBRELEASE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:4
msgid "debrelease - a wrapper around dupload or dput"
msgstr "debrelease - Encapsulation d'appels  dupload ou dput"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:6
msgid "B<debrelease> [I<debrelease options>] [I<dupload/dput options>]"
msgstr "B<debrelease> [I<options_debrelease>] [I<options_dupload/dput>]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:15
msgid ""
"B<debrelease> is a simple wrapper around B<dupload> or B<dput>.  It is "
"called from within the source code tree of a package, and figures out the "
"current version of a package.  It then looks for the corresponding I<."
"changes> file (which lists the files needed to upload in order to release "
"the package) in the parent directory of the source code tree and calls "
"B<dupload> or B<dput> with the I<.changes> file as parameter in order to "
"perform the actual uploading."
msgstr ""
"B<debrelease> est un simple script d'encapsulation (wrapper) d'appels  "
"B<dupload> ou B<dput>. Il est appel depuis l'arborescence des sources d'un "
"paquet, et dtermine la version actuelle d'un paquet. Il recherche ensuite "
"un fichier I<.changes> correspondant (qui liste les fichiers ncessaires  "
"l'envoi  l'archive Debian) dans le rpertoire parent de l'arborescence du "
"code source, et appelle ensuite B<dupload> ou B<dput> avec le fichier I<."
"changes> en paramtre de faon  raliser l'envoi (upload)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:20
msgid ""
"Options may be given to B<debrelease>; except for the ones listed below, "
"they are passed on unchanged to B<dupload> or B<dput>.  The B<devscripts> "
"configuration files are also read by B<debrelease> as described below."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez fournir des options  B<debrelease>.  l'exception de celles qui "
"sont listes ci-dessous, elles sont passes inchanges  B<dupload> ou "
"B<dput>. Les fichiers de configuration de B<devscripts> sont galement lus "
"par B<debrelease>, comme indiqu ci-dessous."

# NOTE: presque identique  beaucoup d'autres
# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:31
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, "
"B<debrelease> will climb the directory tree until it finds a I<debian/"
"changelog> file.  As a safeguard against stray files causing potential "
"problems, it will examine the name of the parent directory once it finds the "
"I<debian/changelog> file, and check that the directory name corresponds to "
"the package name.  Precisely how it does this is controlled by two "
"configuration file variables DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their corresponding command-line options "
"B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""
"Comme certains autres scripts du paquet B<devscripts>, B<debrelease> "
"parcourt une arborescence de rpertoires jusqu' ce qu'il trouve un fichier "
"I<debian/changelog>. Pour viter les problmes poss par les fichiers "
"gars, il examine le nom du rpertoire parent une fois qu'il a trouv le "
"fichier I<debian/changelog>, et vrifie que le nom du rpertoire correspond "
"au nom du paquet. La faon prcise utilise est contrle par les deux "
"variables du fichier de configuration DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL et "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, et les options en ligne de commande "
"associes B<--check-dirname-level> et B<--check-dirname-regex>."

# type: TP
#: ../debrelease.1:61 ../debrsign.1:31 ../debsign.1:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>"
msgstr "B<-S>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:67
msgid ""
"If this option is used, or the default I<.changes> file is not found but a "
"source-only I<.changes> file is present, then this source-only I<.changes> "
"file will be uploaded instead of an arch-specific one."
msgstr ""
"Si cette option est utilise ou si le fichier par dfaut I<.changes> n'est "
"pas trouv mais qu'un fichier I<.changes> pour les sources uniquement est "
"prsent, alors ce dernier fichier I<.changes> est tlcharg vers le serveur "
" la place de celui spcifique  une architecture."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:75
msgid ""
"See B<dpkg-architecture>(1) for a description of these options.  They affect "
"the search for the I<.changes> file.  They are provided to mimic the "
"behaviour of B<dpkg-buildpackage> when determining the name of the I<."
"changes> file.  If a plain B<-t> is given, it is taken to be the B<dupload> "
"host-specifying option, and therefore signifies the end of the B<debrelease>-"
"specific options."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez consulter B<dpkg-architecture>(1) pour une description de ces "
"options. Ces options affectent la recherche du fichier I<.changes>. Elles "
"consistent  imiter le comportement de B<dpkg-buildpackage> lors de la "
"dtermination du nom du fichier I<.changes>. Si une option B<-t> est donne, "
"elle est considre comme une option dfinissant l'hte pour B<dupload> et "
"marque donc la fin des options spcifiques  B<debrelease>."

# type: TP
#: ../debrelease.1:75 ../debrsign.1:41 ../debsign.1:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--multi>"
msgstr "B<--multi>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:81
msgid ""
"Multiarch changes mode: This signifies that B<debrelease> should use the "
"most recent file with the name pattern I<package_version_*+*.changes> as the "
"changes file, allowing for the changes files produced by B<dpkg-cross>."
msgstr ""
"Mode de fichiers changes multiarchitecture: ceci signifie que B<debrelease> "
"doit utiliser le fichier le plus rcent respectant le modle "
"I<paquet_version_*+*.changes>, autorisant ainsi les fichiers changes gnrs "
"par B<dpkg-cross>."

# type: TP
#: ../debrelease.1:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBRELEASE_UPLOADER>"
msgstr "B<DEBRELEASE_UPLOADER>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:116
msgid ""
"The currently recognised values are I<dupload> and I<dput>, and it specifies "
"which uploader program should be used.  It corresponds to the B<--dupload> "
"and B<--dput> command line options."
msgstr ""
"Les valeurs valables actuellement sont I<dupload> et I<dput>. Cette variable "
"permet de spcifier quel sera le programme utilis pour raliser l'envoi au "
"serveur. Elle correspond  l'utilisation des options B<--dupload> ou B<--"
"dput>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:125
msgid ""
"This specifies the directory in which to look for the I<.changes> and I<."
"deb> files, and is either an absolute path or relative to the top of the "
"source tree.  This corresponds to the B<--debs-dir> command line option.  "
"This directive could be used, for example, if you always use B<pbuilder> or "
"B<svn-buildpackage> to build your packages.  Note that it also affects "
"B<debc>(1) and B<debi>(1)."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie le rpertoire dans lequel chercher les fichiers I<.changes> et I<."
"deb>, il est soit un chemin absolu soit un chemin relatif  la racine du "
"rpertoire racine. Ceci correspond  l'option en ligne de commande B<--debs-"
"dir>. Cette directive peut tre utilise par exemple si vous utilisez "
"systmatiquement B<pbuilder> ou B<svn-buildpackage> pour construire vos "
"paquets. Notez que cela concerne galement B<debc>(1) and B<debi>(1)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:137
msgid "B<dupload>(1), B<dput>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr "B<dupload>(1), B<dput>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrelease.1:139
msgid ""
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>, based on the original B<release> "
"script by Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>, bas sur le script initial "
"B<release> de Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: Content of the dhfirstname entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:30
msgid "<firstname>martin f.</firstname>"
msgstr "<firstname>martin f.</firstname>"

# type: Content of the dhsurname entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:31
msgid "<surname>krafft</surname>"
msgstr "<surname>krafft</surname>"

# type: Content of the dhmaintfirstname entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:32
msgid "<firstname>Julian</firstname>"
msgstr "<firstname>Julian</firstname>"

# type: Content of the dhmaintsurname entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:33
msgid "<surname>Gilbey</surname>"
msgstr "<surname>Gilbey</surname>"

# type: Content of the dhdate entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:35
msgid "<date>Feb 13, 2006</date>"
msgstr "<date>Feb 13, 2006</date>"

# type: Content of the dhsection entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:38
msgid "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>"
msgstr "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>"

# type: Content of the dhemail entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:39
msgid "<email>madduck@debian.org</email>"
msgstr "<email>madduck@debian.org</email>"

# type: Content of the dhmaintemail entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:40
msgid "<email>jdg@debian.org</email>"
msgstr "<email>jdg@debian.org</email>"

# type: Content of the dhusername entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:41
msgid "martin f. krafft"
msgstr "martin f. krafft"

# type: Content of the dhmaintusername entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:42
msgid "Julian Gilbey"
msgstr "Julian Gilbey"

# type: Content of the dhucpackage entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:43
msgid "<refentrytitle>deb-reversion</refentrytitle>"
msgstr "<refentrytitle>deb-reversion</refentrytitle>"

# type: TP
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:44 ../deb-reversion.dbk:45
msgid "deb-reversion"
msgstr "deb-reversion"

# type: Content of the debian entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:47
msgid "<productname>Debian</productname>"
msgstr "<productname>Debian</productname>"

# type: Content of the gnu entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:48
msgid "<acronym>GNU</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>GNU</acronym>"

# type: Content of the gpl entity
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:49
msgid "&gnu; <acronym>GPL</acronym>"
msgstr "&gnu; <acronym>GPL</acronym>"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:65
msgid "&dhcommand;"
msgstr "&dhcommand;"

# type: Plain text
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:67
msgid "simple script to change the version of a .deb file."
msgstr "script pour changer la version d'un fichier .deb"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<command>&dhcommand;</command> <arg choice=\"opt\"> <replaceable>options</"
"replaceable> </arg> <replaceable> .deb-file</replaceable> <arg choice=\"opt"
"\" rep=\"repeat\">log message</arg>"
msgstr ""
"</arg> <replaceable> .deb-file</replaceable> <arg choice=\"opt\" rep=\"repeat"
"\">message de journalisation</arg>"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:85
msgid ""
"&dhcommand; unpacks the specified .deb file, changes the version number in "
"the relevant locations, appends a Debian <filename>changelog</filename> "
"entry with the specified contents, and creates a new .deb file with the "
"updated version."
msgstr ""
"&dhcommand; dpaquette le fichier .deb spcifi, change le numro de version "
"aux endroits appropris, ajoute une entre de <filename>changelog</filename> "
"Debian avec le contenu indiqu cre un nouveau fichier .deb avec la version "
"mise  jour."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:92
msgid ""
"By default, the tool creates a new version number suitable for local "
"changes, such that the new package will be greater than the current one, but "
"lesser than any future, official Debian packages.  With"
msgstr ""
"Par dfaut, cet outil cre un numro de version convenable pour les "
"changements locaux, de manire  ce que le nouveau paquet soit considr "
"plus rcent que le paquet courant, mais moins rcent que tout futur paquet "
"Debian officiel. Avec"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><option>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:95
msgid "-v <replaceable class=\"parameter\">version</replaceable>"
msgstr "-v <replaceable class=\"parameter\">version</replaceable>"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:96
msgid ", the version number can be specified directly.  On the other hand, the"
msgstr ""
", le numro de version peut tre spcifi directement. D'un autre ct, "
"l'option"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:98 ../deb-reversion.dbk:157
msgid "-c"
msgstr "-c"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:98
msgid ""
"simply calculates the new version number but does not generate a new package."
msgstr ""
"se contente de calculer le nouveau numro de version mais ne gnre pas de "
"nouveau paquet."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:103
msgid ""
"When building a .deb file, root privileges are required in order to have the "
"correct permissions and ownerships in the resulting .deb file.  This can be "
"achieved either by running <command>&dhcommand;</command> as root or running "
"under <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fakeroot</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, as 'fakeroot &dhcommand; foo.deb'."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la construction d'un paquet, les droits du superutilisateur sont "
"ncessaires pour obtenir les permissions et les propritaires adquats pour "
"le contenu du fichier .deb. Ceci peut tre ralis soit en lanant la "
"commande <command>&dhcommand;</command> comme superutilisateur soit en "
"lanant <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fakeroot</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>, comme fakeroot &dhcommand; toto.deb."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:113
msgid "With"
msgstr "Avec"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><option>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:113
msgid "-k <replaceable class=\"parameter\">hook</replaceable>"
msgstr "-k <replaceable class=\"parameter\">crochet</replaceable>"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:114
msgid ""
", a hook script may be specified, which is run on the unpacked binary "
"packages just before it is repacked. If you want to write changelog entries "
"from within the hook, use '<command>dch -a -- <replaceable class=\"parameter"
"\">your message</replaceable></command>'.  (Alternatively, do not give a "
"changelog entry on the <command>&dhcommand;</command> command line and "
"<command>dch</command> will be called automatically.)  The hook command must "
"be placed in quotes if it has more than one word; it is called via "
"<command>sh -c</command>."
msgstr ""
", un script crochet (hook) peut tre prcis, alors lanc sur les "
"paquets binaires dpaquets juste avant d'tre rempaquet. Si vous voulez "
"crire les entres du fichier changelog avec ce script, utilisez la commande "
"<command>dch -a -- <replaceable class=\"parameter\">votre message</"
"replaceable></command>. (Alternativement, vous pouvez ne pas spcifier "
"l'entre du changelog dans la ligne de commande <command>&dhcommand;</"
"command>, <command>dch</command> sera alors appel automatiquement.) La "
"commande crochet doit tre place entre guillemets s'il y a plus d'un mot; "
"elle est appele avec la commande <command>sh -c</command>."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><option>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:131 ../deb-reversion.dbk:163
msgid "-v"
msgstr "-v"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:131 ../deb-reversion.dbk:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">new-version</replaceable>"
msgstr "-v <replaceable class=\"parameter\">nouvelle-version</replaceable>"

# type: TP
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "--new-version"
msgstr "--version"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:135
msgid ""
"Specifies the version number to be used for the new version.  Passed to "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dch</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie le numro de version  utiliser pour la nouvelle version. Pass  "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dch</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:145
msgid "-o"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><option>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:145 ../deb-reversion.dbk:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">old-version</replaceable>"
msgstr "-v <replaceable class=\"parameter\">version</replaceable>"

# type: TP
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:146
#, fuzzy
msgid "--old-version"
msgstr "--version"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:149
msgid ""
"Specifies the version number to be used as the old version instead of the "
"version stored in the .deb's control file."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:158
msgid "--calculate-only"
msgstr "--calculate-only"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:161
msgid ""
"Only calculate and display the new version number which would be used; do "
"not build a new .deb file.  Cannot be used in conjunction with"
msgstr ""
"Se contente de calculer et d'afficher le nouveau numro de version qui "
"serait utilis; ne pas construire de nouveau paquet .deb. Ne peut pas tre "
"utilis en mme temps que"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:163
msgid "."
msgstr "."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:169
msgid "-s"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><option>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:169 ../deb-reversion.dbk:170
#, fuzzy
msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">string</replaceable>"
msgstr "-v <replaceable class=\"parameter\">version</replaceable>"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:170
msgid "--string"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:173
msgid ""
"Instead of using 'LOCAL.' as the version string to append to the old version "
"number, use <replaceable class=\"parameter\">string</replaceable> instead."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:181
msgid "-k"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:181 ../deb-reversion.dbk:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">hook-command</replaceable>"
msgstr "-k <replaceable class=\"parameter\">commande-crochet</replaceable>"

# type: TP
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:182
#, fuzzy
msgid "--hook"
msgstr "clean-hook"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:185
msgid ""
"A hook command to run after unpacking the old .deb file and modifying the "
"changelog, and before packing up the new .deb file.  Must be in quotes if it "
"is more than one (shell)  word.  Only one hook command may be specified; if "
"you want to perform more than this, you could specify 'bash' as the hook "
"command, and you will then be given a shell to work in."
msgstr ""
"Une commande de crochet  lancer aprs avoir dpaquet l'ancien fichier ."
"deb, avoir modifi le changelog et avant de construire le nouveau fichier ."
"deb. Doit tre place entre guillemets si elle est constitue de plus d'un "
"mot (du point de vue de l'interprteur). Une seule commande de crochet peut "
"tre prcise; si vous voulez effectuer plus de choses, vous pouvez "
"spcifier bash comme commande de crochet, vous aurez ainsi un shell pour "
"travailler."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:197
msgid "-D"
msgstr "-D"

# type: TP
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:198 ../deb-reversion.dbk:201
msgid "--debug"
msgstr "--debug"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:201
msgid "Pass"
msgstr "Passer"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:201
msgid ""
"to <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dpkg-deb</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
" <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dpkg-deb</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum> </citerefentry>."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:211
msgid "-h"
msgstr "-h"

# type: TP
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:212 ../mass-bug.pl:84
msgid "--help"
msgstr "--help"

# type: Plain text
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:215
msgid "Display usage information."
msgstr "Affiche les informations d'utilisation."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:221
msgid "-V"
msgstr "-V"

# type: TP
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:222 ../mass-bug.pl:88
msgid "--version"
msgstr "--version"

# type: Plain text
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:225 ../mass-bug.pl:90 ../uscan.1:412
msgid "Display version information."
msgstr "Affiche les informations sur la version."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:235
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dch</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>fakeroot</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dpkg-"
"deb</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dch</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>fakeroot</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dpkg-"
"deb</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:251
msgid "DISCLAIMER"
msgstr "AVERTISSEMENT"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:253
msgid ""
"&dhpackage; is a tool intended to help porters (e.g. amd64) with modifying "
"packages for other architectures, and to augment deb-repack, which creates "
"modified packages with identical version numbers as the official packages. "
"Chaos will ensue! With &dhpackage;, a proper version number can be selected, "
"which does not obstruct the next official release but can be specifically "
"pinned with APT or held with dpkg."
msgstr ""
"&dhpackage; est un outil cens aider les porteurs (par ex. amd64)  modifier "
"les paquets pour d'autres architectures et pauler deb-repack, qui cre des "
"paquets modifis avec des numros de version identiques aux paquets "
"officiels. Le chaos arrive. Avec &dhpackage;, un numro de version adquat "
"est choisi, qui ne gnre pas de conflit avec la prochaine publication "
"officielle, mais qui peut tre ajout avec APT ou gel avec dpkg."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:262
msgid ""
"Please take note that &dhpackage; does not come without problems. While it "
"works fine in most cases, it may just not in yours. Especially, please "
"consider that it changes binary packages (only!) and hence can break strict "
"versioned dependencies between binary packages generated from the same "
"source."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez noter que &dhpackage; ne vient pas sans problme. Il fonctionne "
"bien dans la plupart des cas, mais peut ne pas fonctionner dans les vtres. "
"En particulier, veuillez noter qu'il ne change (que) des paquets binaires et "
"donc peut casser des dpendances versionnes entre des paquets gnrs "
"depuis la mme source."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:269
msgid ""
"You are using this tool at your own risk and I shall not shed a tear if your "
"gerbil goes up in flames, your microwave attacks the stereo, or the angry "
"slamming of your fist spills your coffee into the keyboard, which sets off a "
"chain reaction resulting in a vast amount of money transfered from your "
"account to mine."
msgstr ""
"Vous utilisez cet outil  vos risques et prils, et ne venez pas pleurer si "
"votre souris s'enflamme, si votre four  micro-ondes attaque votre chane "
"stro, ou si votre poing rageur renverse votre caf sur votre clavier, ce "
"qui dclenche une vaste raction en chane, ayant pour consquence un "
"transfert bancaire consquent de votre compte au mien."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:281
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"&dhpackage; is Copyright 2004-5 by &dhusername; &dhemail; and modifications "
"are Copyright 2006 by &dhmaintusername; &dhmaintemail;."
msgstr ""
"&dhpackage; a t crit par &dhusername;, Copyright 2004-2005; les "
"modifications sont de &dhmaintusername;, Copyright 2006."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:286
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the Artistic License: <ulink>http://www.opensource.org/licenses/"
"artistic-license.php</ulink> On Debian systems, the complete text of the "
"Artistic License can be found in <filename>/usr/share/common-licenses/"
"Artistic</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Il est permis de copier, distribuer et/ou modifier ce document selon les "
"termes de l'Artistic License: <ulink>http://www.opensource.org/licenses/"
"artistic-license.php</ulink>. Sur les systmes Debian, le texte complet de "
"l'Artistic License peut tre trouv dans <filename>/usr/share/common-"
"licenses/Artistic</filename>."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../deb-reversion.dbk:295
msgid ""
"This manual page was written by &dhusername; &dhemail; and modified by "
"&dhmaintusername; &dhmaintemail;."
msgstr ""
"Cette page de manuel a t crite par &dhusername; &dhemail; et modifie par "
"&dhmaintusername; &dhmaintemail;."

# type: TH
#: ../debrsign.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBRSIGN"
msgstr "DEBRSIGN"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:4
msgid "debrsign - remotely sign a Debian changes and dsc file pair using SSH"
msgstr ""
"debrsign - Signer des fichiers changes et dsc Debian  distance avec "
"SSH"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:7
msgid ""
"B<debrsign> [options] [I<user@>]I<remotehost> [I<changes-file>|I<dsc-file>]"
msgstr ""
"B<debrsign> [options] [I<utilisateur>@]I<hte_distant> [I<fichier-changes>|"
"I<fichier-dsc>]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:15
msgid ""
"B<debrsign> takes either an unsigned I<.dsc> file or an unsigned I<.changes> "
"file and the associated unsigned I<.dsc> file (found by replacing the "
"architecture name and I<.changes> by I<.dsc>) if it appears in the I<."
"changes> file and signs them by copying them to the remote machine using "
"B<ssh>(1) and remotely running B<debsign>(1) on that machine.  All options "
"not listed below are passed to the B<debsign> program on the remote machine."
msgstr ""
"B<debrsign> prend soit un fichier I<.dsc> non sign soit un fichier I<."
"changes> non sign et son fichier I<.dsc> non sign associ (obtenu en "
"remplaant le nom de l'architecture et l'extension I<.changes> en I<.dsc>) "
"s'il apparat dans le fichier I<.changes>, et les signe en les copiant sur "
"la machine distante et en excutant B<debsign>(1) sur cette machine. Toute "
"option non liste ci-dessous est passe au programme B<debsign> sur la "
"machine distante."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:19
msgid ""
"If a I<.changes> or I<.dsc> file is specified, it is signed, otherwise, "
"I<debian/changelog> is parsed to determine the name of the I<.changes> file "
"to look for in the parent directory."
msgstr ""
"Si un fichier I<.changes> ou I<.dsc> est spcifi, il est sign. Sinon, "
"I<debian/changelog> est analys pour dterminer le nom du fichier I<."
"changes>  rechercher dans le rpertoire parent."

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:25
msgid ""
"This utility is useful if a developer must build a package on one machine "
"where it is unsafe to sign it; they need then only transfer the small I<."
"dsc> and I<.changes> files to a safe machine and then use the B<debsign> "
"program to sign them before transferring them back.  This program automates "
"this process."
msgstr ""
"Cet utilitaire permet  un dveloppeur de construire un paquet sur une "
"machine o il serait dangereux (du point de vue de la scurit) de raliser "
"une signature. Il suffit de transfrer les petits fichiers I<.dsc> et I<."
"changes> sur une machine sre et d'utiliser le programme B<debsign> pour les "
"signer avant de les renvoyer. Ce programme automatise ce processus."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:30
msgid ""
"To do it the other way round, that is to connect to an unsafe machine to "
"download the I<.dsc> and I<.changes> files, to sign them locally and then to "
"transfer them back, see the B<debsign>(1)  program, which can do this task."
msgstr ""
"On peut aussi le faire dans l'autre sens: on se connecte  la machine non "
"sre pour tlcharger les fichiers I<.dsc> et I<.changes>, on signe les "
"fichiers localement, puis on les renvoie. Consultez B<debsign>(1), qui peut "
"raliser ceci."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:35 ../debsign.1:77
msgid ""
"Look for a source-only I<.changes> file instead of a binary-build changes "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Cherche un fichier I<.changes> uniquement pour le source plutt qu'un "
"fichier changes correspondant  un paquet binaire."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:47 ../debsign.1:89
msgid ""
"Multiarch changes mode: This signifies that B<debrsign> should use the most "
"recent file with the name pattern I<package_version_*+*.changes> as the "
"changes file, allowing for the changes files produced by B<dpkg-cross>."
msgstr ""
"Mode de fichiers changes multiarchitecture: ceci signifie que B<debrsign> "
"doit utiliser le fichier le plus rcent respectant le modle "
"I<paquet_version_*+*.changes>, autorisant ainsi les fichiers changes gnrs "
"par B<dpkg-cross>."

# type: TP
#: ../debrsign.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--path >I<remote-path>"
msgstr "B<--path> I<chemin-distant>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:50
msgid "Specify a path to the GPG or PGP binary on the remote host."
msgstr "Spcifie le chemin des programmes GPG ou PGP sur l'hte distant."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Other options>"
msgstr "B<Autres options>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:57
msgid "All other options are passed on to B<debsign> on the remote machine."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les autres options sont passes  B<debsign> sur la machine distante."

#: ../debrsign.1:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBRSIGN_PGP_PATH>"
msgstr "B<DEBRSIGN_PGP_PATH>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:66
msgid "Equivalent to passing B<--path> on the command line (see above.)"
msgstr ""
"quivaut  utiliser l'option B<--path> en ligne de commande (voir ci-dessus)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:71
msgid "B<debsign>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1)  and B<ssh>(1)."
msgstr "B<debsign>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1) et B<ssh>(1)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debrsign.1:73 ../debsign.1:130
msgid ""
"This program was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> and is "
"copyright under the GPL, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme a t crit par Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> et est "
"distribu sous licence GPL, version 2 ou ultrieure."

# type: TH
#: ../debsign.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBSIGN"
msgstr "DEBSIGN"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:4
msgid "debsign - sign a Debian changes and dsc file pair using GPG/PGP"
msgstr ""
"debsign - Signer une paire de fichiers changes et dsc Debian avec "
"GPG ou PGP"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:6
msgid "B<debsign> [options] [I<changes-file>|I<dsc-file>|I<commands-file>]"
msgstr ""
"B<debsign> [options] [I<fichier-changes>|I<fichier-dsc>|I<fichier-commands>]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:16
msgid ""
"B<debsign> mimics the signing aspects (and bugs) of B<dpkg-buildpackage>"
"(1).  It takes either an unsigned I<.dsc> file or an unsigned I<.changes> "
"file (along with the associated unsigned I<.dsc> file found by replacing the "
"architecture name and I<.changes> by I<.dsc> if it appears in the I<."
"changes> file), and signs them using the GNU Privacy Guard or PGP.  It is "
"careful to calculate the size and MD5 sum of the newly signed I<.dsc> file "
"and replace the original values in the I<.changes> file."
msgstr ""
"B<debsign> copie les aspects (et les bogues) concernant la signature de "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1). Il prend en argument soit un fichier I<.dsc> non "
"sign, soit un fichier I<.changes> non sign (avec le fichier I<.dsc> "
"associ, qui est trouv en remplaant le nom de l'architecture et "
"l'extension I<.changes> par I<.dsc> s'il apparat dans le fichier I<."
"changes>), et les signe en utilisant GNU Privacy Guard ou PGP. Il fait "
"attention  calculer la taille et la somme MD5 du nouveau fichier I<.dsc> "
"sign et remplace les valeurs du fichier I<.changes>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:21
msgid ""
"If a I<.changes>, I<.dsc> or I<.commands> file is specified, it is signed, "
"otherwise, I<debian/changelog> is parsed to determine the name of the I<."
"changes> file to look for in the parent directory."
msgstr ""
"Si un fichier I<.changes>, I<.dsc> ou I<.commands> est spcifi, il est "
"sign. Sinon, I<debian/changelog> est analys pour dterminer le nom du "
"fichier I<.changes>  rechercher dans le rpertoire parent."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:25
msgid ""
"If a I<.commands> file is specified it is first validated (see the details "
"at I<ftp://ftp-master.debian.org/pub/UploadQueue/README>), and the name "
"specified in the Uploader field is used for signing."
msgstr ""
"Si un fichier I<.commands> est indiqu, il est valid en premier (voir les "
"dtails I<ftp://ftp-master.debian.org/pub/UploadQueue/README>); et le nom "
"indiqu dans le champ Uploader est utilis pour la signature."

# NOTE: presque identique  une autre chane
# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:36
msgid ""
"This utility is useful if a developer must build a package on one machine "
"where it is unsafe to sign it; they need then only transfer the small I<."
"dsc> and I<.changes> files to a safe machine and then use the B<debsign> "
"program to sign them before transferring them back.  This process can be "
"automated in two ways.  If the files to be signed live on the remote "
"machine, the B<-r> option may be used to copy them to the local machine and "
"back again after signing.  If the files live on the local machine, then they "
"may be transferred to the remote machine for signing using B<debrsign>(1)."
msgstr ""
"Cet utilitaire permet  un dveloppeur de construire un paquet sur une "
"machine o il serait dangereux (du point de vue de la scurit) de raliser "
"une signature. Il suffit de transfrer les petits fichiers I<.dsc> et I<."
"changes> sur une machine sre et d'utiliser le programme B<debsign> pour les "
"signer avant de les renvoyer. Ce processus peut tre automatis de deux "
"faons. Si les fichiers  signer se trouvent sur la machine distante, "
"l'option B<-r> peut tre utilise pour les copier sur la machine locale o "
"ils seront signs puis de les recopier sur la machine distante. Si les "
"fichiers se trouvent sur la machine locale, ils peuvent tre transfrs sur "
"la machine distante pour tre signs en utilisant B<debrsign>(1)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:39
msgid ""
"This program can take default settings from the B<devscripts> configuration "
"files, as described below."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme peut utiliser des paramtres par dfaut des fichiers de "
"configuration de B<devscripts>, comme dcrit ci-dessous."

# type: TP
#: ../debsign.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r >[I<username>B<@>]I<remotehost>"
msgstr "B<-r> [I<nom_utilisateur>@]I<hte_distant>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:48
msgid ""
"The I<.changes> and I<.dsc> files live on the specified remote host.  In "
"this case, a I<.changes> file must be explicitly named, with an absolute "
"directory or one relative to the remote home directory.  SSH will be used "
"for the copying.  The [I<username>B<@>]I<remotehost>B<:>I<changes> syntax is "
"permitted as an alternative."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers I<.changes> et I<.dsc> se trouvent sur l'hte distant spcifi. "
"Dans ce cas, un fichier I<.changes> doit tre explicitement nomm, avec un "
"nom de rpertoire absolu ou relatif au rpertoire personnel distant. SSH "
"sera utilis pour le transfert. La syntaxe [I<nom_utilisateur>@]"
"I<hte_distant>:I<fichier_changes> est galement permise."

# type: TP
#: ../debsign.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<progname>"
msgstr "B<-p>I<programme>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:53
msgid ""
"I<progname> is one of B<pgp> or B<gpg>, and specifies which signing program "
"is to be called.  The default is B<gpg> if I<~/.gnupg/secring.gpg> exists "
"and B<pgp> otherwise."
msgstr ""
"Le I<programme> peut tre B<pgp> ou B<gpg>. Il spcifie le programme utilis "
"pour la signature. Par dfaut, B<gpg> est utilis si I<~/.gnupg/secring.gpg> "
"existe et B<pgp> sinon."

# type: TP
#: ../debsign.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer>"
msgstr "B<-m>I<responsable>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:62
msgid ""
"Specify the maintainer name to be used for signing.  (See B<dpkg-"
"buildpackage>(1) for more information about the differences between B<-m>, "
"B<-e> and B<-k> when building packages; B<debsign> makes no use of these "
"distinctions except with respect to the precedence of the various options.  "
"These multiple options are provided so that the program will behave as "
"expected when called by B<debuild>(1).)"
msgstr ""
"Spcifie le nom du responsable  utiliser pour la signature. Voir B<dpkg-"
"buildpackage>(1) pour plus d'informations concernant les diffrences entre "
"B<-m>, B<-e> et B<-k> lors de la construction des paquets; B<debsign> ne "
"fait pas ces distinctions,  l'exception qu'il respecte l'ordre de priorit "
"des diffrentes options. Ces diffrentes options sont fournies de manire  "
"ce que ce programme se comporte comme prvu lorsqu'il est appel par "
"B<debuild>(1)."

# type: TP
#: ../debsign.1:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer>"
msgstr "B<-e>I<responsable>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:65
msgid "Same as B<-m> but takes precedence over it."
msgstr "Identique  B<-m>, mais a une priorit plus leve."

# type: TP
#: ../debsign.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>I<keyid>"
msgstr "B<-k>I<identifiant_clef>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:69
msgid ""
"Specify the key ID to be used for signing; overrides any B<-m> and B<-e> "
"options."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie l'identifiant de la cl  utiliser pour la signature. Cette option "
"prvaut sur toute utilisation des options B<-m> et B<-e>."

# type: TP
#: ../debsign.1:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-spgp>, B<-sgpg>"
msgstr "B<-spgp>, B<-sgpg>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:73
msgid ""
"Whether the signing program is to be called with command line arguments like "
"those of B<pgp> or B<gpg>."
msgstr ""
"Indique si le programme utilis pour signer est appel avec les arguments en "
"ligne de commande de B<pgp> ou de B<gpg>."

# type: TP
#: ../debsign.1:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBSIGN_PROGRAM>"
msgstr "B<DEBSIGN_PROGRAM>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:108
msgid "Setting this is equivalent to giving a B<-p> option."
msgstr "quivaut  fournir une option B<-p>."

# type: TP
#: ../debsign.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBSIGN_SIGNLIKE>"
msgstr "B<DEBSIGN_SIGNLIKE>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:112
msgid ""
"This must be I<gpg> or I<pgp> and is equivalent to using either B<-sgpg> or "
"B<-spgp> respectively."
msgstr ""
"Les valeurs autorises sont I<gpg> et I<pgp>. Ceci quivaut  utiliser "
"respectivement les options B<-sgpg> ou B<-spgp>."

# type: TP
#: ../debsign.1:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBSIGN_MAINT>"
msgstr "B<DEBSIGN_MAINT>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:115
msgid "This is the B<-m> option."
msgstr "quivaut  utiliser l'option B<-m>."

# type: TP
#: ../debsign.1:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBSIGN_KEYID>"
msgstr "B<DEBSIGN_KEYID>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:118
msgid "And this is the B<-k> option."
msgstr "quivaut  utiliser l'option B<-k>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debsign.1:128
msgid ""
"B<debrsign>(1), B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<debuild>"
"(1), B<md5sum>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""
"B<debrsign>(1), B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<debuild>"
"(1), B<md5sum>(1), B<gpg>(1), B<pgp>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: TH
#: ../debuild.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBUILD"
msgstr "DEBUILD"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:4
msgid "debuild - build a Debian package"
msgstr "debuild - Construire un paquet Debian"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:8
msgid ""
"B<debuild> [I<debuild options>] [I<dpkg-buildpackage options>] [B<--lintian-"
"opts> I<lintian options>] [B<--linda-opts> I<linda options>]"
msgstr ""
"B<debuild> [I<options_debuild>] [I<options_dpkg-buildpackage>] [B<--lintian-"
"opts> I<options_lintian>] [B<--linda-opts> I<options_linda>]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:11
msgid ""
"B<debuild> [I<debuild options>] B<binary>|B<binary-arch>|B<binary-indep>|"
"B<clean> ..."
msgstr ""
"B<debuild> [I<options_debuild>] B<binary>|B<binary-arch>|B<binary-indep>|"
"B<clean> ..."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:31
msgid ""
"B<debuild> creates all the files necessary for uploading a Debian package.  "
"It first runs B<dpkg-buildpackage>, then runs B<lintian> and/or B<linda> on "
"the I<.changes> file created (assuming that B<lintian> and/or B<linda> is "
"installed), and finally signs the I<.changes> and/or I<.dsc> files as "
"appropriate (using B<debsign>(1) to do this instead of B<dpkg-buildpackage>"
"(1) itself; all relevant key-signing options are passed on).  Parameters can "
"be passed to B<dpkg-buildpackage>, B<lintian> and B<linda>, where the "
"parameters to the latter are indicated with the B<--lintian-opts> and B<--"
"linda-opts> options respectively.  The allowable options in this case are "
"B<--lintian> and B<--no-lintian> to force or skip the B<lintian> step, "
"respectively, and similarly B<--linda> and B<--no-linda> for B<linda>.  The "
"default is to run B<lintian> but not B<linda>.  There are also various "
"options available for setting and preserving environment variables, as "
"described below in the Environment Variables section.  In this method of "
"running B<debuild>, we also save a build log to the file I<../"
"E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>archE<gt>.build>."
msgstr ""
"B<debuild> cre tous les fichiers ncessaires pour envoyer un paquet  "
"l'archive Debian. Il excute dans un premier temps B<dpkg-buildpackage>, "
"puis B<lintian> et/ou B<linda> avec le fichier I<.changes> cr (en "
"supposant que B<lintian> et/ou B<linda> sont installs), enfin il signe les "
"fichiers I<.changes> et/ou B<.dsc> appropris (en utilisant B<debsign>(1) "
"plutt que B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1); toutes les options relatives  la "
"signature lui sont passes). Des paramtres peuvent tre fournis  B<dpkg-"
"buildpackage>, B<lintian> et B<linda>, en utilisant respectivement les "
"options B<--lintian-opts> et B<--linda-opts> pour ces deux derniers. Les "
"options B<--lintian> et B<--no-lintian> permettent de forcer ou d'empcher "
"l'excution de B<lintian>, tout comme les options B<--linda> et B<--no-"
"linda> pour B<linda>. Par dfaut, B<lintian> est excut, mais pas B<linda>. "
"Il y a galement d'autres options permettant de positionner ou conserver des "
"variables d'environnement, comme dcrit dans la section VARIABLES "
"D'ENVIRONNEMENT ci-dessous. Cette faon d'excuter B<debuild> permet "
"galement d'obtenir un journal de la construction du paquet dans I<../"
"E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>archE<gt>.build>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:48
msgid ""
"An alternative way of using B<debuild> is to use one or more of the "
"parameters B<binary>, B<binary-arch>, B<binary-indep> and B<clean>, in which "
"case B<debuild> will attempt to gain root privileges and then run I<debian/"
"rules> with the given parameters.  A B<--rootcmd=>I<gain-root-command> or B<-"
"r>I<gain-root-command> option may be used to specify a method of gaining "
"root privileges.  The I<gain-root-command> is likely to be one of "
"I<fakeroot>, I<sudo> or I<super>.  See below for further discussion of this "
"point.  Again, the environment preservation options may be used.  In this "
"case, B<debuild> will also attempt to run B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> first; this "
"can be explicitly requested or switched off using the options B<-D> and B<-"
"d> respectively.  Note also that if either of these or a B<-r> option is "
"specified in the configuration file option DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS, "
"then it will be recognised even in this method of invocation of B<debuild>."
msgstr ""
"Une autre faon d'utiliser B<debuild> est d'utiliser un (ou plus) des "
"paramtres B<binary>, B<binary-arch>, B<binary-indep> et B<clean>. Dans ce "
"cas, B<debuild> cherchera  obtenir les privilges du superutilisateur et  "
"excuter I<debian/rules> avec ce(s) paramtre(s). Les options B<--"
"rootcmd>=I<commande_pour_devenir_root> ou B<-r>I<commande_pour_devenir_root> "
"peuvent tre utilises. La I<commande_pour_devenir_root> est en rgle "
"gnrale une de celles-ci: I<fakeroot>, I<sudo> ou I<super>. Voyez ci-"
"dessous pour une discussion plus approfondie sur ce point. Encore une fois, "
"les options permettant de prserver l'environnement peuvent tre utilises. "
"Dans ce cas, B<debuild> cherchera galement  excuter dans un premier temps "
"B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps>; ceci peut tre explicitement demand ou empch "
"avec les options B<-D> et B<-d>, respectivement. Notez galement que si une "
"de ces options ou si l'option B<-r> est spcifie dans la variable "
"DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS du fichier de configuration, elle sera "
"reconnue, mme avec cette faon d'excuter B<debuild>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:51
msgid ""
"B<debuild> also reads the B<devscripts> configuration files as described "
"below.  This allows default options to be given."
msgstr ""
"B<debuild> lit aussi les fichiers de configuration de B<devscripts> dcrits "
"ci-dessous. Ceci permet de fournir des options  utiliser par dfaut."

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:63
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, "
"B<debuild> will climb the directory tree until it finds a I<debian/"
"changelog> file before attempting to build the package.  As a safeguard "
"against stray files causing potential problems, it will examine the name of "
"the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, and check "
"that the directory name corresponds to the package name.  Precisely how it "
"does this is controlled by two configuration file variables "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their "
"corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-"
"dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""
"Comme certains autres scripts du paquet B<devscripts>, B<debuild> parcourt "
"une arborescence de rpertoires jusqu' trouver un fichier I<debian/"
"changelog> avant de construire le paquet. Pour viter les problmes poss "
"par les fichiers gars, il examine le nom du rpertoire parent une fois le "
"fichier I<debian/changelog> trouv, et vrifie que le nom du rpertoire "
"correspond au nom du paquet. La faon prcise utilise est contrle par les "
"deux variables du fichier de configuration DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL et "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, et les options en ligne de commande "
"associes B<--check-dirname-level> et B<--check-dirname-regex>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:95
msgid ""
"As environment variables can affect the building of a package, often "
"unintentionally, B<debuild> sanitises the environment by removing all "
"environment variables except for TERM, HOME, LOGNAME, GNUPGHOME, PGPPATH, "
"GPG_AGENT_INFO, FAKEROOTKEY, DEB_* and the locale variables LANG and LC_*.  "
"TERM is set to `dumb' if it is unset, and PATH is set to \"/usr/sbin:/usr/"
"bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin/X11\"."
msgstr ""
"Comme les variables d'environnement peuvent affecter la construction d'un "
"paquet, souvent de faon involontaire, B<debuild> nettoie l'environnement en "
"enlevant toutes les variables d'environnement,  l'exception de TERM, HOME, "
"LOGNAME, GNUPGHOME, PGPPATH, GPG_AGENT_INFO, FAKEROOTKEY, DEB_* et les "
"paramtres rgionaux LANG et LC_*. La variable TERM vaut dumb si elle "
"n'est pas positionne, et PATH est positionne  /usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/"
"bin:/usr/bin/X11."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:106
msgid ""
"If a particular environment variable is required to be passed through "
"untouched to the build process, this may be specified by using a B<--"
"preserve-envvar> I<envvar> (which can also be written as B<-e> I<envvar> "
"option).  The environment may be left untouched by using the B<--preserve-"
"env> option.  However, even in this case, the PATH will be set to the sane "
"value described above.  The B<only> way to prevent PATH from being reset is "
"to specify a B<--preserve-envvar PATH> option.  But you are warned that "
"using programs from non-standard locations can easily result in the package "
"being broken, as it will not be able to be built on standard systems."
msgstr ""
"Si une variable d'environnement ne doit pas tre modifie pour la "
"construction d'un paquet, il est possible d'utiliser B<--preserve-envvar> "
"I<var> (ou B<-e> I<var>). L'environnement peut aussi tre prserv en "
"utilisant l'option B<--preserve-env>. Cependant, mme dans ce cas le PATH "
"est remis  la valeur prcise ci-dessus. Le B<seul> moyen d'empcher le "
"PATH d'tre remis  zro est d'utiliser une option B<--preserve-envvar "
"PATH>. Mais soyez conscient qu'utiliser des programmes d'un emplacement non "
"standard peut facilement rsulter en un paquet cass, puisqu'il ne sera pas "
"possible de le construire sur des systmes standards."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:111
msgid ""
"It is also possible to avoid having to type something like I<FOO>B<=>I<bar "
">B<debuild -e >I<FOO> by writing B<debuild -e >I<FOO>B<=>I<bar> or the long "
"form B<debuild --set-envvar >I<FOO>B<=>I<bar>."
msgstr ""
"Il est galement possible d'viter d'avoir  crire quelque chose comme "
"I<TOTO>=I<titi> B<debuild -e> I<TOTO> en crivant B<debuild -e> "
"I<TOTO>=I<titi> ou la forme longue B<debuild --set-envvar> I<TOTO>=I<titi>."

# type: SH
#: ../debuild.1:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "SUPERUSER REQUIREMENTS"
msgstr "OBTENTION DES PRIVILGES DU SUPERUTILISATEUR"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:121
msgid ""
"B<debuild> needs to be run as superuser to function properly.  There are "
"three fundamentally different ways to do this.  The first, and preferable, "
"method is to use some root-gaining command.  The best one to use is probably "
"B<fakeroot>(1), since it does not involve granting any genuine privileges.  "
"B<super>(1) and B<sudo>(1) are also possibilities.  If no B<-r> (or B<--"
"rootcmd>) option is given (and recall that B<dpkg-buildpackage> also accepts "
"a B<-r> option) and neither of the following methods is used, then B<-"
"rfakeroot> will silently be assumed."
msgstr ""
"B<debuild> doit tre excut en tant que superutilisateur pour fonctionner "
"correctement. Il y a trois faons fondamentalement diffrentes de faire "
"cela. La premire, et celle qui est conseille, est d'utiliser une commande "
"permettant de devenir superutilisateur. La meilleure d'entre elles est "
"probablement B<fakeroot>(1), puisqu'elle ne ncessite pas d'accorder "
"vritablement de privilges. B<super>(1) et B<sudo>(1) sont d'autres "
"possibilits. Si aucune option B<-r> (ou B<--rootcmd>) n'est donne "
"(rappelez-vous que B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepte galement une option B<-r>) "
"et qu'aucune des mthodes suivantes n'est utilise, alors B<-rfakeroot> sera "
"suppose."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:127
msgid ""
"The second method is to use some command such as B<su>(1) to become root, "
"and then to do everything as root.  Note, though, that B<lintian> will abort "
"if it is run as root or setuid root; this can be overcome using the B<--"
"allow-root> option of B<lintian> if you know what you are doing."
msgstr ""
"La deuxime mthode est d'utiliser une commande comme B<su>(1) pour devenir "
"superutilisateur, et ensuite de raliser toutes les oprations en tant que "
"superutilisateur. Notez cependant que B<lintian> s'arrtera s'il est excut "
"en tant que superutilisateur ou setuid root; ceci peut tre contourn en "
"utilisant l'option B<--allow-root> de B<lintian> si vous tes sr de vous."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:143
msgid ""
"The third possible method is to have B<debuild> installed as setuid root.  "
"This is not the default method, and will have to be installed as such by the "
"system administrator.  It must also be realised that anyone who can run "
"B<debuild> as root or setuid root has B<full access to the whole machine>.  "
"This method is therefore not recommended, but will work.  B<debuild> could "
"be installed with mode 4754, so that only members of the owning group could "
"run it.  A disadvantage of this method would be that other users would then "
"not be able to use the program.  There are many other variants of this "
"option involving multiple copies of B<debuild>, or the use of programs such "
"as B<sudo> or B<super> to grant root privileges to users selectively.  If "
"the sysadmin wishes to do this, she should use the B<dpkg-statoverride> "
"program to change the permissions of I</usr/bin/debuild>.  This will ensure "
"that these permissions are preserved across upgrades."
msgstr ""
"La troisime mthode consiste  installer B<debuild> setuid root. Ce n'est "
"pas la mthode par dfaut, et ncessitera l'installation en tant que tel par "
"l'administrateur systme. Il faut aussi tre conscient que toute personne "
"pouvant excuter B<debuild> en tant que superutilisateur ou setuid root a "
"B<un accs complet au systme>. Cette mthode n'est pas recommande, mais "
"fonctionnera. B<debuild> peut tre install avec les permissions 4754, de "
"faon  ce que seuls les membres de son groupe puissent l'excuter. "
"L'inconvnient de cette mthode est que les autres utilisateurs ne pourront "
"plus alors utiliser ce programme. D'autres variantes consistent  avoir "
"plusieurs copies de B<debuild> ou d'utiliser des programmes comme B<sudo> ou "
"B<super> pour accorder slectivement des privilges superutilisateur  "
"certains utilisateurs. Si l'administrateur veut utiliser cette mthode, il "
"devra utiliser le programme B<dpkg-statoverride> pour modifier les "
"permissions de I</usr/bin/debuild>. Ceci permettra de conserver les "
"permissions aprs les mises  jour."

# type: SH
#: ../debuild.1:143
#, no-wrap
msgid "HOOKS"
msgstr "CROCHETS"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:146
msgid ""
"B<debuild> supports a number of hooks when running B<dpkg-buildpackage>.  "
"The available hooks are as follows:"
msgstr ""
"B<debuild> gre un grand nombre de crochets (hooks) en excutant B<dpkg-"
"buildpackage>. Les crochets disponibles sont les suivants:"

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-buildpackage-hook"
msgstr "dpkg-buildpackage-hook"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:149
msgid "Run before dpkg-buildpackage begins by calling dpkg-checkbuilddeps."
msgstr ""
"S'excute avant le dbut de dpkg-buildpackage en appelant dpkg-"
"checkbuilddeps."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:149
#, no-wrap
msgid "clean-hook"
msgstr "clean-hook"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:154
msgid ""
"Run before dpkg-buildpackage runs debian/rules clean to clean the source "
"tree.  (Run even if the tree is not being cleaned because -nc is used.)"
msgstr ""
"S'excute avant que dpkg-buildpackage lance la rgle clean du fichier debian/"
"rules pour nettoyer le source. (S'excute mme si le source n'est pas "
"nettoy car -nc est utilise.)"

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-source-hook"
msgstr "dpkg-source-hook"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:158
msgid ""
"Run after cleaning the tree and before running dpkg-source.  (Run even if "
"dpkg-source is not being called because -b or -B is used.)"
msgstr ""
"S'excute aprs le nettoyage du source et avant l'excution de dpkg-source. "
"(S'excute mme si dpkg-source n'est pas appel car -b ou -B est utilise.)"

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-build-hook"
msgstr "dpkg-build-hook"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:163
msgid ""
"Run after dpkg-source and before calling debian/rules build.  (Run even if "
"this is a source-only build, so debian/rules build is not being called.)"
msgstr ""
"S'excute aprs dpkg-source et avant l'appel de la rgle build du fichier "
"debian/rules. (S'excute mme si ce n'est qu'une construction du paquet "
"source, donc que la rgle build du fichier debian/rules n'est pas appele.)"

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-binary-hook"
msgstr "dpkg-binary-hook"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:167
msgid ""
"Run between debian/rules build and debian/rules binary(-arch).  Run ONLY if "
"a binary package is being built."
msgstr ""
"S'excute entre les appels aux rgles build et binary(-arch) du fichier "
"debian/rules. Ne s'excute QUE si un paquet binaire est construit."

# type: TH
#: ../debuild.1:167
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-genchanges-hook"
msgstr "dpkg-genchanges-hook"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:171
msgid ""
"Run after the binary package is built and before calling dpkg-genchanges."
msgstr ""
"S'excute seulement aprs la construction du paquet et avant l'appel  dpkg-"
"genchanges."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:171
#, no-wrap
msgid "final-clean-hook"
msgstr "final-clean-hook"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:176
msgid ""
"Run after dpkg-genchanges and before the final debian/rules clean.  (Run "
"even if we are not cleaning the tree post-build, which is the default.)"
msgstr ""
"S'excute aprs dpkg-genchanges et avant l'appel final  la rgle clean du "
"fichier debian/rules. (S'excute mme si le source n'est pas nettoy aprs "
"la construction, ce qui est le comportement par dfaut.)"

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:176
#, no-wrap
msgid "lintian-hook"
msgstr "lintian-hook"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:180
msgid ""
"Run (once) before calling lintian and/or linda.  (Run even if we are not "
"calling either.)"
msgstr ""
"S'excute (une fois) avant l'appel  lintian et/ou linda. (S'excute mme si "
"aucun de ces programmes n'est appel.)"

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "signing-hook"
msgstr "signing-hook"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:184
msgid ""
"Run after calling lintian and/or linda before any signing takes place.  (Run "
"even if we are not signing anything.)"
msgstr ""
"S'excute seulement aprs l'appel  lintian et/ou linda et avant la "
"signature. (S'excute mme si rien n'est sign.)"

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "post-dpkg-buildpackage-hook"
msgstr "post-dpkg-buildpackage-hook"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:187
msgid "Run after everything has finished."
msgstr "S'excute quand tout est fini."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:200
msgid ""
"A hook command can be specified either in the configuration file as, for "
"example, DEBUILD_SIGNING_HOOK='foo' (note the hyphens change into "
"underscores!) or as a command line option B<--signing-hook-foo>.  The "
"command will have certain percent substitutions made on it: %% will be "
"replaced by a single % sign, %p will be replaced by the package name, %v by "
"the package version number, %a will be 1 if the immediately following action "
"is to be performed and 0 if not (for example, in the dpkg-source hook, %a "
"will become 1 if dpkg-source is to be run and 0 if not).  Then it will be "
"handed to the shell to deal with, so it can include redirections and stuff.  "
"For example, to only run the dpkg-source hook if dpkg-source is to be run, "
"the hook could be something like: \"if [ %a -eq 1 ]; then ...; fi\"."
msgstr ""
"Une commande crochet peut tre dfinie soit dans le fichier de "
"configuration, par exemple avec DEBUILD_SIGNING_HOOK='toto' (notez que les "
"tirets ont t modifis en caractres de soulignement), ou avec l'option en "
"ligne de commande B<--signing-hook-foo>. La commande sera en partie "
"modifie: %% deviendra un signe % simple, %p sera remplac par le nom du "
"paquet, %v par le numro de version du paquet, %a sera 1 si l'action "
"suivante doit tre effectue et 0 dans le cas contraire (par exemple, dans "
"le crochet dpkg-source, %a sera 1 si dpkg-source doit tre lanc et 0 "
"sinon). Elle sera alors passe  l'interprteur de commandes pour tre "
"traite, et peut donc inclure des redirections ou des choses du genre. Par "
"exemple, pour ne lancer que le crochet dpkg-source si dpkg-source doit tre "
"excute, le crochet peut ressemble  ceci: if [ %a -eq 1 ]; then ...; "
"fi."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:204
msgid ""
"B<Please take care with hooks>, as misuse of them can lead to packages which "
"FTBFS (fail to build from source).  They can be useful for taking snapshots "
"of things or the like."
msgstr ""
"B<Soyez prudent avec les crochets>, puisqu'une mauvaise utilisation peut "
"empcher le paquet de se compiler depuis le source. Ils peuvent tre utiles "
"pour prendre des instantans, etc."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:210
msgid ""
"Finally, only dpkg-buildpackage-hook and the hooks from lintian-hook onwards "
"can be used if B<dpkg-cross> is installed.  (This is because internally, "
"B<debuild> reimplements B<dpkg-buildpackage>, but it does not attempt to "
"reimplement the B<dpkg-cross> replacement of this script.)"
msgstr ""
"Enfin, seuls dpkg-buildpackage-hook et les crochets avant lintian-hook "
"peuvent tre utiliss si B<dpkg-cross> est install. (Ceci est d au fait "
"que B<debuild> rimplmente en interne B<dpkg-buildpackage>, mais n'essaie "
"pas de rimplmenter le remplacement de B<dpkg-cross> pour ce script.)"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:212
msgid "For details, see above."
msgstr "Pour plus de dtails, voir ci-dessus."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:219
msgid "Command to gain root (or fake root) privileges."
msgstr "Commande pour obtenir (ou simuler) les privilges superutilisateur."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:222
msgid "Do not clean the environment, except for PATH."
msgstr "Ne nettoie pas l'environnement,  l'exception du PATH."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:225
msgid "Do not clean the I<var> variable from the environment."
msgstr "Ne nettoie pas la variable d'environnement I<var>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:229
msgid ""
"Set the environment variable I<var> to I<value> and do not remove it from "
"the environment."
msgstr ""
"Positionne la variable d'environnement I<var>  I<valeur> et ne l'enlve pas "
"de l'environnement."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:229
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--lintian>"
msgstr "B<--lintian>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:234
msgid ""
"Run B<lintian> after B<dpkg-buildpackage>.  This is the default behaviour, "
"and it overrides any configuration file directive to the contrary."
msgstr ""
"Excute B<lintian> aprs B<dpkg-buildpackage>. C'est le comportement par "
"dfaut. Cette option permet de remplacer une directive contraire place dans "
"un fichier de configuration."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-lintian>"
msgstr "B<--no-lintian>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:237
msgid "Do not run B<lintian> after B<dpkg-buildpackage>."
msgstr "N'excute pas B<lintian> aprs B<dpkg-buildpackage>."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--linda>"
msgstr "B<--linda>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:240
msgid "Run B<linda> after B<dpkg-buildpackage>."
msgstr "Excute B<linda> aprs B<dpkg-buildpackage>."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:240
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-linda>"
msgstr "B<--no-linda>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:244
msgid ""
"Do not run B<linda> after B<dpkg-buildpackage>.  This is the default "
"behaviour."
msgstr ""
"N'excute pas B<linda> aprs B<dpkg-buildpackage>, ce qui est le "
"comportement par dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:244
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-tgz-check>"
msgstr "B<--no-tgz-check>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Even if we're running B<dpkg-buildpackage> and the version number has a "
"Debian revision, do not check that the .orig.tar.gz file or .orig directory "
"exists before starting the build."
msgstr ""
"Mme si B<dpkg-buildpackage> est excut et que le numro de version possde "
"une rvision pour Debian, ne vrifie pas que le fichier .orig.tar.gz existe "
"avant de dmarrer la construction."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:249
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--tgz-check>"
msgstr "B<--tgz-check>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:254
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If we're running B<dpkg-buildpackage> and the version number has a Debian "
"revision, check that the .orig.tar.gz file or .orig directory exists before "
"starting the build.  This is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""
"Si B<dpkg-buildpackage> est excut et que le numro de version possde une "
"rvision pour Debian, vrifie que le fichier .orig.tar.gz existe avant de "
"dmarrer la construction. C'est le comportement par dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:254
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-->I<foo>B<-hook>=I<hook>"
msgstr "B<-->I<toto>B<-hook>=I<crochet>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:258
msgid ""
"Set a hook as described above.  If I<hook> is blank, this unsets the hook."
msgstr ""
"Dfinit un crochet comme dcrit ci-dessous. Si I<hook> est blanc, le crochet "
"est annul."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:258
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--clear-hooks>"
msgstr "B<--clear-hooks>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:262
msgid ""
"Clears all hooks.  They may be reinstated by later command line options."
msgstr ""
"Supprime tous les crochets. Ils peuvent tre rinstalls par des options "
"ultrieures en ligne de commande."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:270
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>"
msgstr "B<-d>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:273
msgid "Do not run B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> to check build dependencies."
msgstr ""
"N'excute pas B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> pour vrifier les dpendances de "
"construction du paquet (build dependencies)."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:273
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>"
msgstr "B<-D>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:276
msgid "Run B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> to check build dependencies."
msgstr ""
"Excute B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> pour vrifier les dpendances de construction."

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:284
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  Command "
"line options can be used to override some of these configuration file "
"settings, otherwise the B<--no-conf> option can be used to prevent reading "
"these files.  Environment variable settings are ignored when these "
"configuration files are read.  The currently recognised variables are:"
msgstr ""
"Les deux fichiers de configuration I</etc/devscripts.conf> et I<~/."
"devscripts> sont valus dans cet ordre par un interprteur de commandes "
"(shell) pour placer les variables de configuration. Des options de ligne "
"de commande peuvent tre utilises pour neutraliser les paramtres des "
"fichiers de configuration. Les paramtres des variables d'environnement sont "
"ignors  cette fin. Si la premire option donne en ligne de commande est "
"B<--noconf>, alors ces fichiers ne sont pas valus. Les variables "
"actuellement identifies sont:"

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:284
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_PRESERVE_ENV>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_PRESERVE_ENV>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:288
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--preserve-env> "
"command line parameter being used."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<yes>, quivaut  utiliser l'option B<--preserve-"
"env>."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:288
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_PRESERVE_ENVVARS>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_PRESERVE_ENVVARS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:293
msgid ""
"Which environment variables to preserve.  This should be a comma-separated "
"list of variables.  This corresponds to using possibly multiple B<--preserve-"
"envvar> or B<-e> options."
msgstr ""
"Dfinit les variables d'environnement  conserver. Elle est constitue d'une "
"liste de variables d'environnement spares par des virgules. Ceci "
"correspond  utiliser plusieurs fois les options B<--preserve-envvar> ou B<-"
"e>."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_SET_ENVVAR_>I<var>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_SET_ENVVAR_>I<var>=I<valeur>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:296
msgid "This corresponds to B<--set-envvar=>I<var>B<=>I<value>."
msgstr "quivaut  utiliser B<--set-envvar>=I<var>=I<value>."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_ROOTCMD>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_ROOTCMD>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:300
msgid "Setting this variable to I<prog> is the equivalent of B<-r>I<prog>."
msgstr "Positionner cette variable  I<prog> quivaut  utiliser B<-r>I<prog>."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:300
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_TGZ_CHECK>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_TGZ_CHECK>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:304
msgid ""
"Setting this variable to I<no> is the same as the B<--no-tgz-check> command "
"line option."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<no>, quivaut  utiliser l'option B<--no-tgz-"
"check> en ligne de commande."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:312
msgid ""
"These are options which should be passed to the invocation of B<dpkg-"
"buildpackage>.  They are given before any command-line options.  Due to "
"issues of shell quoting, if a word containing spaces is required as a single "
"option, extra quotes will be required.  For example, to ensure that your own "
"GPG key is always used, even for sponsored uploads, the config file might "
"contain the line:"
msgstr ""
"Voici les options qui devraient tre passes  l'invocation de B<dpkg-"
"buildpackage>. Elles sont donnes avant toute option en ligne de commande.  "
"cause des problmes de guillemets avec les interprteurs de commandes, pour "
"les paramtres contenant un espace, il sera ncessaire d'ajouter des "
"guillemets supplmentaires. Par exemple, pour forcer  toujours utiliser "
"votre cl GPG, mme pour les envois sponsoriss (sponsored upload), le "
"fichier de configuration pourra contenir:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:315
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS=\"-k'Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>' -sa\"\n"
msgstr "DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS=\"-k'Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>' -sa\"\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:320
msgid ""
"which gives precisely two options.  Without the extra single quotes, B<dpkg-"
"buildpackage> would reasonably complain that I<Gilbey> is an unrecognised "
"option (it doesn't start with a `-' sign)."
msgstr ""
"ce qui fournit exactement deux options. Sans les guillemets supplmentaires, "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> se serait plaint ( juste titre) que I<Gilbey> n'est "
"pas une option reconnue (elle ne commence pas par un signe -)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:325
msgid ""
"Also, if this option contains any B<-r>, B<-d> or B<-D> options, these will "
"always be taken account of by B<debuild>.  Note that a B<-r> option in this "
"variable will override the setting in DEBUILD_ROOTCMD."
msgstr ""
"galement, si ce paramtre contient une (ou plusieurs) des options B<-r>, B<-"
"d> ou B<-D>, elle sera toujours prise en compte par B<debuild>. Notez que "
"l'option B<-r> place ici crasera le paramtre DEBUILD_ROOTCMD."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:325
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_>I<FOO>B<_HOOK>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_>I<TOTO>B<_HOOK>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:329
msgid ""
"The hook variable for the I<foo> hook.  See the section on hooks above for "
"more details.  By default, this is empty."
msgstr ""
"La variable de crochet pour le crochet I<toto>. Voyez la section sur les "
"crochets pour plus de dtails. Par dfaut, elle est non dfinie."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:329
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_LINTIAN>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_LINTIAN>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:333
msgid ""
"Should we run B<lintian>? If this is set to I<no>, then B<lintian> will not "
"be run."
msgstr "Si elle est positionne  I<no>, alors B<lintian> ne sera pas excut."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:333
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_LINTIAN_OPTS>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_LINTIAN_OPTS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:339
msgid ""
"These are options which should be passed to the invocation of B<lintian>.  "
"They are given before any command-line options, and the usage of this "
"variable is as described for the B<DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS> variable."
msgstr ""
"Ce sont les options qui doivent tre passes lors de l'invocation de "
"B<lintian>. Elles sont donnes avant toute option en ligne de commande, et "
"l'utilisation de cette option est la mme que celle dcrite pour la variable "
"B<DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS>."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:339
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_LINDA>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_LINDA>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:343
msgid ""
"Should we run B<linda>? If this is set to I<yes>, then B<linda> will be run."
msgstr "Si elle est positionne  I<yes>, alors B<linda> sera excut."

# type: TP
#: ../debuild.1:343
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_LINDA_OPTS>"
msgstr "B<DEBUILD_LINDA_OPTS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:349
msgid ""
"These are options which should be passed to the invocation of B<linda>.  "
"They are given before any command-line options, and the usage of this "
"variable is as described for the B<DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS> variable."
msgstr ""
"Ce sont les options qui doivent tre passes lors de l'invocation de "
"B<linda>. Elles sont donnes avant toute option en ligne de commande, et "
"l'utilisation de cette option est la mme que celle dcrite pour la variable "
"B<DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS>."

# type: SH
#: ../debuild.1:356
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "EXEMPLES"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:360
msgid ""
"To build your own package, simply run B<debuild> from inside the source "
"tree.  B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) options may be given on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Pour construire votre propre paquet, lancez simplement B<debuild> depuis "
"l'arbre des sources. Des options de B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) peuvent tre "
"passes via la ligne de commande."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:363
msgid ""
"The typical command line options to build only the binary package(s)  "
"without signing the .changes file (or the non-existent .dsc file):"
msgstr ""
"La ligne de commande typiquement utilise pour construire le(s) paquet(s) "
"binaire(s) sans signer le fichier .changes (ou le fichier .dsc inexistant) "
"est:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:366
#, no-wrap
msgid "debuild -i -us -uc -b\n"
msgstr "debuild -i -us -uc -b\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:369
msgid "Change the \"-b\" to \"-S\" to build only a source package."
msgstr "Changez -b en -S pour ne construire qu'un paquet source."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:372
msgid ""
"An example using both B<lintian> and B<linda> to check the resulting "
"packages, and also passing options to them both:"
msgstr ""
"Voici un example appelant B<lintian> et B<linda> (et leur fournissant des "
"options) pour vrifier les paquets crs:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "debuild --linda -i -tc --lintian-opts -i --linda-opts -i\n"
msgstr "debuild --linda -i -tc --lintian-opts -i --linda-opts -i\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:383
msgid ""
"Note the order of options here: the B<debuild> options come first, then the "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> ones, then finally the checker options.  (And "
"B<lintian> is called by default.)  If you find yourself using the same "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> options repeatedly, consider using the "
"DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS configuration file option as described above."
msgstr ""
"Prenez note de l'ordre des options: d'abord les options de B<debuild>, puis "
"celles de B<dpkg-buildpackage> et enfin celles de B<lintian> et B<linda> "
"(B<lintian> est appel par dfaut). Si vous utilisez toujours les mmes "
"options de B<dpkg-buildpackage>, vous pouvez utiliser l'option "
"DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS du fichier de configuration, comme dcrit "
"plus haut."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:387
msgid ""
"To build a package for a sponsored upload, given I<foobar_1.0-1.dsc> and the "
"respective source files, run something like the following commands:"
msgstr ""
"Pour construire un paquet pour un envoi sponsoris (sponsored upload), "
"donn par I<toto_1.0-1.dsc> et les fichiers sources respectifs, lancez "
"quelque chose qui ressemblerait aux commandes suivantes:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:392
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg-source -x foobar_1.0-1.dsc\n"
"cd foobar-1.0\n"
"debuild -k0x12345678\n"
msgstr ""
"dpkg-source -x toto_1.0-1.dsc\n"
"cd toto-1.0\n"
"debuild -k0x12345678\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:399
msgid ""
"where 0x12345678 is replaced by your GPG key ID or other key identifier such "
"as your email address.  Again, you could also use the "
"DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS configuration file option as described above "
"to avoid having to type the B<-k> option each time you do a sponsored upload."
msgstr ""
"o 0x12345678 est remplac par l'identifiant de votre cl GPG ou un autre "
"identifiant de cl tel que votre adresse de messagerie. De nouveau, Vous "
"pouvez galement utiliser l'option du fichier de configuration "
"DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS tel que cela est dcrit plus haut pour viter "
"d'avoir  taper l'option B<-k>  chaque fois que vous effectuez un envoi "
"sponsoris."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:413
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps>(1), B<debsign>(1), "
"B<fakeroot>(1), B<lintian>(1), B<linda>(1), B<chmod>(1), B<dpkg-statoverride>"
"(8), B<su>(1), B<sudo>(1), B<super>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps>(1), B<debsign>(1), "
"B<fakeroot>(1), B<lintian>(1), B<linda>(1), B<chmod>(1), B<dpkg-statoverride>"
"(8), B<su>(1), B<sudo>(1), B<super>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../debuild.1:416
msgid ""
"The original B<debuild> program was written by Christoph Lameter "
"E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>.  The current version has been written by "
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"Le programme B<debuild> a t initialement crit par Christoph Lameter "
"E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>. La version actuelle a t crite par Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../devscripts.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVSCRIPTS"
msgstr "DEVSCRIPTS"

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.1:4
msgid "devscripts - scripts to ease the lives of Debian developers"
msgstr "devscripts - Scripts pour faciliter le travail des dveloppeurs Debian"

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.1:12
msgid ""
"The B<devscripts> package provides a collection of scripts which may be of "
"use to Debian developers and others wishing to build Debian packages.  For a "
"summary of the available scripts, please see the file I</usr/share/doc/"
"devscripts/README.gz>, and for full details, please see the individual "
"manpages.  They are contributed by multiple developers; for details of the "
"authors, please see the code or manpages."
msgstr ""
"Le paquet B<devscripts> fournit un ensemble de scripts qui peuvent tre "
"utiles aux dveloppeurs Debian et  tous ceux qui souhaitent construire des "
"paquets Debian. Pour un rsum des diffrents scripts disponibles, veuillez "
"consulter I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/README.gz>, et pour plus de dtails, "
"veuillez consulter les pages de manuel individuelles. Ils ont t dvelopps "
"par un certain nombre de dveloppeurs, la liste des auteurs se trouve dans "
"le code et les pages de manuel."

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.1:15
msgid ""
"Also, the directory I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/examples> contains examples "
"of B<procmail> and B<exim> scripts for sorting mail arriving to Debian "
"mailing lists."
msgstr ""
"Le rpertoire I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/examples> contient galement des "
"exemples de scripts pour B<procmail> et B<exim> permettant de trier les "
"courriels arrivant aux listes de diffusion Debian."

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:405
msgid "dget -- Download Debian source and binary packages"
msgstr "dget -- Tlcharger des paquets Debian source et binaire"

# type: =item
#: ../dget.pl:411
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dget> [I<options>] I<URL>"
msgstr "B<dget> [B<-bqx>] I<URL>"

# type: =item
#: ../dget.pl:413
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<dget> [I<options>] I<package>[=I<version>]"
msgstr "B<dget> [B<-bq>] I<paquet>=I<version>"

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:419
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dget> downloads Debian packages.  In the first form, B<dget> fetches the "
"requested URL.  If this is a .dsc or .changes file, then B<dget> acts as a "
"source-package aware form of B<wget>: it also fetches any files referenced "
"in the .dsc/.changes file.  When the B<-x> option is given, the downloaded "
"source is also unpacked by B<dpkg-source>."
msgstr ""
"B<dget> tlcharge des paquets Debian. Avec la premire forme, B<dget> agit "
"comme une forme de wget adapte au systme de paquets source; il tlcharge "
"l'adresse passe et rcursivement tous les fichiers rfrencs, si l'adresse "
"pointe vers un fichier .dsc ou .changes. Quand l'option B<-x> est spcifie, "
"le paquet source tlcharg est dpaquet avec B<dpkg-source>."

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:425
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In the second form, B<dget> downloads a I<binary> package (i.e., a I<.deb> "
"file) from the Debian mirror configured in /etc/apt/sources.list.  Unlike "
"B<apt-get install -d>, it does not require root privileges, writes to the "
"current directory, and does not download dependencies.  If a version number "
"is specified, this version of the package is requested."
msgstr ""
"Avec les seconde et troisime formes, B<dget> tlcharge un paquet binaire "
"depuis le miroir Debian configur dans /etc/apt/sources.lists.  la "
"diffrence d'B<apt-get install -d>, il ne ncessite pas les droits du "
"superutilisateur, crit dans le rpertoire courant et ne tlcharge pas les "
"dpendances."

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:432
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before downloading files listed in .dsc and .changes files, and before "
"downloading binary packages, B<dget> checks to see whether any of these "
"files already exist.  If they do, then their md5sums are compared to avoid "
"downloading them again unnecessarily.  B<dget> also looks for matching files "
"in B</var/cache/apt/archives> and directories given by the B<--path> option "
"or specified in the configuration files (see below).  Download backends used "
"are B<curl> and B<wget>, looked for in that order."
msgstr ""
"Avant de tlcharger les fichiers rfrencs dans les fichiers .dsc et ."
"changes, et avant de tlcharger des paquets binaires, si un des fichiers "
"existe, les sommes de contrle MD5 sont compares afin d'viter de gcher de "
"la bande passante. Les programmes de tlchargement utiliss sont B<curl> et "
"B<wget>, recherchs dans cet ordre."

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:441
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<dget> was written to make it easier to retrieve source packages from the "
"web for sponsor uploads.  For checking the package with B<debdiff>, the last "
"binary version is available via B<dget> I<package>, the last source version "
"via B<apt-get source> I<package>."
msgstr ""
"B<dget> a t crit pour faciliter la rcupration de paquets source via le "
"web pour les envois sponsoriss. Afin de vrifier le paquet avec B<debdiff>, "
"la dernire version binaire est disponible via B<dget> I<package>, la "
"dernire version source via B<apt-get source> I<package>."

# type: TP
#: ../dget.pl:450
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<-b>, B<--backup>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>"

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:452
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move files that would be overwritten to I<./backup>."
msgstr ""
"B<-b> dplace les fichiers qui devraient tre crass dans B<./backup>."

# type: =item
#: ../dget.pl:454
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
msgstr "-q, --quiet"

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:456
#, fuzzy
msgid "Suppress B<wget>/B<curl> non-error output."
msgstr "B<-q> supprime la sortie de wget/curl."

# type: TP
#: ../dget.pl:458
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--regex>"

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:460
msgid ""
"Run B<dpkg-source -x> on the downloaded source package.  This can only be "
"used with the first method of calling B<dget>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../dget.pl:463
msgid "B<--path> DIR[:DIR...]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:465
msgid ""
"In addition to I</var/cache/apt/archives>, B<dget> uses the colon-separated "
"list given as argument to B<--path> to find files with a matching md5sum.  "
"For example: \"--path /srv/pbuilder/result:/home/cb/UploadQueue\".  If DIR "
"is empty (i.e., \"S<--path ''>\" is specified), then any previously listed "
"directories or directories specified in the configuration files will be "
"ignored.  This option may be specified multiple times, and all of the "
"directories listed will be searched; hence, the above example could have "
"been written as: \"--path /srv/pbuilder/result --path /home/cb/UploadQueue\"."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../dget.pl:476
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--insecure>"
msgstr "B<--no-preserve>"

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:478
msgid "Allow SSL connections to untrusted hosts."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../dget.pl:480
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<--no-cache>"
msgstr "B<--cache>"

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:482
msgid "Bypass server-side HTTP caches by sending a B<Pragma: no-cache> header."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../dget.pl:484 ../dpkg-depcheck.1:96 ../rmadison.pl:158 ../tagpending.1:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dget.pl:486
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show a help message."
msgstr "Affiche un bref message d'aide."

# type: TP
#: ../dget.pl:488 ../tagpending.1:29
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dget.pl:490
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show version information."
msgstr "Affiche les informations sur la version."

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../dget.pl:496
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The two configuration files F</etc/devscripts.conf> and F<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  Command "
"line options can be used to override configuration file settings.  "
"Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose.  The currently "
"recognised variable is:"
msgstr ""
"Les deux fichiers de configuration I</etc/devscripts.conf> et I<~/."
"devscripts> sont chargs dans cet ordre par un interprteur de commandes "
"pour positionner les variables de configuration. Des options de ligne de "
"commande peuvent tre utilises pour craser les paramtres des fichiers de "
"configuration. Les paramtres des variables d'environnement sont ignors  "
"cette fin. Les variables actuellement reconnues sont:"

# type: =item
#: ../dget.pl:504
msgid "DGET_PATH"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:506
msgid ""
"This can be set to a colon-separated list of directories in which to search "
"for files in addition to the default I</var/cache/apt/archives>.  It has the "
"same effect as the B<--path> command line option.  It is not set by default."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:515
msgid "B<dget> I<package> should be implemented in B<apt-get install -d>."
msgstr "B<dget> I<package> devrait tre implment dans B<apt-get install -d>."

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:519
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This program is Copyright (C) 2005-06 by Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>.  "
"Modifications are Copyright (C) 2005-06 by Julian Gilbey <jdg@debian.org>."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme est Copyright (C) 2001-2003 by Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>. De "
"nombreuses modifications ont t effectues, Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Julian "
"Gilbey <jdg@debian.org>."

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:522
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This program is licensed under the terms of the GPL, either version 2 of the "
"License, or (at your option) any later version."
msgstr ""
"Il est publi sous les termes de la Licence Publique Gnrale (GPL) version "
"2 ou toute version ultrieure ( votre discrtion)."

# type: textblock
#: ../dget.pl:527
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<apt-get>(1), B<debdiff>(1), B<dpkg-source>(1), B<curl>(1), B<wget>(1)."
msgstr "apt-get(1), debdiff(1), dpkg-source(1), curl(1), wget(1)."

# type: TH
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DPKG-DEPCHECK"
msgstr "DPKG-DEPCHECK"

# type: TH
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "March 2002"
msgstr "Mars 2002"

# type: TH
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-depcheck"
msgstr "dpkg-depcheck"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:4
msgid "dpkg-depcheck - determine packages used to execute a command"
msgstr ""
"dpkg-depcheck - Dterminer les paquets utiliss pour excuter une commande"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:6
msgid "B<dpkg-depcheck> [I<options>] I<command>"
msgstr "B<dpkg-depcheck> [I<options>] I<commande>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:15
msgid ""
"This program runs the specified command under B<strace> and then determines "
"and outputs the packages used in the process.  The list can be trimmed in "
"various ways as described in the options below.  A good example of this "
"program would be the command B<dpkg-depcheck -b debian/rules build>, which "
"would give a good first approximation to the Build-Depends line needed by a "
"Debian package.  Note, however, that this does I<not> give any direct "
"information on versions required or architecture-specific packages."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme excute la commande spcifie avec B<strace> puis dtermine et "
"affiche la liste des paquets utiliss par ce processus. La liste est "
"affecte par les options dcrites plus bas. Un bon exemple d'utilisation de "
"ce programme consiste  excuter B<dpkg-depcheck -b debian/rules build>, qui "
"donnera une premire bonne approximation de la ligne des dpendances de "
"construction (Build-Depends) du paquet Debian. Remarquez cependant que a ne "
"donne I<aucune> information sur les versions ncessaires ou sur les paquets "
"spcifiques  une architecture."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:22
msgid ""
"Report all packages used to run I<command>.  This is the default behaviour.  "
"If used in conjunction with B<-b>, B<-d> or B<-m>, gives additional "
"information on those packages skipped by these options."
msgstr ""
"Signaler les paquets utiliss pour excuter la I<commande>, ce qui est le "
"comportement par dfaut. Utilise avec B<-b>, B<-d> ou B<-m>, elle procure "
"davantage d'informations sur les paquets ignors par ces options."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>, B<--build-depends>"
msgstr "B<-b>, B<--build-depends>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:26
msgid ""
"Do not report any build-essential or essential packages used, or any of "
"their (direct or indirect) dependencies."
msgstr ""
"Ne signale aucune utilisation d'un paquet essential (essentiel) ou "
"build-essential (essentiel pour la construction des paquets), ou d'une "
"de leurs dpendances (directe ou indirecte)."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>, B<--ignore-dev-deps>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--ignore-dev-deps>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:30
msgid ""
"Do not show packages used which are direct dependencies of I<-dev> packages "
"used.  This implies B<-b>."
msgstr ""
"N'affiche pas les paquets qui sont des dpendances directes des paquets I<-"
"dev> utiliss, ce qui implique l'option B<-b>."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>, B<--min-deps>"
msgstr "B<-m>, B<--min-deps>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:34
msgid ""
"Output a minimal set of packages needed, taking into account direct "
"dependencies.  Using B<-m> implies B<-d> and also B<-b>."
msgstr ""
"Donne un ensemble minimaliste de paquets ncessaires, en prenant en compte "
"les dpendances directes. Utiliser B<-m> implique B<-d> et aussi B<-b>."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-C>, B<--C-locale>"
msgstr "B<-C>, B<--C-locale>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:37
msgid "Run I<command> with the C locale."
msgstr "Excute la I<commande> avec les paramtres rgionaux (locale) C."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-C-locale>"
msgstr "B<--no-C-locale>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:40
msgid "Don't change locale when running I<command>."
msgstr "Ne change pas la locale lors de l'excution de I<commande>."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>, B<--list-files>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list-files>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:43
msgid "Also report the list of files used in each package."
msgstr "Signale galement la liste des fichiers utiliss dans chaque paquet."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-list-files>"
msgstr "B<--no-list-files>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:47
msgid "Do not report the files used in each package.  Cancels a B<-l> option."
msgstr ""
"Ne signale pas la liste des fichiers utiliss dans chaque paquet. Cette "
"option annule l'option B<-l>."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>, B<--output=>I<FILE>"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output>=I<FICHIER>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:50
msgid "Output the package diagnostics to I<FILE> instead of stdout."
msgstr ""
"Dirige le diagnostic du paquet dans le I<FICHIER> plutt que sur la sortie "
"standard."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O>, B<--strace-output=>I<FILE>"
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--strace-output>=I<FICHIER>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:54
msgid ""
"Write the B<strace> output to I<FILE> when tracing I<command> instead of "
"using a temporary file."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque la I<commande> est trace, crit la sortie de B<strace> dans "
"I<FICHIER> plutt que dans un fichier temporaire."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>, B<--strace-input=>I<FILE>"
msgstr "B<-I>, B<--strace-input>=I<FICHIER>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:59
msgid ""
"Get B<strace> output from I<FILE> instead of tracing I<command>; B<strace> "
"must have be run with the B<-f -q> options for this to work."
msgstr ""
"Utilise la sortie B<strace> du I<FICHIER> au lieu de tracer la "
"I<commande>. B<strace> doit avoir t excut avec les options B<-f -q> pour "
"que cela fonctionne."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>, B<--features=>I<LIST>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--features>=I<LISTE>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:65
msgid ""
"Enable or disabled features given in the comma-separated I<LIST> as "
"follows.  A feature is enabled with I<+feature> or just I<feature> and "
"disabled with I<-feature>.  The currently recognised features are:"
msgstr ""
"Active ou dsactive les fonctionnalits donnes dans la I<LISTE>. Les "
"fonctionnalits sont spares par des virgules. Une fonctionnalit est "
"active en prcisant I<+fonctionnalit> ou juste I<fonctionnalit>; elle "
"est dsactive en prcisant I<-fonctionnalit>. La liste des fonctionnalits "
"reconnues actuellement est la suivante:"

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<warn-local>"
msgstr "B<warn-local>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:71
msgid ""
"Warn if files in I</usr/local> or I</var/local> are used.  Enabled by "
"default."
msgstr ""
"Avertit si des fichiers de I</usr/local> ou I</var/local> sont utiliss. "
"Cette option est active par dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<discard-check-version>"
msgstr "B<discard-check-version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:76
msgid ""
"Discards I<execve> when only a I<--version> argument is given to the "
"program; this works around some configure scripts that check for binaries "
"they don't actually use.  Enabled by default."
msgstr ""
"N'utilise pas I<execve> lorsque seul un argument I<--version> est donn au "
"programme. C'est une astuce pour les scripts configure qui recherchent "
"des excutables qu'ils n'utilisent en fait pas. Cette fonctionnalit est "
"active par dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<trace-local>"
msgstr "B<trace-local>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:81
msgid ""
"Also try to identify files which are accessed in I</usr/local> and I</var/"
"local>.  Not usually very useful, as Debian does not place files in these "
"directories.  Disabled by default."
msgstr ""
"Essaye galement d'identifier les accs aux fichiers de I</usr/local> et I</"
"var/local>. Ce n'est gnralement pas trs utile, puisque qu'aucun fichier "
"n'y est plac par Debian. Cette fonctionnalit est dsactive par dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<catch-alternatives>"
msgstr "B<catch-alternatives>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:85
msgid ""
"Warn about access to files controlled by the Debian I<alternatives> "
"mechanism.  Enabled by default."
msgstr ""
"Avertit  propos des accs aux fichiers contrls par le systme "
"d'I<alternatives> de Debian. Cette fonctionnalit est active par dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<discard-sgml-catalogs>"
msgstr "B<discard-sgml-catalogs>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:90
msgid ""
"Discards access to SGML catalogs; some SGML tools read all the registered "
"catalogs at startup.  Files matching the regexp /usr/share/sgml/.*\\e.cat "
"are recognised as catalogs.  Enabled by default."
msgstr ""
"Ne prend pas les accs aux catalogues SGML en considration. Certains outils "
"lisent tous les catalogues au dmarrage. Les fichiers qui correspondent  "
"l'expression rationnelle /usr/share/sgml/.*\\e.cat sont considrs comme des "
"catalogues. Cette fonctionnalit est active par dfaut."

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:99
msgid "Display usage information and exit."
msgstr "Affiche un message d'aide et quitte."

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:102
msgid "Display version and copyright information and exit."
msgstr "Affiche la version et le copyright puis quitte."

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:108 ../grep-excuses.1:30
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced in that order to set configuration variables.  Command line options "
"can be used to override configuration file settings.  Environment variable "
"settings are ignored for this purpose.  The currently recognised variable is:"
msgstr ""
"Les deux fichiers de configuration I</etc/devscripts.conf> et I<~/."
"devscripts> sont valus dans cet ordre par un interprteur de commandes "
"pour placer les variables de configuration. Des options de ligne de commande "
"peuvent tre utilises pour neutraliser les paramtres des fichiers de "
"configuration. Les paramtres des variables d'environnement sont ignors  "
"cette fin. Si la premire option donne en ligne de commande est B<--"
"noconf>, alors ces fichiers ne sont pas valus. Les variables actuellement "
"identifies sont:"

# type: TP
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_DEPCHECK_OPTIONS>"
msgstr "B<DPKG_DEPCHECK_OPTIONS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:112
msgid ""
"These are options which are parsed before the command-line options.  For "
"example,"
msgstr ""
"Il s'agit des options qui sont analyses avant les options de la ligne de "
"commande. Par exemple:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:114
msgid "DPKG_DEPCHECK_OPTIONS=\"-b -f-catch-alternatives\""
msgstr "DPKG_DEPCHECK_OPTIONS=\"-b -f-catch-alternatives\""

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:118
msgid ""
"which passes these options to B<dpkg-depcheck> before any command-line "
"options are processed.  You are advised not to try tricky quoting, because "
"of the vagaries of shell quoting!"
msgstr ""
"qui permet de passer ces options  B<dpkg-depcheck> avant que les options de "
"la ligne de commande soient analyses. Il est conseill de ne pas jouer au "
"plus fin avec les guillemets, car les interprteurs de commandes sont assez "
"capricieux  ce sujet!"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:124
msgid ""
"B<dpkg>(1), B<strace>(1), B<update-alternatives>(8)  and B<devscripts.conf>"
"(5)."
msgstr ""
"B<dpkg>(1), B<strace>(1), B<update-alternatives>(8) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: SH
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYING"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-depcheck.1:131
msgid ""
"Copyright 2001 Bill Allombert E<lt>ballombe@debian.orgE<gt>.  Modifications "
"copyright 2002,2003 Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  B<dpkg-"
"depcheck> is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, "
"version 2 or (at your option) any later version, and you are welcome to "
"change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions.  There is "
"absolutely no warranty for B<dpkg-depcheck>."
msgstr ""
"Copyright 2001 Bill Allombert E<lt>ballombe@debian.orgE<gt>. Modifications "
"copyright 2002,2003 Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. B<dpkg-depcheck> "
"est un logiciel libre, sous la licence publique gnrale GNU, version 2 ou "
"ultrieure (comme vous le souhaitez). Vous tes encourags  apporter des "
"modifications et/ou  distribuer des copies sous certaines conditions. "
"Absolument aucune garantie n'est donne pour B<dpkg-depcheck>."

# type: TH
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DPKG-GENBUILDDEPS"
msgstr "DPKG-GENBUILDDEPS"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:4
msgid ""
"dpkg-genbuilddeps - generate a list of packages used to build this package"
msgstr ""
"dpkg-genbuilddeps - Gnrer la liste des paquets utiliss pour la "
"construction de ce paquet"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:6
msgid "B<dpkg-genbuilddeps> [I<arg> ...]"
msgstr "B<dpkg-genbuilddeps> [I<arg> ...]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:19
msgid ""
"This program is a wrapper around B<dpkg-depcheck>(1).  It should be run from "
"the top of a Debian build tree.  It calls B<dpkg-buildpackage> with any "
"arguments given on the command line, and by tracing the execution of this, "
"it determines which non-essential packages were used during the package "
"building.  This can be useful in determining what the I<Build-Depends> "
"control fields should contain.  It does not determine which packages were "
"used for the arch independent parts of the build and which for the arch "
"dependent parts, not does it attempt to determine which versions of packages "
"are required.  It should be able to run under B<fakeroot> rather than being "
"run as root, as B<fakeroot dpkg-genbuilddeps>, or B<dpkg-genbuilddeps -"
"rfakeroot>."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme encapsule les appels  B<dpkg-depcheck>(1). Il doit tre "
"excut depuis la racine d'une arborescence de construction d'un paquet "
"Debian. Il appelle B<dpkg-buildpackage> avec tous les arguments donns en "
"ligne de commande, et en traant son excution, il dtermine quels paquets "
"non essentiels ont t utiliss pendant la construction du paquet. Ceci peut "
"s'avrer utile pour dterminer ce que doit contenir le champ I<Build-"
"Depends> du fichier control. Il ne spare pas les paquets utiliss pour "
"l'tape de construction qui dpend de l'architecture et ceux utiliss pour "
"l'tape qui ne dpend pas de l'architecture; il ne cherche pas non plus  "
"dterminer les versions de paquets qui seront ncessaires. Il doit tre "
"capable de tourner avec B<fakeroot> plutt que d'tre excut en tant que "
"superutilisateur, en utilisant B<fakeroot dpkg-genbuilddeps> ou B<dpkg-"
"genbuilddeps -rfakeroot>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:23
msgid ""
"This program requires the build-essential package to be installed.  If it is "
"not, please use B<dpkg-depcheck> directly, with a command such as"
msgstr ""
"Ce programme ncessite que les paquets essentiels pour la construction des "
"paquets (build-essential) soient installs. Dans le cas contraire, veuillez "
"excuter B<dpkg-depcheck> directement avec une commande comme:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "  dpkg-depcheck --all dpkg-buildpackage -us -uc -b -rfakeroot ...\n"
msgstr "  dpkg-depcheck --all dpkg-buildpackage -us -uc -b -rfakeroot ...\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:27
msgid "All this program itself does is essentially to run the command:"
msgstr "Ce programme ne fait que lancer la commande suivante:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "  dpkg-depcheck -b dpkg-buildpackage -us -uc -b -rfakeroot [arg ...]\n"
msgstr "  dpkg-depcheck -b dpkg-buildpackage -us -uc -b -rfakeroot [arg ...]\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:36
msgid ""
"B<The Debian Policy Manual,> sections on Build-Depends etc., B<dpkg-depcheck>"
"(1)  and B<fakeroot>(1)."
msgstr ""
"B<La charte Debian>, sections Build-Depends etc., B<dpkg-depcheck>(1) et  "
"B<fakeroot>(1)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:40
msgid ""
"The original B<dpkg-genbuilddeps> was written by Ben Collins "
"E<lt>bcollins@debian.orgE<gt>.  The current version is a simple wrapper "
"around B<dpkg-depcheck> written by Bill Allombert E<lt>ballombe@debian."
"orgE<gt>.  This manual page was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian."
"orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"La version initiale de B<dpkg-genbuilddeps> a t crite par Ben Collins "
"E<lt>bcollins@debian.orgE<gt>. La version actuelle est un simple wrapper "
"autour de B<dpkg-depcheck> crit par Bill Allombert E<lt>ballombe@debian."
"orgE<gt>. Cette page de manuel a t crite par Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../dscverify.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DSCVERIFY"
msgstr "DSCVERIFY"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dscverify.1:4
msgid "dscverify - verify the validity of a Debian package"
msgstr "dscverify - Vrifier la validit d'un paquet Debian"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dscverify.1:6
msgid ""
"B<dscverify> [B<--keyring >I<keyring>] ... I<changes_or_dsc_filename> ..."
msgstr ""
"B<dscverify> [B<--keyring >I<trousseau_de_cls>] ... "
"I<fichier_changes_ou_dsc> ..."

# type: Plain text
#: ../dscverify.1:15
msgid ""
"B<dscverify> checks that the GPG or PGP signatures on the given I<.changes> "
"or I<.dsc> files are good signatures made by keys in the current Debian "
"keyrings, found in the I<debian-keyring> package.  (Additional keyrings can "
"be specified using the B<--keyring> option any number of times.)  It then "
"checks that the other files listed in the I<.changes> or I<.dsc> files have "
"the correct sizes and MD5 sums.  The exit status is 0 if there are no "
"problems and non-zero otherwise."
msgstr ""
"B<dscverify> vrifie que les signatures GPG ou PGP des fichiers I<.changes> "
"ou I<.dsc> sont des signatures correctes effectues avec des cls du "
"trousseau de cls Debian actuel, que l'on peut trouver dans le paquet "
"I<debian-keyring>. (Un trousseau supplmentaire peut tre prcis avec "
"l'option B<--keyring> autant de fois que ncessaire.) Il vrifie ensuite que "
"les fichiers lists dans les fichiers I<.changes> ou I<.dsc> ont une taille "
"et un MD5 corrects. La valeur de retour vaut 0 s'il n'y a pas de problme et "
"une valeur non nulle dans le cas contraire."

# type: TP
#: ../dscverify.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keyring>I<keyring>"
msgstr "B<--keyring>I<trousseau_de_cls>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dscverify.1:19
msgid "Add I<keyring> to the list of keyrings to be used."
msgstr "Ajoute un trousseau de cls  la liste des trousseaux  utiliser."

# NOTE: presque identique, manque la surcharge par les options
# type: Plain text
#: ../dscverify.1:36
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  "
"Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose.  If the first "
"command line option given is B<--noconf> or B<--no-conf>, then these files "
"will not be read.  The currently recognised variable is:"
msgstr ""
"Les deux fichiers de configuration I</etc/devscripts.conf> et I<~/."
"devscripts> sont valus dans cet ordre par un interprteur de commandes "
"(shell) pour placer les variables de configuration. Des options de ligne "
"de commande peuvent tre utilises pour neutraliser les paramtres des "
"fichiers de configuration. Les paramtres des variables d'environnement sont "
"ignors  cette fin. Si la premire option donne en ligne de commande est "
"B<--noconf> ou B<--no-conf>, alors ces fichiers ne sont pas valus. Les "
"variables actuellement identifies sont:"

# type: TP
#: ../dscverify.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DSCVERIFY_KEYRINGS>"
msgstr "B<DSCVERIFY_KEYRINGS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../dscverify.1:40
msgid ""
"This is a colon-separated list of extra keyrings to use in addition to any "
"specified on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Liste de trousseaux de cls supplmentaires (spars par des :)  "
"utiliser en plus de ceux spcifis en ligne de commande."

# type: Plain text
#: ../dscverify.1:44
msgid "B<gpg>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr "B<gpg>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../dscverify.1:47
msgid ""
"B<dscverify> was written by Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt> "
"and posted on the debian-devel@lists.debian.org mailing list, with several "
"modifications by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"B<dscverify> a t crit par Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon."
"orgE<gt>, et post sur la liste de diffusion debian-devel@lists.debian.org. "
"Certaines modifications ont t apportes par Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian."
"orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../grep-excuses.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "GREP-EXCUSES"
msgstr "GREP-EXCUSES"

# type: Plain text
#: ../grep-excuses.1:4
msgid ""
"grep-excuses - search the testing excuses files for a specific maintainer"
msgstr ""
"grep-excuses - Rechercher les fichiers d'excuses pour testing d'un "
"responsable"

# type: Plain text
#: ../grep-excuses.1:6
msgid "B<grep-excuses> [I<options>] [I<maintainer>|I<package>]"
msgstr "B<grep-excuses> [I<options>] [I<responsable>|I<paquet>]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../grep-excuses.1:13
msgid ""
"B<grep-excuses> downloads the update_excuses.html file and greps it for the "
"specified maintainer name.  The B<libwww-perl> package is required for this "
"script.  If no name is given on the command line, first the environment "
"variable B<DEBFULLNAME> is used if it is defined, and failing that, the "
"configuration variable described below is used."
msgstr ""
"B<grep-excuses> tlcharge le fichier update_excuses.html et y recherche "
"(avec grep) un certain nom de responsable. Le paquet B<libwww-perl> est "
"ncessaire pour ce script. Si aucun nom n'est fourni en ligne de commande, "
"la variable d'environnement B<DEBFULLNAME> est utilise si elle est dfinie "
"et sinon, la variable de configuration dcrite plus bas est utilise."

# type: Plain text
#: ../grep-excuses.1:21 ../tagpending.1:29 ../whodepends.1:14
msgid "Show a brief usage message."
msgstr "Affiche un bref message d'aide."

# type: TP
#: ../grep-excuses.1:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<GREP_EXCUSES_MAINTAINER>"
msgstr "B<GREP_EXCUSES_MAINTAINER>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../grep-excuses.1:34
msgid ""
"The default maintainer, email or package to grep for if none is specified on "
"the command line."
msgstr ""
"Le responsable, l'adresse lectronique ou le paquet qui sera utilis par "
"dfaut si aucun n'est spcifi en ligne de commande."

# type: Plain text
#: ../grep-excuses.1:36 ../plotchangelog.1:126
msgid "B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr "B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../grep-excuses.1:38
msgid ""
"Joey Hess E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>; modifications by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"Joey Hess E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>; modifications par Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:24
msgid "mass-bug - mass-file a bug report against a list of packages"
msgstr ""
"mass-bug - Soumettre en masse un rapport de bogue contre une liste de paquets"

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:28
msgid "mass-bug [options] --subject=\"bug subject\" template package-list"
msgstr ""
"mass-bug [options] --subject=\"sujet du bogue\" modle liste-des-paquets"

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:32
msgid ""
"mass-bug assists in filing a mass bug report in the Debian BTS on a set of "
"packages. For each package in the package-list file (which should list one "
"package per line), it fills out the template, adds BTS pseudo-headers, and "
"either displays or sends the bug report."
msgstr ""
"mass-bug aide  soumettre un rapport de bogue en masse dans le BTS de "
"Debian, sur un ensemble de paquets. Pour chaque paquet dans le fichier liste-"
"des-paquets (qui doit lister un paquet par ligne), cette commande rcupre "
"le modle, ajoute les pseudo-en-ttes du BTS, et affiche ou envoie le "
"rapport de bogue."

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:37
msgid ""
"Warning: Some care has been taken to avoid unpleasant and common mistakes, "
"but this is still a power tool that can generate massive amounts of bug "
"report mails. Use it with care, and read the documentation in the "
"Developer's Reference about mass filing of bug reports first."
msgstr ""
"Attention: il faut tre prudent pour viter des erreurs dplaisantes et "
"habituelles, mais il s'agit toujours d'un outil puissant qui peut gnrer un "
"grand nombre de courriels pour un rapport de bogue. Utilisez-le avec "
"prcautions, et lisez d'abord la documentation dans la rfrence du "
"dveloppeur sur l'envoi de rapports de bogue en masse."

# type: SH
#: ../mass-bug.pl:42
msgid "TEMPLATE"
msgstr "MODLE"

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:44
msgid ""
"The template file is the body of the message that will be sent for each bug "
"report, excluding the BTS pseudo-headers. In the template, #PACKAGE# is "
"replaced with the name of the package."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier modle reprsente le corps du message qui sera envoy pour chaque "
"rapport de bogue, sans les pseudo-en-ttes du BTS. Dans le modle, #PACKAGE# "
"est remplac par le nom du paquet."

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:48
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Note that text in the template will be automatically word-wrapped to 70 "
"columns, up to the start of a signature (indicated by S<'-- '> at the start "
"of a line on its own)."
msgstr ""
"Notez que le texte dans le modle sera automatiquement ajust  70 colonnes "
"par ligne."

# type: Plain text
#: ../mass-bug.pl:54
msgid ""
"B<mass-bug> examines the B<devscripts> configuration files as described "
"below.  Command line options override the configuration file settings, "
"though."
msgstr ""
"B<mass-bug> examine les fichiers de configuration de B<devscripts> comme "
"dcrit ci-dessous. Les options en ligne de commande permettent de remplacer "
"les paramtres des fichiers de configuration."

# type: =item
#: ../mass-bug.pl:60
msgid "--display"
msgstr "--display"

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:62
msgid ""
"Fill out the templates for each package and display them all for "
"verification. This is the default behavior."
msgstr ""
"Complte les modles pour chaque paquet et les affiche tous pour tre "
"vrifis. C'est le comportement par dfaut."

# type: =item
#: ../mass-bug.pl:65
msgid "--send"
msgstr "--send"

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:67
msgid "Actually send the bug reports."
msgstr "Envoie rellement les rapports de bogue."

# type: =item
#: ../mass-bug.pl:69
msgid "--subject=\"bug subject\""
msgstr "--subject=\"sujet du bogue\""

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:71
msgid ""
"Specify the subject of the bug report. The subject will be automatically "
"prefixed with the name of the package that the bug is filed against."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie le sujet du rapport de bogue. Le sujet sera automatiquement prfix "
"par le nom du paquet contre lequel le bogue est soumis."

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:76
msgid ""
"Specify the sendmail command.  The command will be split on white space and "
"will not be passed to a shell.  Default is '/usr/sbin/sendmail'."
msgstr ""
"Spcifier la commande utilise pour envoyer le courriel. La commande sera "
"dcoupe en fonction des espaces et ne sera pas passe  un interprteur de "
"commandes. Par dfaut, c'est /usr/sbin/sendmail qui est utilis."

# type: Plain text
#: ../mass-bug.pl:86
msgid "Provide a usage message."
msgstr "Affiche un message sur l'utilisation."

# type: textblock
#: ../mass-bug.pl:98
msgid ""
"DEBEMAIL and EMAIL can be set in the environment to control the email "
"address that the bugs are sent from."
msgstr ""
"DEBEMAIL et EMAIL peuvent tre dfinis dans l'environnement pour contrler "
"l'adresse lectronique utilise pour envoyer les bogues."

# type: Plain text
#: ../mass-bug.pl:416
msgid "This program is Copyright (C) 2006 by Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme a t crit par Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>, Copyright (C) "
"2006."

# type: TH
#: ../mergechanges.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "MERGECHANGES"
msgstr "MERGECHANGES"

# type: Plain text
#: ../mergechanges.1:4
msgid "mergechanges - merge multiple changes files"
msgstr "mergechanges - Fusionner plusieurs fichiers changes"

# type: Plain text
#: ../mergechanges.1:6
msgid "B<mergechanges> [B<-f>] I<file1 file2> [I<file>...]"
msgstr "B<mergechanges> [B<-f>] I<fichier1 fichier2> [I<fichier>...]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../mergechanges.1:12
msgid ""
"B<mergechanges> merges two or more I<.changes> files, merging the "
"Architecture and Files fields of the two.  There are basic checks made to "
"ensure that the changes files are from the same source package and version.  "
"The first changes file is used as the basis and the information from the "
"later ones is merges into it."
msgstr ""
"B<mergechanges> fusionne deux fichiers I<.changes> (ou plus), en fusionnant "
"les champs Architecture et Files des fichiers. Des vrifications de "
"base sont effectues pour s'assurer que les fichiers changes proviennent "
"du mme paquet source et de la mme version. Le premier fichier changes "
"est utilis comme base et les informations des fichiers suivants y sont "
"ajoutes."

# type: Plain text
#: ../mergechanges.1:17
msgid ""
"The output is normally written to I<stdout>.  If the B<-f> option is given, "
"the output is written to I<package>_I<version>_multi.changes instead, in the "
"same directory as the first changes file listed."
msgstr ""
"La sortie est normalement dirige vers la sortie standard (I<stdout>). Si "
"l'option B<-f> est utilise, la sortie est crite dans "
"I<paquet>_I<version>_multi.changes, dans le mme rpertoire que le premier "
"fichier changes."

# type: Plain text
#: ../mergechanges.1:19
msgid ""
"Gergely Nagy E<lt>algernon@debian.orgE<gt>, modifications by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"Gergely Nagy E<lt>algernon@debian.orgE<gt>, modifications par Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../nmudiff.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "NMUDIFF"
msgstr "NMUDIFF"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:4
msgid "nmudiff - email an NMU diff to the Debian BTS"
msgstr ""
"nmudiff - Envoyer un mail contenant le diff d'un NMU vers le BTS Debian"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:6
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<nmudiff> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<tagpending> [I<options>]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<nmudiff> should be run in the source tree of the package being NMUed, "
"after the NMU is built. It assumes that the source packages (specifically, "
"the .dsc and any corresponding tar and diff files) for both the previous "
"version of the package and the newly built NMU version are in the parent "
"directory. It then uses B<debdiff> to generate a diff between the previous "
"version and the current NMU, and either runs mutt or an editor (using "
"B<sensible-editor>) so that the mail message (including the diff) can be "
"examined and modified; once you exit the editor the diff will be mailed to "
"the Debian BTS."
msgstr ""
"B<nmudiff> devrait tre lanc dans l'arbre des sources du paquet devant tre "
"NMU-, aprs que le NMU a t construit. Cela suppose que le source pour la "
"version prcdente du paquet tant que celui de la version nouvellement "
"construite soient dans le rpertoire en dessous, et B<debdiff> est utilis "
"pour gnrer un diff du NMU. Ensuite B<mutt> est utilis pour lancer un "
"diteur de sorte que le diff puisse tre examin et modifi; une fois que "
"vous avez quitt l'diteur, le diff est envoy par mail au systme de "
"gestion de bogues (BTS) Debian."

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:21
msgid ""
"The default behaviour is that if exactly one bug is closed by this NMU, then "
"that bug will be mailed, otherwise a new bug will be submitted.  This "
"behaviour may be changed by command line options and configuration file "
"options."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../nmudiff.1:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new>"
msgstr "B<--news>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:26
msgid ""
"Instead of mailing the bug reports which are to be closed by this NMU, a new "
"bug report is submitted directly to the BTS."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../nmudiff.1:26
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--old>"
msgstr "B<--linda>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:31
msgid ""
"Send the bug report to all of the bugs which are being closed by this NMU, "
"rather than opening a new bug report.  This option has no effect if no bugs "
"are being closed by this NMU."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../nmudiff.1:31
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--mutt>"
msgstr "B<--multi>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:36
msgid ""
"Use B<mutt>(1) for editing and sending the message to the BTS (default "
"behaviour).  This can be controlled using a configuration file option (see "
"below)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../nmudiff.1:36
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-mutt>"
msgstr "B<--multi>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:41
msgid ""
"Use B<sensible-editor>(1) to edit the message and then mail it directly "
"using I</usr/bin/sendmail>.  This can be controlled using a configuration "
"file option (see below)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../nmudiff.1:41
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--sendmail> I<SENDMAILCMD>"
msgstr "--sendmail=COMMANDE_D_ENVOI_DE_MAIL"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:51
msgid ""
"Specify the sendmail command.  The command will be split on white space and "
"will be interpreted by the shell.  Default is I</usr/sbin/sendmail>.  The I<-"
"t> option will be automatically added if the command is I</usr/sbin/"
"sendmail> or I</usr/sbin/exim*>.  For other mailers, if they require a I<-t> "
"option, this must be included in the I<SENDMAILCMD>, for example: --sendmail="
"\"/usr/sbin/mymailer -t\".  This can also be set using the devscripts "
"configuration files; see below."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../nmudiff.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--from> I<EMAIL>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:59
msgid ""
"If using the sendmail (B<--no-mutt) option, then the email to the BTS will "
"be sent using the name and address in the environment variable DEBEMAIL.  If "
"this is not set, then the variable EMAIL will be used instead.  These can be "
"overridden using the --from> option.  The program will not work in this case "
"if an email address cannot be determined."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../nmudiff.1:75
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<NMUDIFF_MUTT>"
msgstr "NMUDIFF"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:80
msgid ""
"Can be \"yes\" (default) or \"no\", and specifies whether to use B<mutt> to "
"compose and send the message or not, as described above."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../nmudiff.1:80
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<NMUDIFF_NEWREPORT>"
msgstr "NMUDIFF"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:88
msgid ""
"This option controls whether a new bug report is made, or whether the diff "
"is sent to the bugs closed by this NMU.  Can be \"maybe\" (default), which "
"sends to the existing bug reports if exactly one bug is being closed; \"yes"
"\", which always creates a new report, or \"no\", which always sends to the "
"reports of the bugs being closed (unless no bugs are being closed, in which "
"case a new report is always made)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../nmudiff.1:88
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<BTS_SENDMAIL_COMMAND>"
msgstr "BTS_SENDMAIL_COMMAND"

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:97
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<debdiff>(1), B<sensible-editor>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr "B<dpkg-deb>(8), B<debdiff>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../nmudiff.1:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"B<nmudiff> was written and is copyright 2006 by Steinar H. Gunderson and "
"modified by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  The software may be "
"freely redistributed under the terms and conditions of the GNU General "
"Public Licence, version 2."
msgstr ""
"B<nmudiff> a t crit par Steinar H. Gunderson. C'est un logiciel libre qui "
"peut tre redistribu suivant les termes de la licence publique gnrale "
"GNU, version 2."

# type: TH
#: ../plotchangelog.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "PLOTCHANGELOG"
msgstr "PLOTCHANGELOG"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:4
msgid "plotchangelog - graph debian changelogs"
msgstr "plotchangelog - Reprsenter les changements sous forme de graphique"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:7
msgid "B<plotchangelog> I<[options] changelog ...>"
msgstr "B<plotchangelog> I<[options] changelog ...>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:17
msgid ""
"B<plotchangelog> is a tool to aid in visualizing a Debian changelog. The "
"changelogs are graphed with B<gnuplot>(1)  , with the X axis of the graph "
"denoting time of release and the Y axis denoting the debian version number "
"of the package. Each individual release of the package is represented by a "
"point, and the points are color coded to indicate who released that version "
"of the package. The upstream version number of the package can also be "
"labeled on the graph."
msgstr ""
"B<plotchangelog> est un outil qui aide  visualiser les informations d'un "
"fichier changelog. Ces informations sont affiches graphiquement avec "
"B<gnuplot>(1), avec sur l'axe des abscisses la date des versions, et sur "
"l'axe des ordonnes le numro de version Debian d'un paquet. Chaque version "
"individuelle d'un paquet est reprsente par un point, dont la couleur "
"indique qui a fourni cette version. Le numro de version amont peut "
"galement tre affich sur le graphique."

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:21
msgid ""
"Alternatively, the Y axis can be configured to display the size of the "
"changelog entry for each new version. Or it can be configured to display "
"approximately how many bugs were fixed for each new version."
msgstr ""
"L'axe des ordonnes peut galement tre configur de manire  indiquer la "
"taille de l'entre du fichier changelog pour chaque nouvelle version. Il "
"peut aussi tre configur de manire  indiquer approximativement combien de "
"bogues ont t corrigs par chaque nouvelle version."

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:24
msgid ""
"Note that if the package is a debian-specific package, the entire package "
"version will be used for the Y axis. This does not always work perfectly."
msgstr ""
"Notez que s'il s'agit d'un paquet spcifique Debian, l'axe des Y utilisera "
"les versions du paquet. Cela ne fonctionne pas toujours trs bien."

# type: SH
#: ../plotchangelog.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "READING THE GRAPH"
msgstr "LECTURE DU GRAPHIQUE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:33
msgid ""
"The general outline of a package's graph is typically a series of peaks, "
"starting at 1, going up to n, and then returning abruptly to 1. The higher "
"the peaks, the more releases the maintainer made between new upstream "
"versions of the package. If a package is debian-only, it's graph will just "
"grow upwards without ever falling (although a bug in this program may cause "
"it to fall sometimes, if the version number goes from say, 0.9 to say, 0.10 "
"- this is interpreted wrong..)"
msgstr ""
"La silhouette du graphique d'un paquet est en rgle gnrale une srie de "
"pics, dmarrant  1, allant jusqu' n, et retournant  1 juste aprs. Plus "
"un pic est important, plus le responsable a fourni de versions du paquet "
"pour une version amont. Pour un paquet uniquement pour Debian, son graphique "
"sera croissant sans jamais redescendre (mme si un bogue du programme peut, "
" cause d'une mauvaise interprtation, le faire redescendre, si la version "
"passe par exemple de 0.9  0.10)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:40
msgid ""
"If the graph dips below 1, someone made a NMU of the package and upgraded it "
"to a new upstream version, thus setting the debian version to 0. NMU's in "
"general appear as fractional points like 1.1, 2.1, etc. A NMU can also be "
"easily detected by looking at the points that represent which maintainer "
"uploaded the package -- a solitary point of a different type than the points "
"before and after it is typically a NMU."
msgstr ""
"Si le graphique plonge  une valeur infrieure  1, cela signifie que "
"quelqu'un a fait un NMU pour le paquet en mme temps qu'une mise  jour vers "
"une nouvelle version amont, ce qui place la version Debian  0. En rgle "
"gnrale, les NMUs apparaissent comme des nombres  virgule: 1.1, 2.1, etc. "
"Un NMU peut galement tre facilement dtect en regardant sur les points "
"quel responsable a envoy le paquet: un point isol d'un type diffrent des "
"points prcdents et suivants est souvent le signe d'un NMU."

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:43
msgid ""
"It's also easy to tell by looking at the points when a package changes "
"maintainers."
msgstr ""
"Il est galement facile de trouver quand un paquet a chang de responsable "
"en jetant un coup d'oeil aux points."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l, --linecount>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--linecount>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:50
msgid ""
"Instead of using the debian version number as the Y axis, use the number of "
"lines in the changelog entry for each version.  Cannot be used together with "
"B<--bugcount>."
msgstr ""
"Au lieu d'utiliser le numro de version Debian pour l'axe des ordonnes, "
"utilise le nombre de lignes de l'entre du fichier changelog pour chaque "
"version. Cette option ne peut pas tre utilise en mme temps que B<--"
"bugcount>."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b, --bugcount>"
msgstr "B<-b>, B<--bugcount>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:57
msgid ""
"Instead of using the debian version number as the Y axis, use the number of "
"bugs that were closed by each changelog entry. Note that this number is "
"obtained by searching for \"#dddd\" in the changelog, and so it may be "
"inaccurate.  Cannot be used together with B<--linecount>."
msgstr ""
"Au lieu d'utiliser le numro de version Debian pour l'axe des ordonnes, "
"utilise le nombre de bogues ferms par chaque entre du fichier changelog. "
"Notez que ce nombre de bogues est trouv en recherchant #dddd dans le "
"fichier changelog, et peut donc tre imprcis. Cette option ne peut pas tre "
"utilise avec B<--linecount>."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c, --cumulative>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--cumulative>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:65
msgid ""
"When used together with either B<--bugcount> or B<--linecount>, graphs the "
"cumulative count rather than the count in each individual changelog entry."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'elle est utilise avec les options B<--bugcount> ou B<--linecount>, "
"effectue un dcompte incrmental plutt qu'un dcompte individuel pour "
"chaque entre du fichier changelog."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v, --no-version>"
msgstr "B<-v>, B<--no-version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:68
msgid ""
"Do not show upstream version labels. Useful if the graph gets too crowded."
msgstr ""
"N'affiche pas les versions amont, ce qui est utile lorsque le graphique est "
"trop charg."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m, --no-maint>"
msgstr "B<-m>, B<--no-maint>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:71
msgid "Do not differentiate between different maintainers of the package."
msgstr "Ne fait pas de diffrence entre les diffrents responsables du paquet."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s file, --save=file>"
msgstr "B<-s> I<fichier>, B<--save>=I<fichier>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:75
msgid ""
"Save the graph to \"file\" in postscript format instead of immediately "
"displaying it."
msgstr ""
"Sauver le graphe dans le I<fichier> au format PostScript, au lieu de "
"l'afficher immdiatement."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u, --urgency>"
msgstr "B<-u>, B<--urgency>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:78
msgid "Use larger points when displaying higher-urgency package uploads."
msgstr ""
"Utilise des points plus gros pour les versions ayant un niveau d'urgence "
"plus important."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:78 ../uscan.1:385
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<--verbose>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:81
msgid ""
"Output the gnuplot script that is fed into gnuplot (for debugging purposes)."
msgstr "Affiche le script qui est fourni  gnuplot (pour le dbogage)."

# NOTE: \" manquant
# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>I<commands,>B<--gnuplot=\">I<commands>"
msgstr "B<-g>I<commandes>, B<--gnuplot>=\"I<commandes>\""

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:92
msgid ""
"This allows you to insert B<gnuplot>(1)  commands into the gnuplot script "
"that is used to generate the graph. The commands are placed after all "
"initialization but before the final \"plot\" command. This can be used to "
"override the default look provided by this program in arbitrary ways. You "
"can also use things like \"set terminal png color\" to change the output "
"file type, which is useful in conjunction with the -s option."
msgstr ""
"Ces options vous permettent d'insrer des commandes B<gnuplot>(1) dans le "
"script gnuplot utilis pour gnrer le graphique. Les commandes sont places "
"aprs l'initialisation, mais avant la commande plot finale. Elles "
"peuvent tre utilises pour remplacer l'apparence par dfaut fournie par ce "
"programme de faon arbitraire. Vous pouvez galement utiliser quelque chose "
"comme set terminal png color pour modifier le type du fichier de sortie, "
"ce qui peut tre utile avec l'option -s."

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:95
msgid "Show a usage summary."
msgstr "Affiche un rsum d'aide."

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:98
msgid "Display version, author and copyright information."
msgstr "Affiche la version, le nom de l'auteur, et le copyright."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--noconf, --no-conf>"
msgstr "B<--noconf>, B<--no-conf>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:101
msgid "Do not read any configuration files (see below)."
msgstr "Ne lit aucun fichier de configuration (voir ci-dessous)."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<changelog ...>"
msgstr "B<changelog ...>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:106
msgid ""
"The changelog files to graph. If multiple files are specified they will all "
"be display on the same graph. The files may be compressed with gzip. Any "
"text in them that is not in Debian changelog format will be ignored."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier changelog dont on veut le graphique. Si plusieurs fichiers sont "
"spcifis, ils seront affichs sur le mme graphique. Les fichiers peuvent "
"tre compresss avec gzip. Tout texte n'tant pas dans le format des "
"fichiers changelog de Debian sera ignor."

# NOTE: presque identique, var env cleaned only when files are read
# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:113
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  The B<--no-"
"conf> option can be used to prevent reading these files.  Environment "
"variable settings are ignored when these configuration files are read.  The "
"currently recognised variables are:"
msgstr ""
"Les deux fichiers de configuration I</etc/devscripts.conf> et I<~/."
"devscripts> sont valus dans cet ordre par un interprteur de commandes "
"(shell) pour placer les variables de configuration. Des options de ligne "
"de commande peuvent tre utilises pour neutraliser les paramtres des "
"fichiers de configuration. Les paramtres des variables d'environnement sont "
"ignors  cette fin. Si la premire option donne en ligne de commande est "
"B<--no-conf>, alors ces fichiers ne sont pas valus. Les variables "
"actuellement identifies sont:"

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<PLOTCHANGELOG_OPTIONS>"
msgstr "B<PLOTCHANGELOG_OPTIONS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:118
msgid ""
"This is a space-separated list of options to always use, for example \"-l -b"
"\".  Do not include \"-g\" or \"--gnuplot\" among this list as it may be "
"ignored; see the next variable instead."
msgstr ""
"Liste d'options  toujours utiliser. Les options sont spares par des "
"espaces. Par exemple, -l -b. N'incluez pas les options -g ou --"
"gnuplot dans cette liste, elles seraient ignores; voyez plutt l'option "
"suivante."

# type: TP
#: ../plotchangelog.1:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<PLOTCHANGELOG_GNUPLOT>"
msgstr "B<PLOTCHANGELOG_GNUPLOT>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:124
msgid ""
"These are B<gnuplot> commands which will be prepended to any such commands "
"given on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Ce sont les commandes B<gnuplot> qui sont utilises avant toute commande "
"gnuplot fournie en ligne de commande."

# type: Plain text
#: ../plotchangelog.1:127
msgid "Joey Hess E<lt>joey@kitenet.netE<gt>"
msgstr "Joey Hess E<lt>joey@kitenet.netE<gt>"

# type: TH
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "PTS-SUBSCRIBE"
msgstr "PTS-SUBSCRIBE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:4
msgid "pts-subscribe - time-limited subscription to the PTS"
msgstr "pts-subscribe - Abonnement au PTS limit dans le temps"

# type: Plain text
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:6
msgid "B<pts-subscribe> [options] I<package>"
msgstr "B<pts-subscribe> [options] I<paquet>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:10
msgid ""
"B<pts-subscribe> sends a subscription request for I<package> to the Package "
"Tracking System at pts@qa.debian.org, and cancels the subscription 30 days "
"later."
msgstr ""
"B<pts-subscribe> envoie une demande d'abonnement pour le I<paquet> au "
"systme de suivi des paquets (PTS),  pts@qa.debian.org, et se dsabonne "
"30jours plus tard."

# type: Plain text
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:13
msgid ""
"This utility is useful if a developer has made an NMU and wants to track the "
"package for a limited period of time."
msgstr ""
"Cet outil est utile si un dveloppeur a effectu un NMU et veut suivre le "
"paquet concern pendant une priode limite."

# type: TP
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:14
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--until >I<time>, B<-u> I<time>"
msgstr "B<--until >I<date>, B<-u> I<date>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:19
msgid ""
"When B<at>(1) should cancel the subscription.  I<time> must be specified "
"using B<at>'s syntax.  Default is 'now + 30 days'.  This option will "
"probably require quoting!"
msgstr ""
"Date  laquelle B<at>(1) doit envoyer la demande de dsabonnement, en "
"utilisant la syntaxe de B<at>. La valeur par dfaut est now + 30 days. "
"Cette option doit probablement tre protge avec des guillemets."

# type: TP
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--forever>"
msgstr "B<--forever>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:23
msgid ""
"Don't cancel the subscription automatically.  This can also be specified as "
"B<--until forever>."
msgstr ""
"Ne pas supprimer l'abonnement automatiquement. Ceci peut galement tre "
"spcifi avec B<--until forever>."

# type: TP
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBEMAIL>, B<EMAIL>"
msgstr "B<DEBEMAIL>, B<EMAIL>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:37
msgid ""
"If one of these is set (with preference give to DEBEMAIL), then this will be "
"used for the subscription address.  If neither is set, then the email will "
"be sent without a specified subscription address, and the email's From: line "
"will be used to determine the sender's address.  This will be determined by "
"B<mail>(1)."
msgstr ""
"Si l'une d'elles est spcifie (avec une prfrence donne  DEBEMAIL), "
"alors elle est utilise comme adresse d'abonnement. Si aucune n'est "
"spcifie, alors le courriel va tre envoy sans adresse d'abonnement et la "
"ligne From: du courriel va tre utilise pour dterminer l'adresse de "
"l'metteur du courriel. Ceci va tre dtermin par B<mail>(1)."

# type: TP
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<PTS_UNTIL>"
msgstr "B<PTS_UNTIL>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:46
msgid "Setting this is equivalent to giving a B<--until> option."
msgstr "quivaut  fournir une option B<--until>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:51
msgid ""
"B<at>(1), information about the Package Tracking System in the Developer's "
"Reference at http://www.debian.org/doc/developers-reference/ch-resources#s-"
"pkg-tracking-system"
msgstr ""
"B<at>(1), informations  propos du systme de suivi des paquets (PTS) dans "
"la Rfrence du Dveloppeur  http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/developers-"
"reference/ch-resources.fr.html#s-pkg-tracking-system"

# type: Plain text
#: ../pts-subscribe.1:54
msgid ""
"This program was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> based on "
"a public domain prototype by Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt> "
"and is copyright under the GPL, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""
"Ce programme a t crit par Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>, bas "
"sur un prototype plac dans le domaine public par Raphal Hertzog "
"E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt> et est distribu sous licence GPL, version 2 ou "
"ultrieure."

# type: TH
#: ../rc-alert.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "RC-ALERT"
msgstr "RC-ALERT"

# type: Plain text
#: ../rc-alert.1:4
msgid "rc-alert - check for installed packages with release-critical bugs"
msgstr ""
"rc-alert - Rechercher les paquets installs ayant des bogues empchant leur "
"intgration dans la prochaine distribution"

# type: TP
#: ../rc-alert.1:6
msgid "B<rc-alert>"
msgstr "B<rc-alert>"

# type: TP
#: ../rc-alert.1:8
msgid "B<rc-alert --help|--version>"
msgstr "B<rc-alert --help|--version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../rc-alert.1:12
msgid ""
"B<rc-alert> downloads the list of release-critical bugs from the Debian BTS "
"webpages, and then outputs a list of packages installed on the system which "
"are in that list."
msgstr ""
"B<rc-alert> tlcharge la liste des bogues empchant l'intgration de "
"paquets dans la prochaine distribution (release-critical) depuis les "
"pages web du BTS Debian, puis affiche l'ensemble des paquets installs sur "
"le systme qui se trouve dans cette liste."

# type: Plain text
#: ../rc-alert.1:17
msgid ""
"If the directory I<~/.devscripts_cache> exists or the B<--cache> option is "
"given, then the (sizable) downloaded list will be cached, and will only be "
"downloaded again on a second invocation if it has changed."
msgstr ""
"Si le rpertoire I<~/.devscripts_cache> existe ou que l'option B<--cache> "
"est donne, la liste de tlchargement (qui peut tre importante) sera mise "
"en cache et sera seulement tlcharge une nouvelle fois lors d'une seconde "
"invocation si elle a chang."

# type: TP
#: ../rc-alert.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--cache>"
msgstr "B<--cache>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../rc-alert.1:21
msgid "Force the creation of the I<~/.devscripts_cache> cache directory."
msgstr "Force la cration du rpertoire de cache I<~/.devscripts_cache>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../rc-alert.1:29
msgid "B<popbugs(1)>"
msgstr "B<popbugs(1)>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../rc-alert.1:31
msgid ""
"B<rc-alert> was written by Anthony DeRobertis and modified by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> for the devscripts package."
msgstr ""
"B<rc-alert> a t crit par Anthony DeRobertis et a t modifi par Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> pour le paquet devscripts."

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:115
msgid "rmadison -- Remotely query the Debian archive database about packages"
msgstr ""
"rmadison -- Interroger  distance la base de donnes de l'archive Debian"

# type: Plain text
#: ../rmadison.pl:121
msgid "B<rmadison> [I<options>] I<package> ..."
msgstr "B<rmadison> [I<options>] I<paquet> ..."

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:127
msgid ""
"The B<madison> tool queries the Debian archive database (\"projectb\") and "
"displays which package version is registered per architecture/component/"
"suite.  The CGI at B<http://qa.debian.org/madison.php> provides that service "
"without requiring ssh access to ftp-master.debian.org or the mirror on "
"merkel.debian.org. This script, B<rmadison>, is a command line frontend to "
"this CGI."
msgstr ""
"L'outil B<madison> interroge la base d'archive Debian (projectb) et "
"affiche les versions de paquet enregistres par architecture/composant/"
"distribution. Le script CGI  B<http://qa.debian.org/madison.php> met ce "
"service  disposition, de sorte qu'un accs SSH  ftp-master.debian.org ou "
"au miroir merkel.debian.org n'est pas requis. Ce script, B<rmadison>, est un "
"frontal en ligne de commande pour ce script CGI."

# type: =item
#: ../rmadison.pl:138
msgid "B<-a>, B<--architecture=ARCH>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--architecture=ARCH>"

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:140
msgid "only show info for ARCH(s)"
msgstr "N'afficher les informations que pour ARCH(s)."

# type: TP
#: ../rmadison.pl:142
msgid "B<-b>, B<--binary-type=TYPE>"
msgstr "B<-b>, B<--binary-type=TYPE>"

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:144
msgid "only show info for binary TYPE"
msgstr "N'afficher les informations que pour les binaires TYPE."

# type: =item
#: ../rmadison.pl:146
msgid "B<-c>, B<--component=COMPONENT>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--component=COMPOSANT>"

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:148
msgid "only show info for COMPONENT(s)"
msgstr "N'afficher les informations que pour COMPOSANT(s)."

# type: TP
#: ../rmadison.pl:150
msgid "B<-g>, B<--greaterorequal>"
msgstr "B<-g>, B<--greaterorequal>"

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:152
msgid "show buildd 'dep-wait pkg >= {highest version}' info"
msgstr ""
"Afficher les informations de dmon d'empaquetage dep-wait pkg >= {highest "
"version}."

# type: TP
#: ../rmadison.pl:154
msgid "B<-G>, B<--greaterthan>"
msgstr "B<-G>, B<--greaterthan>"

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:156
msgid "show buildd 'dep-wait pkg >> {highest version}' info"
msgstr ""
"Afficher les informations de dmon d'empaquetage dep-wait pkg >> {highest "
"version}."

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:160
msgid "show this help and exit"
msgstr "Afficher cette aide et quitter."

# type: TP
#: ../rmadison.pl:162
msgid "B<-r>, B<--regex>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--regex>"

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:164
msgid ""
"treat PACKAGE as a regex. Since that can easily DoS the database (\"-r .\"), "
"this option is not supported by the CGI and rmadison."
msgstr ""
"Considrer PAQUET comme une expression rationnelle. tant donn que cela "
"peut facilement crer un dni de service sur la base de donnes (-r .), "
"cette option n'est pas supporte par le script CGI ni par rmadison."

# type: TP
#: ../rmadison.pl:167
msgid "B<-s>, B<--suite=SUITE>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--suite=DISTRIBUTION>"

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:169
msgid "only show info for this suite"
msgstr "N'afficher des informations que pour cette distribution."

# type: TP
#: ../rmadison.pl:171
msgid "B<-S>, B<--source-and-binary>"
msgstr "B<-S>, B<--source-and-binary>"

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:173
msgid "show info for the binary children of source pkgs"
msgstr "Afficher les informations pour les binaires issus des paquets source."

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:177
msgid "show version and exit"
msgstr "Afficher la version et quitter."

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:181
msgid ""
"ARCH, COMPONENT and SUITE can be comma (or space) separated lists, e.g.  --"
"architecture=m68k,i386"
msgstr ""
"ARCH, COMPOSANT et DISTRIBUTION peuvent tre des listes dont les lments "
"sont spars par des virgules (ou des espaces), par exemple --"
"architecture=m68k,i386."

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:186
msgid "madison-lite(1), madison(1)."
msgstr "madison-lite(1), madison(1)."

# type: textblock
#: ../rmadison.pl:190
msgid ""
"rmadison and http://qa.debian.org/madison.php were written by Christoph Berg "
"<myon@debian.org>. madison itself is part of dak, written by James Troup "
"<james@nocrew.org>, Anthony Towns <ajt@debian.org>, and others."
msgstr ""
"rmadison et http://qa.debian.org/madison.php ont t crits par Christoph "
"Berg <myon@debian.org>. madison fait lui-mme partie de dak, crit par James "
"Troup <james@nocrew.org>, Anthony Towns <ajt@debian.org> et d'autres."

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:5
msgid "svnpath - output svn url with support for tags and branches"
msgstr "svnpath - Afficher l'URL svn avec la gestion des tags et des branches"

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:9
msgid "svnpath"
msgstr "svnpath"

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:11
msgid "svnpath tags"
msgstr "svnpath tags"

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:13
msgid "svnpath branches"
msgstr "svnpath branches"

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:15
msgid "svnpath trunk"
msgstr "svnpath trunk"

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:19
msgid "svnpath is intended to be run in a subversion working copy."
msgstr ""
"svnpath est destin  tre utilis dans une copie de travail subversion."

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:21
msgid ""
"In its simplest usage, svnpath with no parameters outputs the svn url for "
"the repository associated with the working copy."
msgstr ""
"Dans son utilisation la plus simple, svnpath sans paramtre affiche l'URL "
"svn pour le rfrentiel associ  la copie de travail."

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:24
msgid ""
"If a parameter is given, svnpath attempts to instead output the url that "
"would be used for the tags, branches, or trunk. This will only work if it's "
"run in the top-level directory that is subject to tagging or branching."
msgstr ""
"Si un paramtre est donn, svnpath essaie d'afficher  la place l'URL qui "
"serait utilise pour les tags, les branches ou le tronc. Ceci ne "
"fonctionnera que si la commande est lance dans le niveau suprieur qui sera "
"sujet aux marquages et aux mises en branches."

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:28
msgid ""
"For example, if you want to tag what's checked into subversion as version "
"1.0, you could use a command like this:"
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, si vous voulez marquer ce qui est dans subversion comme la "
"version 1.0, vous pouvez utiliser une commande telle que:"

# type: verbatim
#: ../svnpath.pl:31
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  svn cp $(svnpath) $(svnpath tags)/1.0\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"  svn cp $(svnpath) $(svnpath tags)/1.0\n"
"\n"

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:33
msgid ""
"That's much easier than using svn info to look up the repository url and "
"manually modifying it to derive the url to use for the tag, and typing in "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
"C'est beaucoup plus simple que d'utiliser svn info pour regarder l'URL du "
"rfrentiel et de la modifier manuellement pour en dduire l'URL  utiliser "
"pour les tags, et de taper quelque chose comme:"

# type: verbatim
#: ../svnpath.pl:37
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  svn cp svn+ssh://my.server.example/svn/project/trunk svn+ssh://my.server.example/svn/project/tags/1.0\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"  svn cp svn+ssh://mon.serveur.exemple/svn/project/trunk svn+ssh://mon.serveur.exemple/svn/project/tags/1.0\n"
"\n"

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:39
msgid ""
"svnpath uses a simple heuristic to convert between the trunk, tags, and "
"branches paths. It replaes the first occurance of \"trunk\", \"tags\", or "
"\"branches\" with the name of what you're looking for. This will work ok for "
"most typical subversion repository layouts."
msgstr ""
"svnpath utilise une heuristique simple pour convertir les chemins entre "
"trunk, tags et branches. Elle remplace la premire occurrence de trunk, "
"tags ou branches avec le nom que vous recherchez. Ceci fonctionnera "
"dans la plupart des configurations subversion habituelles."

# type: textblock
#: ../svnpath.pl:44
msgid ""
"If you have an atypical layout and it does not work, you can add a ~/."
"svnpath file. This file is perl code, which can modify the path in $url.  "
"For example, the author uses this file:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez une configuration inhabituelle et que cela ne fonctionne pas, "
"vous pouvez ajouter un fichier ~/.svnpath. Ce fichier est du code perl, qui "
"peut modifier le chemin dans $url. Par exemple:"

# type: verbatim
#: ../svnpath.pl:48
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" #!/usr/bin/perl\n"
" # svnpath personal override file\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
" #!/usr/bin/perl\n"
" # fichier de remplacement personnel pour svnpath\n"
"\n"

# type: verbatim
#: ../svnpath.pl:51
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" # For d-i I sometimes work from a full d-i tree branch. Remove that from\n"
" # the path to get regular tags or branches directories.\n"
" $url=~s!d-i/(rc|beta)[0-9]+/!!;\n"
" $url=~s!d-i/sarge/!!;\n"
" 1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
" # Pour l'installateur debian, il est parfois utile de travailler\n"
" # avec une branche complte. Il faut donc supprimer ceci du chemin\n"
" # pour obtenir les rpertoires tags et branches habituels.\n"
" $url=~s!d-i/(rc|beta)[0-9]+/!!;\n"
" $url=~s!d-i/sarge/!!;\n"
" 1\n"
"\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../svnpath.pl:99
msgid "Joey Hess <joey@kitenet.net>"
msgstr "Joey Hess <joey@kitenet.net>"

# type: TH
#: ../tagpending.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "TAG-PENDING"
msgstr "TAG-PENDING"

# type: Plain text
#: ../tagpending.1:4
msgid "tagpending - Tag all bugs not marked pending as such"
msgstr ""
"tagpending - Placer l'tiquette pending sur tous les bogues non marqus "
"en tant que tel"

# type: Plain text
#: ../tagpending.1:6
msgid "B<tagpending> [I<options>]"
msgstr "B<tagpending> [I<options>]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../tagpending.1:12
msgid ""
"B<tagpending> looks for and parses debian/changelog and debian/control to "
"find out what bugs the impending release would close, and sends mail using "
"B<mail(1)> to B<control@bugs.debian.org> tagging the bugs as pending. It "
"queries the BTS to look up the bugs marked as pending for that package and "
"excludes those from being re-tagged in the email."
msgstr ""
"B<tagpending> recherche et analyse les fichiers debian/changelog et debian/"
"control afin de trouver quels bogues seront ferms par la version en cours, "
"puis envoie un courrier  B<control@bugs.debian.org> avec B<mail>(1) pour "
"placer les tiquettes pending sur ces bogues. Il interroge le BTS (le "
"systme de suivi des bogues Debian) pour obtenir les bogues dj marqus par "
"une tiquette pending du paquet et les exclut du courrier."

# type: TP
#: ../tagpending.1:13
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-n>, B<--noact>"
msgstr "B<--nmu>, B<-n>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../tagpending.1:16
msgid "Do not actually send an email, but print it to stdout."
msgstr "N'envoie pas le courrier, mais l'affiche sur la sortie standard."

# type: TP
#: ../tagpending.1:16
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s>, B<--silent>"
msgstr "B<-i>,B<--stdin>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../tagpending.1:19
msgid "Don't print actions taken."
msgstr "N'affiche pas les actions effectues."

# type: TP
#: ../tagpending.1:19
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../tagpending.1:22
msgid "List every bug checked."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../tagpending.1:22
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--regex>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../tagpending.1:26
msgid ""
"Do not query the BTS for already tagged bugs, that is, force all bugs to be "
"tagged as pending even if they already are."
msgstr ""
"N'interroge pas le BTS pour obtenir la liste des bogues dj marqus, mais "
"force l'tiquette pending sur tous les bogues, mme ceux qui l'ont dj."

# type: Plain text
#: ../tagpending.1:37
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<ldapsearch>(1), B<mailx>(1)  and B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)"
msgstr "B<ldapsearch>(1), B<mailx>(1), B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)"

# type: Plain text
#: ../tagpending.1:39
msgid ""
"Joshua Kwan E<lt>joshk@triplehelix.orgE<gt>.  This manpage and the "
"associated programme are licensed under the terms of the GPL, version 2."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../uscan.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "USCAN"
msgstr "USCAN"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:4
msgid "uscan - scan upstream sources for new releases of software"
msgstr "uscan - Tester la disponibilit d'une nouvelle version amont"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:6
msgid "B<uscan> [I<options>] [I<path-to-debian-source-packages> ...]"
msgstr "B<uscan> [I<options>] [I<chemin-vers-le-paquet-source> ...]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:16
msgid ""
"B<uscan> scans the given directories (or the current directory if none are "
"specified) and all of their subdirectories for packages containing a control "
"file I<debian/watch>.  Parameters are then read from those control files and "
"upstream ftp or http sites are inspected for newly available updates (as "
"compared with the upstream version number retrieved from the I<debian/"
"changelog> file in the same directory).  The newest updates are retrieved "
"(as determined by their version numbers) and if specified in the watchfile, "
"a program may then be executed on the newly downloaded source."
msgstr ""
"B<uscan> parcourt les rpertoires donns (ou le rpertoire courant si aucun "
"n'est spcifi) et tous leurs sous-rpertoires  la recherche de paquets "
"contenant un fichier de contrle I<debian/watch>. Les paramtres de ces "
"fichiers de contrle sont ensuite analyss, et les sites FTP ou HTTP amont "
"sont inspects pour tester la prsence de nouvelles mises  jour (qui sont "
"compares aux numros de version amont des fichiers I<debian/changelog> du "
"mme rpertoire). Les mises  jour les plus rcentes (en fonction de leur "
"numro de version) sont rcupres et un programme est excut sur les "
"sources tlcharges si c'est spcifi dans le fichier watch."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:21
msgid ""
"The traditional I<debian/watch> files can still be used, but the current "
"format offers both simpler and more flexible services.  We do not describe "
"the old format here; for their documentation, see the source code for uscan."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers I<debian/watch> traditionnels peuvent encore tre utiliss, "
"mais le format actuel est  la fois plus simple et offre des services plus "
"souples. L'ancien format n'est pas dcrit ici. Pour la documentation de "
"l'ancien format, reportez-vous au code source de uscan."

# type: SH
#: ../uscan.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "FORMAT of debian/watch files"
msgstr "FORMAT du fichier debian/watch"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:28
msgid ""
"The following demonstrates the type of entries which can appear in a "
"I<debian/watch> file.  Obviously, not all of these would appear in one such "
"file; usually, one would have one line for the current package."
msgstr ""
"L'exemple suivant montre le type d'entre que l'on peut trouver dans un "
"fichier I<debian/watch>. Bien sr, toutes ces entres n'apparatront pas "
"dans un seul fichier. Il y a d'habitude une seule ligne pour le paquet "
"courant."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# format version number, currently 3; this line is compulsory!\n"
"version=3\n"
msgstr ""
"# numro de version du format, actuellement 3.\n"
"# Cette ligne est obligatoire!\n"
"version=3\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "# Line continuations are performed with \\e\n"
msgstr "# Les lignes peuvent tre poursuivies  la ligne suivante avec un \\e\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This the format for an FTP site:\n"
"# Full-site-with-pattern  [Version  [Action]]\n"
"ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/web/c_cpp/cweb/cweb-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz \\e\n"
"  debian  uupdate\n"
msgstr ""
"# Voici le format pour un site FTP:\n"
"# Nom-complet-du-site-avec-modle [Version [Action]]\n"
"ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/web/c_cpp/cweb/cweb-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz \\e\n"
"  debian  uupdate\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:44
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is the format for an FTP site with regex special characters in\n"
"# the filename part\n"
"ftp://ftp.worldforge.org/pub/worldforge/libs/Atlas-C++/transitional/Atlas-C\\e+\\e+-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""
"# Voici la syntaxe pour un site FTP, avec une expression rationnelle \n"
"# dans le nom du fichier\n"
"ftp://ftp.worldforge.org/pub/worldforge/libs/Atlas-C++/transitional/Atlas-C\\e+\\e+-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is the format for an FTP site with directory pattern matching\n"
"ftp://ftp.nessus.org/pub/nessus/nessus-([\\ed\\e.]+)/src/nessus-core-([\\ed\\e.]+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""
"# Voici la syntaxe pour un site FTP avec un modle de rpertoire\n"
"ftp://ftp.nessus.org/pub/nessus/nessus-([\\ed\\e.]+)/src/nessus-core-([\\ed\\e.]+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This can be used if you want to override the PASV setting\n"
"# for a specific site\n"
"# opts=pasv ftp://.../...\n"
msgstr ""
"# Voici comment remplacer le paramtre PASV pour un site spcifique:\n"
"# opts=pasv ftp://.../...\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:57
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is one format for an HTTP site, which is the same\n"
"# as the FTP format.  uscan starts by downloading the homepage,\n"
"# obtained by removing the last component of the URL; in this case,\n"
"# http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Text/\n"
"http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Text/Text-CSV_XS-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""
"# Il s'agit d'un format pour un site HTTP, identique  celui d'un\n"
"# site FTP. uscan commence par tlcharger la page principale,\n"
"# obtenue en supprimant le dernier lment de l'URL; dans ce cas,\n"
"# http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Text/\n"
"http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Text/Text-CSV_XS-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:63
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is a variant HTTP format which allows direct specification of\n"
"# the homepage:\n"
"# Homepage  Pattern  [Version  [Action]]\n"
"http://www.dataway.ch/~lukasl/amph/amph.html \\e\n"
"  files/amphetamine-([\\ed\\e.]*).tar.bz2\n"
msgstr ""
"# Voici un autre format pour les sites HTTP,\n"
"# qui permet de spficier directement la page principale:\n"
"# Page principale  Modle  [Version  [Action]]\n"
"http://www.dataway.ch/~lukasl/amph/amph.html \\e\n"
"  files/amphetamine-([\\ed\\e.]*).tar.bz2\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This one shows that recursive directory scanning works, in either of\n"
"# two forms, as long as the website can handle requests of the form\n"
"# http://site/inter/mediate/dir/\n"
"http://tmrc.mit.edu/mirror/twisted/Twisted/(\\d.\\d)/ \\e\n"
"  Twisted-([\\d.]*).tar.bz2\n"
"http://tmrc.mit.edu/mirror/twisted/Twisted/(\\d.\\d)/Twisted-([\\d.]*).tar.bz2\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# If your package is located on sourceforge, use one of the following\n"
"# formats to automatically use the qa.debian.org redirector, avoiding\n"
"# SF's difficult mirror system.\n"
"http://sf.net/aa-project/aalib-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""
"# Si votre paquet est situ sur sourceforge, utilisez l'un des formats\n"
"# suivants pour utiliser automatiquement le redirecteur qa.debian.org,\n"
"# vitant ainsi la difficult du systme de miroir de SF.\n"
"http://sf.net/aa-project/aalib-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "http://sf.net/aa-project/ aalib-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr "http://sf.net/aa-project/ aalib-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:82
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is the format for a site which has funny version numbers;\n"
"# the parenthesised groups will be joined with dots to make a\n"
"# sanitised version number\n"
"http://www.site.com/pub/foobar/foobar_v(\\ed+)_(\\ed+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""
"# Ceci est le format pour un site qui possde des numros de\n"
"# version exotiques; le groupe entre parenthses devra tre joint\n"
"# par des points pour crer un numro de version sain\n"
"http://www.site.com/pub/toto/toto_v(\\ed+)_(\\ed+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"

# NOTE: Ca reste encore cryptique
# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:90
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is another way of handling site with funny version numbers,\n"
"# this time using mangling.  (Note that multiple groups will be\n"
"# concatenated before mangling is performed, and that mangling will\n"
"# only be performed on the basename version number, not any path\n"
"# version numbers.)\n"
"opts=\"uversionmangle=s/^/0.0./\" \\e\n"
"  ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/ALPHA/wine/development/Wine-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""
"# Voici une autre manire pour des sites ayant des numros de version\n"
"# bizarres, en effectuant une modification cette fois. (Notez que\n"
"# plusieurs groupes seront concatns avant d'effectuer la modification,\n"
"# et que les modifications ne seront effectues que sur le numro de\n"
"# version de base, et pas dans les versions contenues dans les chemins.)\n"
"opts=\"uversionmangle=s/^/0.0/\" \\e\n"
"  ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/ALPHA/wine/development/Wine-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:95
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Similarly, the upstream part of the Debian version number can be\n"
"# mangled:\n"
"opts=dversionmangle=s/\\e.dfsg\\e.\\ed+$// \\e\n"
"  http://some.site.org/some/path/foobar-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""
"# De manire similaire, la partie de la version amont du numro de\n"
"# version Debian peut tre modifie:\n"
"opts=dversionmangle=s/\\e.dfsg\\e.\\ed+$// \\e\n"
"  http://un.site.org/un/chemin/toto-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:108
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# The filename is found by taking the last component of the URL and\n"
"# removing everything after any '?'.  If this would not make a usable\n"
"# filename, use filenamemangle.  For example,\n"
"# E<lt>A href=\"http://foo.bar.org/download/?path=&download=foo-0.1.1.tar.gz\"E<gt>\n"
"# could be handled as:\n"
"# opts=filenamemangle=s/.*=(.*)/$1/ \\e\n"
"#     http://foo.bar.org/download/\\e?path=&download=foo-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
"# \n"
"# E<lt>A href=\"http://foo.bar.org/download/?path=&download_version=0.1.1\"E<gt>\n"
"# could be handled as:\n"
"# opts=filenamemangle=s/.*=(.*)/foo-$1\\e.tar\\e.gz/ \\e\n"
"#    http://foo.bar.org/download/\\e?path=&download_version=(.*)\n"
msgstr ""
"# Le nom de fichier est dtermin en prenant le dernier composant de\n"
"# l'URL et en retirant tout ce qui se trouve aprs chaque ?.\n"
"# Si a ne donne pas de nom de fichier utilisable, utilisez\n"
"# filenamemangle. Par exemple,\n"
"# E<lt>A href=\"http://toto.titi.org/download/?path=&amp;download=toto-0.1.1.tar.gz\"E<gt>\n"
"# peut tre gr ainsi:\n"
"# opts=filenamemangle=s/.*=(.*)/$1/ \\e\n"
"#     http://toto.titi.org/download/\\e?path=&amp;download=toto-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
"# \n"
"# E<lt>A href=\"http://toto.titi.org/download/?path=&amp;download_version=0.1.1\"E<gt>\n"
"# peut tre gr ainsi:\n"
"# opts=filenamemangle=s/.*=(.*)/toto-$1\\e.tar\\e.gz/ \\e\n"
"#    http://toto.titi.org/download/\\e?path=&amp;download_version=(.*)\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:116
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# The option downloadurlmangle can be used to mangle the URL of the file\n"
"# to download.  This can only be used with http:// URLs.  This may be\n"
"# necessary if the link given on the webpage needs to be transformed in\n"
"# some way into one which will work automatically, for example:\n"
"# opts=downloadurlmangle=s/prdownload/download/ \\e\n"
"#   http://developer.berlios.de/project/showfiles.php?group_id=2051 \\e\n"
"#   http://prdownload.berlios.de/softdevice/vdr-softdevice-(.*).tgz\n"
msgstr ""
"# L'option downloadurlmangle peut tre utilise pour modifier l'URL\n"
"# du fichier  tlcharger. Ceci ne peut tre utilis qu'avec des liens\n"
"# http://. Ceci peut tre ncessaire si le lien donn sur la page web doit\n"
"# tre transform de manire  ce que cela fonctionne automatiquement,\n"
"# par exemple:\n"
"# opts=downloadurlmangle=s/prdownload/download/ \\e\n"
"#   http://developer.berlios.de/project/showfiles.php?group_id=2051 \\e\n"
"#   http://prdownload.berlios.de/softdevice/vdr-softdevice-(.*).tgz\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:122
msgid ""
"Comment lines may be introduced with a `#' character.  Continuation lines "
"may be indicated by terminating a line with a backslash character."
msgstr ""
"Des lignes de commentaire peuvent tre ajoutes avec un caractre #. Les "
"lignes peuvent se poursuivre  la ligne suivante en les terminant par un "
"caractre backslash (\\e)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:126
msgid ""
"The first (non-comment) line of the file must begin `version=3'.  This "
"allows for future extensions without having to change the name of the file."
msgstr ""
"La premire ligne (en ne prenant pas en compte les commentaires) doit "
"commencer par version=3. Ceci devrait permettre des extensions futures, "
"sans avoir  changer le nom du fichier."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:131
msgid ""
"There are two possibilities for the syntax of an HTTP watchfile line, and "
"only one for an FTP line.  We begin with the common (and simpler)  format.  "
"We describe the optional opts=... first field below, and ignore it in what "
"follows."
msgstr ""
"Les fichiers watch acceptent deux syntaxes pour les sites HTTP, et une "
"seule pour les sites FTP. Voici la syntaxe la plus commune (et la plus "
"simple). Le premier champ optionnel opts=... est dcrit plus bas et sera "
"ignor dans ce qui suit."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:148
msgid ""
"The first field gives the full pattern of URLs being searched for.  In the "
"case of an FTP site, the directory listing for the requested directory will "
"be requested and this will be scanned for files matching the basename "
"(everything after the trailing `/').  In the case of an HTTP site, the URL "
"obtained by stripping everything after the trailing slash will be downloaded "
"and searched for hrefs (links of the form E<lt>a href=...E<gt>) to either "
"the full URL pattern given, or to the absolute part (everything without the "
"http://host.name/ part), or to the basename (just the part after the final "
"`/').  Everything up to the final slash is taken as a verbatim URL, as long "
"as there are no parentheses (`(' and ')') in this part of the URL: if it "
"does, the directory name will be matched in the same way as the final "
"component of the URL as described below.  (Note that regex metacharacters "
"such as `+' are regarded literally unless they are in a path component "
"containing parentheses; see the Atlas-C++ example above.  Also, the "
"parentheses must match within each path component.)"
msgstr ""
"Le premier champ donne le modle complet des URLs  rechercher. Dans le cas "
"d'un site FTP, la liste des fichiers du rpertoire indiqu sera demande et "
"il recherchera dans cette liste des fichiers dont le nom de base (ce qui "
"suit le / final) correspond. Dans le cas d'un site HTTP, il recherche "
"dans l'URL obtenue en enlevant tout ce qui suit le / de fin des "
"rfrences href (liens de la forme E<lt>a href=...E<gt>) vers soit une "
"URL complte, un chemin absolu (l'ensemble de l'URL, sans la partie http://"
"nom.serveur/) ou encore vers un nom de base (la partie qui suit le / "
"final) qui correspond au modle donn. L'ensemble, jusqu'au / final est "
"considr comme l'URL complte, tant qu'il n'y a pas de parenthse (( et "
")) dans cette partie de l'URL. S'il y a des parenthses, on cherchera  "
"faire correspondre le nom du rpertoire de la mme faon que l'lment final "
"de l'URL, comme dcrit ci-dessous. (Veuillez noter que les caractres "
"spciaux des expressions rationnelles, comme + sont considrs "
"littralement,  moins qu'ils se trouvent dans une partie entre "
"parenthses; voyez l'exemple d'Atlas-C++ ci-dessus. De plus, les "
"parenthses doivent se fermer  l'intrieur de chaque lment du chemin.)"

# NOTE: ancr: ^...$
# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:157
msgid ""
"The pattern (after the final slash) is a Perl regexp (see B<perlre>(1) for "
"details of these).  You need to make the pattern so tight that it matches "
"only the upstream software you are interested in and nothing else.  Also, "
"the pattern will be anchored at the beginning and at the end, so it must "
"match the full filename.  (Note that for HTTP URLs, the href may include the "
"absolute path or full site and path and still be accepted.)  The pattern "
"must contain at least one Perl group as explained in the next paragraph."
msgstr ""
"Le modle (la partie aprs le / final) est une expression rationnelle "
"Perl (voir B<perlre>(1) pour plus de dtails). Vous devez utiliser un modle "
"suffisamment strict pour qu'il ne corresponde qu'au programme amont qui vous "
"intresse, et  rien d'autre. Aussi, le modle sera ancr au dbut et  la "
"fin pour qu'il corresponde au nom complet. (Notez que dans les URLs HTTP, le "
"champ href peut contenir un chemin absolu ou le nom du site avec le "
"chemin, et tre toujours accept.) Le modle doit contenir au moins un "
"groupe Perl comme dcrit dans le prochain paragraphe."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:168
msgid ""
"Having got a list of `files' matching the pattern, their version numbers are "
"extracted by treating the part matching the Perl regexp groups, demarcated "
"by `(...)', joining them with `.' as a separator, and using the result as "
"the version number of the file.  The version number will then be mangled if "
"required by the uversionmangle option described below.  Finally, the file "
"versions are then compared to find the one with the greatest version number, "
"as determined by B<dpkg --compare-versions>.  Note that if you need Perl "
"groups which are not to be used in the version number, either use `(?:...)' "
"or use the uversionmangle option to clean up the mess!"
msgstr ""
"Aprs avoir rcupr une liste de fichiers qui correspondent au modle, "
"leur numro de version sont extraits en concatnant l'ensemble des groupes "
"de l'expression rationnelle Perl (dmarqus par (...)) et en les "
"sparant par un .. Ce numro est considr comme le numro de version du "
"fichier. Les numros de version sont ensuite modifis si l'option "
"B<uversionmangle>, dcrite ci-dessous, a t prcise. Enfin, les versions "
"des fichiers sont ensuite compares pour trouver celui qui a le plus grand "
"numro de version, qui est trouv en utilisant B<dpkg --compare-versions>. "
"Note: si vous avez besoin de groupes qui ne sont pas utiliss dans le "
"numro de version, utilisez soit (?:...) soit l'option B<uversionmangle> "
"pour nettoyer la version par la suite."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:187
msgid ""
"The current (upstream) version can be specified as the second parameter in "
"the watchfile line.  If this is I<debian> or absent, then the current Debian "
"version (as determined by I<debian/changelog>) is used to determine the "
"current upstream version.  The current upstream version may also be "
"specified by the command-line option B<--upstream-version>, which specifies "
"the upstream version number of the currently installed package (i.e., the "
"Debian version number without epoch and Debian revision).  The upstream "
"version number will then be mangled using the dversionmangle option if one "
"is specified, as described below.  If the newest version available is newer "
"than the current version, then it is downloaded into the parent directory, "
"unless the B<--report> or --report-status option has been used.  Once the "
"file has been downloaded, then a symlink to the file is made from "
"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> if the file has a I<.tar."
"gz> or a I<.tgz> suffix and from I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig."
"tar.bz2> if the file has a I<.tar.bz2> or a I<.tbz> or I<.tbz2> suffix."
msgstr ""
"La version courante (amont) peut tre spcifie comme le second paramtre "
"dans la ligne du fichier. Si elle vaut I<debian> ou est absente, alors la "
"version courante Debian (telle qu'elle est dtermine par I<debian/"
"changelog>) est utilise pour dterminer la version amont courante. La "
"version amont courante peut aussi tre spcifie par l'option B<--upstream-"
"version> en ligne de commande, qui spcifie le numro de version amont du "
"paquet actuellement install (c'est--dire, le numro de version Debian sans "
"epoch ni version Debian). Le numro de version amont sera alors modifi en "
"utilisant l'option B<dversionmangle> si elle est spcifie, tel que cela est "
"dcrit plus bas. Si la version la plus rcente disponible est plus rcente "
"que la version courante, alors elle sera tlcharge dans le rpertoire "
"parent, sans que l'option B<--report> ou B<--report-status> ait t "
"utilise. Une fois que le fichier a t tlcharg, un lien symbolique vers "
"le fichier est cr depuis le paquet I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>."
"orig.tar.gz> si le fichier a un suffixe I<.tar.gz> ou I<.tgz> et  "
"I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.bz2> si le fichier a un "
"suffixe I<.tar.bz2>, I<.tbz> ou I<.tbz2>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:190
msgid ""
"Finally, if a third parameter (an action) is given in the watchfile line, "
"this is taken as the name of a command, and the command"
msgstr ""
"Enfin, si un troisime paramtre est donn dans la ligne du fichier "
"watch, il est considr comme le nom d'une commande, et la commande:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:192
#, no-wrap
msgid "    I<command >B<--upstream-version>I< version filename>\n"
msgstr "    I<commande> B<--upstream-version> I<version nom_fichier>\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:201
msgid ""
"is executed, using either the original file or the symlink name.  A common "
"such command would be B<uupdate>(1).  (Note that the calling syntax was "
"slightly different when using watchfiles without a `version=...' line; there "
"the command executed was `command filename version'.)  If the command is "
"B<uupdate>, then the B<--no-symlink> option is given to B<uupdate> as a "
"first option, since any requested symlinking will already be done by "
"B<uscan>."
msgstr ""
"est excute, en utilisant soit le fichier initial, soit le nom du lien "
"symbolique. En rgle gnrale, cette commande est B<uupdate>. (Notez que la "
"syntaxe d'appel est lgrement diffrente de celle des fichiers watch "
"sans la ligne version=..., pour lesquels la commande excute tait "
"commande fichier version.)"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:217
msgid ""
"The alternative version of the watchfile syntax for HTTP URLs is as "
"follows.  The first field is a homepage which should be downloaded and then "
"searched for hrefs matching the pattern given in the second field.  (Again, "
"this pattern will be anchored at the beginning and the end, so it must match "
"the whole href.  If you want to match just the basename of the href, you can "
"use a pattern like \".*/name-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\" if you know that there is a "
"full URL, or better still: \"(?:.*/)?name-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\" if there may "
"or may not be.  Note the use of (?:...) to avoid making a backreference.)  "
"If any of the hrefs in the homepage which match the (anchored) pattern are "
"relative URLs, they will be taken as being relative to the base URL of the "
"homepage (i.e., with everything after the trailing slash removed), or "
"relative to the base URL specified in the homepage itself with a E<lt>base "
"href=\"...\"E<gt> tag.  The third and fourth fields are the version number "
"and action fields as before."
msgstr ""
"L'autre syntaxe possible pour les URLs HTTP est la suivante. Le premier "
"champ correspond  la page d'accueil qui doit tre tlcharge et dans "
"laquelle doivent tre recherchs les liens (href) correspondant au "
"modle donn dans le second champ. (Encore une fois, ce modle sera ancr  "
"son dbut et  sa fin, de faon  ce qu'il corresponde au lien complet. Si "
"vous chercher  faire correspondre uniquement le nom de base du lien, vous "
"pouvez utiliser un modle comme .*/nom-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz si vous savez "
"qu'il y a une URL complte, ou encore mieux: (?:.*/)?nom-(.*)\\e.tar\\e."
"gz si l'URL peut tre ou ne pas tre complte. Notez l'utilisation de "
"(?:...) qui vite de crer une rfrence.) Si un des liens de cette page "
"est une URL relative, elle sera considre comme relative  l'URL de base de "
"la page d'accueil (i.e., en retirant tout ce qui suit le / final), ou "
"relative  l'URL de base spcifie dans cette page avec une balise E<lt>base "
"href=\"...\"E<gt>. Les troisime et quatrime champs sont les champs du "
"numro de version et de la commande, comme prcdemment."

# type: SH
#: ../uscan.1:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "PER-SITE OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPTIONS SPCIFIQUES  UN SITE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:223
msgid ""
"A watchfile line may be prefixed with `opts=I<options>', where I<options> is "
"a comma-separated list of options.  The whole I<options> string may be "
"enclosed in double quotes, which is necessary if I<options> contains any "
"spaces.  The recognised options are as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Une ligne du fichier watch peut tre prcde de opts=I<options>, o "
"I<options> est une liste d'options spares par des virgules. La chane "
"I<options> peut tre place entre guillemets doubles (\"), ce qui est "
"ncessaire si I<options> contient des espaces. Les options reconnues sont:"

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<active> and B<passive> (or B<pasv>)"
msgstr "B<active> et B<passive> (ou B<pasv>)"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:228
msgid ""
"If used on an FTP line, these override the choice of whether to use PASV "
"mode or not, and force the use of the specified mode for this site."
msgstr ""
"Si utilis sur une ligne FTP, ceci forcera l'utilisation du mode passif "
"(PASV) ou actif pour ce site."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<uversionmangle=>I<rules>"
msgstr "B<uversionmangle=>I<rgles>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:234
msgid ""
"This is used to mangle the upstream version number as matched by the "
"ftp://... or http:// rules as follows.  First, the I<rules> string is split "
"into multiple rules at every `;'.  Then the upstream version number is "
"mangled by executing the Perl command:"
msgstr ""
"Ceci permet de modifier le numro de version amont qui correspond  une "
"rgle ftp://... ou http://... de la faon suivante. Dans un premier temps, "
"les I<rgles> sont dcoupes en plusieurs rgles en utilisant ; comme "
"sparateur. Puis les numros de version amont sont modifis en excutant la "
"commande Perl suivante:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "    $version =~ I<rule>;\n"
msgstr "    $version =~ I<rgle>;\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:241
msgid ""
"for each rule.  Thus, suitable rules might be `s/^/0./' to prepend `0.' to "
"the version number and `s/_/./' to change underscores into periods.  Note "
"that the I<rules> string may not contain commas; this should not be a "
"problem."
msgstr ""
"pour chaque rgle. Ainsi, la rgle s/^/0./ permet d'ajouter 0. au "
"numro de version et s/_/./ pour changer les underscore en point. "
"Notez que la chane de caractres I<rules> ne doit pas contenir de virgule; "
"ceci ne devrait pas tre un problme."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:241
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dversionmangle=>I<rules>"
msgstr "B<dversionmangle=>I<rgles>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:249
msgid ""
"This is used to mangle the Debian version number of the currently installed "
"package in the same way as the B<uversionmangle> option.  Thus, a suitable "
"rule might be `s/\\e.dfsg\\e.\\ed+$//' to remove a `.dfsg.1' suffix from the "
"Debian version number, or to handle `.pre6' type version numbers.  Again, "
"the I<rules> string may not contain commas; this should not be a problem."
msgstr ""
"Utilis pour modifier le numro de version Debian du paquet courant install "
"dans la mme optique que l'option B<uversionmangle>. Ainsi, une rgle "
"approprie peut tre s/\\e.dfsg\\e.\\ed+$// pour supprimer le suffixe ."
"dfsg.1 dans un numro de version Debian ou pour grer les numros de "
"version de type .pre6. Ici encore, la chane de caractres I<rgles> ne "
"doit pas contenir de virgule; ceci ne devrait pas tre un problme."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:249
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<versionmangle=>I<rules>"
msgstr "B<versionmangle=>I<rgles>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:254
msgid ""
"This is a syntactic shorthand for B<uversionmangle=>I<rules>B<,"
"dversionmangle=>I<rules>B<, applying the same rules to both the upstream and "
"Debian version numbers.>"
msgstr ""
"Il s'agit d'un raccourci syntactique pour B<uversionmangle=>I<rgles>,"
"B<dversionmangle>=I<rgles>, appliquant les mmes rgles  la fois aux "
"numros de version Debian et amont."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:254
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<filenamemangle=>I<rules>"
msgstr "B<filenamemangle=>I<rgles>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:260
msgid ""
"This is used to mangle the filename with which the downloaded file will be "
"saved, and is parsed in the same way as the B<uversionmangle> option.  "
"Examples of its use are given in the examples section above."
msgstr ""
"Ceci est utilis pour modifier le nom de fichier sous lequel le fichier "
"tlcharg sera enregistr, et est parcouru de la mme manire qu'avec "
"l'option B<uversionmangle>. Les exemples d'utilisation sont donns dans la "
"section ci-dessus."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:260
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<downloadurlmangle=>I<rules>"
msgstr "B<downloadurlmangle=>I<rgles>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:268
msgid ""
"This is used to mangle the URL to be used for the download.  The URL is "
"first computed based on the homepage downloaded and the pattern matched, "
"then the version number is determined from this URL.  Finally, any rules "
"given by this option are applied before the actual download attempt is made. "
"An example of its use is given in the examples section above."
msgstr ""
"Ceci est utilis pour modifier l'URL ncessaire pour le tlchargement. "
"L'URL est d'abord calcule en se basant sur la page principale tlcharge "
"et sur la correspondance du motif, puis le numro de version est dtermin "
"depuis cette URL. Enfin, toutes les rgles donnes par cette option sont "
"appliques avant que la tentative de tlchargement soit effectue. Un "
"exemple d'utilisation est donn dans la section des exemples ci-dessus."

# NOTE: "and in order to promote efficiency" ?
# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:283
msgid ""
"Similarly to several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, B<uscan> "
"explores the requested directory trees looking for I<debian/changelog> and "
"I<debian/watch> files.  As a safeguard against stray files causing potential "
"problems, and in order to promote efficiency, it will examine the name of "
"the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, and check "
"that the directory name corresponds to the package name.  It will only "
"attempt to download newer versions of the package and then perform any "
"requested action if the directory name matches the package name.  Precisely "
"how it does this is controlled by two configuration file variables "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their "
"corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-"
"dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""
"Comme plusieurs autres scripts du paquet B<devscripts>, B<uscan> parcourt le "
"rpertoire demand  la recherche de fichiers I<debian/changelog> et "
"I<debian/watch>. Pour se protger contre certains fichiers gars qui "
"pourraient poser problme, il examine le nom du rpertoire parent une fois "
"qu'il a trouv le fichier I<debian/changelog>, et vrifie que le nom du "
"rpertoire correspond au nom du paquet. Il ne cherchera  tlcharger les "
"nouvelles versions d'un paquet et  effectuer l'action demande que si le "
"nom du rpertoire correspond au nom du paquet. La faon prcise utilise est "
"contrle par les deux variables du fichier de configuration "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL et DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, et les "
"options en ligne de commande associes B<--check-dirname-level> et B<--check-"
"dirname-regex>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:294
msgid ""
"Only check the directory name if we have had to change directory in our "
"search for I<debian/changelog>, that is, the directory containing I<debian/"
"changelog> is not the directory from which B<uscan> was invoked.  This is "
"the default behaviour."
msgstr ""
"Ne vrifie le nom du rpertoire que s'il a fallu changer de rpertoire pour "
"trouver le fichier I<debian/changelog>, c'est--dire que le rpertoire qui "
"contient I<debian/changelog> n'est pas le rpertoire dans lequel B<uscan> a "
"t invoqu. C'est le comportement par dfaut."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:312
msgid "This script will perform a fully automatic upstream update."
msgstr ""
"Ce script va raliser une mise  jour compltement automatique avec l'amont."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:320
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh -e\n"
"# called with '--upstream-version' E<lt>versionE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>\n"
"uupdate \"$@\"\n"
"package=`dpkg-parsechangelog | sed -n 's/^Source: //p'`\n"
"cd ../$package-$2\n"
"debuild\n"
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/sh -e\n"
"# appel avec '--upstream-version' E<lt>versionE<gt> E<lt>fichierE<gt>\n"
"uupdate \"$@\"\n"
"package=`dpkg-parsechangelog | sed -n 's/^Source: //p'`\n"
"cd ../$package-$2\n"
"debuild\n"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:325
msgid ""
"Note that we don't call B<dupload> or B<dput> automatically, as the "
"maintainer should perform sanity checks on the software before uploading it "
"to Debian."
msgstr ""
"Remarquez que B<dupload> et B<dput> ne sont pas appels automatiquement, "
"puisque le responsable doit raliser des vrifications sur le logiciel avant "
"de l'envoyer  l'archive Debian."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:326
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--report, --no-download>"
msgstr "B<--report>, B<--no-download>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:329
msgid ""
"Only report about available newer versions but do not download anything."
msgstr ""
"Ne fournit qu'un rapport indiquant les nouvelles versions, mais ne "
"tlcharge rien."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:329
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--report-status>"
msgstr "B<--report-status>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:333
msgid ""
"Report on the status of all packages, even those which are up-to-date, but "
"do not download anything."
msgstr ""
"Rapporte le statut de tous les paquets, mme ceux qui sont  jour, mais ne "
"tlcharge rien du tout."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:333
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--download>"
msgstr "B<--download>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:336
msgid "Report and download.  (This is the default behaviour.)"
msgstr ""
"Fournit un rapport puis tlcharge. (C'est le comportement par dfaut.)"

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:336
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--pasv>"
msgstr "B<--pasv>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:339
msgid "Force PASV mode for FTP connections."
msgstr "Force le mode passif (PASV) pour les connexions FTP."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:339
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-pasv>"
msgstr "B<--no-pasv>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:342
msgid "Do not use PASV mode for FTP connections."
msgstr "N'utilise pas le mode passif pour les connexions FTP."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:342
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--timeout> I<N>"
msgstr "B<--timeout> I<N>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:345
msgid "Set timeout to N seconds (default 20 seconds)."
msgstr "Dfini le temps d'attente  N secondes (20 secondes par dfaut)."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:345
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--symlink>"
msgstr "B<--symlink>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:351
msgid ""
"Make orig.tar.gz symlinks to any downloaded files if their extensions are I<."
"tar.gz> or I<.tgz>, and similarly for to orig.tar.bz2 for the suffixes I<."
"tar.gz>, I<.tbz> and I<.tbz2>.  (This is the default behaviour.)"
msgstr ""
"Utilise un lien symbolique pour orig.tar.gz (respectivement orig.tar.bz2) "
"lorsque les fichiers tlchargs ont des extensions I<.tar.gz> ou I<.tgz> "
"(respectivement I<.tar.bz2>, I<.tbz> et I<.tbz2>). (C'est le comportement "
"par dfaut.)"

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:351
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--rename>"
msgstr "B<--rename>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:356
msgid ""
"Instead of symlinking, rename the downloaded files to their Debian orig.tar."
"gz names if their extensions are I<.tar.gz> or I<.tgz>, and similarly for "
"tar.bz2 files."
msgstr ""
"Au lieu de crer des liens symboliques, renomme les fichiers tlchargs "
"avec leur nom Debian orig.tar.gz si leurs extensions sont I<.tar.gz> ou I<."
"tgz> et de manire semblable pour les fichiers d'extension tar.bz2."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:356 ../uupdate.1:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-symlink>"
msgstr "B<--no-symlink>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:359
msgid "Don't make these symlinks and don't rename the files."
msgstr "Ne cre pas ces liens symboliques et ne renomme pas les fichiers."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:359
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--dehs>"
msgstr "B<--dehs>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:362
msgid "Use an XML format for output, as required by the DEHS system."
msgstr "Utilise le format XML pour la sortie, requis par le systme DEHS."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:362
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-dehs>"
msgstr "B<--no-dehs>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:365
msgid ""
"Use the traditional uscan output format.  (This is the default behaviour.)"
msgstr ""
"Utilise le format de sortie traditionnel de uscan. (C'est le comportement "
"par dfaut.)"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:373
msgid ""
"Specify the name of the package to check for rather than examining I<debian/"
"changelog>; this requires the B<--upstream-version> and B<--watchfile> "
"options as well.  Furthermore, no directory scanning will be done and "
"nothing will be downloaded.  This option is probably most useful in "
"conjunction with the DEHS system (and B<--dehs>)."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie le nom du paquet  contrler plutt que d'examiner I<debian/"
"changelog>; ceci requiert les options <--upstream-version> et B<--"
"watchfile>. De plus, aucun rpertoire ne sera scann et rien ne sera "
"tlcharg. Cette option est probablement la plus utile en conjonction avec "
"le systme DEHS (et B<--dehs>)."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:373
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--upstream-version> I<upstream-version>"
msgstr "B<--upstream-version> I<version-amont>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:378
msgid ""
"Specify the current upstream version rather than examine the watchfile or "
"changelog to determine it.  This is ignored if a directory scan is being "
"performed and more than one watchfile is found."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie la version amont courante plutt que d'examiner le fichier "
"watchfile ou le journal des modifications pour le dterminer. Ceci est "
"ignor si un balayage de rpertoire est fait et que plus d'un fichier "
"watchfile est trouv."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--watchfile> I<watchfile>"
msgstr "B<--watchfile> I<watchfile>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:385
msgid ""
"Specify the watchfile rather than perform a directory scan to determine it.  "
"If this option is used without B<--package>, then B<uscan> must be called "
"from within the Debian package source tree (so that I<debian/changelog> can "
"be found simply by stepping up through the tree)."
msgstr ""
"Spcifiez le fichier watchfile plutt que de faire un balayage de rpertoire "
"pour le dterminer. Si cette option est utilise sans B<--package>, B<uscan> "
"devra tre appel depuis l'arborescence du paquet Debian source (de sorte "
"que I<debian/changelog> puisse tre trouv simplement par une recherche dans "
"l'arborescence)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:388
msgid "Give verbose output."
msgstr "Donne une sortie bavarde."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:388
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-verbose>"
msgstr "B<--no-verbose>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:391
msgid "Don't give verbose output.  (This is the default behaviour.)"
msgstr "Ne donne pas de sortie bavarde. (C'est le comportement par dfaut.)"

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:391
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:394
msgid "Dump the downloaded web pages to stdout for debugging your watch file."
msgstr ""
"Affiche les pages web tlcharges sur la sortie standard afin de dboguer "
"votre fichier watch."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:409
msgid "Give brief usage information."
msgstr "Affiche un bref message d'aide."

# NOTE: presque identique  un autre ?
# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:419
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  These may "
"be overridden by command line options.  Environment variable settings are "
"ignored for this purpose.  If the first command line option given is B<--"
"noconf>, then these files will not be read.  The currently recognised "
"variables are:"
msgstr ""
"Les deux fichiers de configuration I</etc/devscripts.conf> et I<~/."
"devscripts> sont valus dans cet ordre par un interprteur de commandes "
"(shell) pour placer les variables de configuration. Des options de ligne "
"de commande peuvent tre utilises pour neutraliser les paramtres des "
"fichiers de configuration. Les paramtres des variables d'environnement sont "
"ignors  cette fin. Si la premire option donne en ligne de commande est "
"B<--noconf>, alors ces fichiers ne sont pas valus. Les variables "
"actuellement identifies sont:"

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:419
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_DOWNLOAD>"
msgstr "B<USCAN_DOWNLOAD>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:424
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then newer upstream files will not be downloaded; "
"this is equivalent to the B<--report> or B<--no-download> options."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<no>, les nouveaux fichiers amonts ne seront pas "
"tlchargs, ce qui quivaut  utiliser les options B<--report> ou B<--no-"
"download>."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:424
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_PASV>"
msgstr "B<USCAN_PASV>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:430
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes> or I<no>, this will force FTP connections to use "
"PASV mode or not to, respectively.  If this is set to I<default>, then Net::"
"FTP(3) make the choice (primarily based on the FTP_PASSIVE environment "
"variable)."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<yes> ou I<no>, cela force respectivement  "
"utiliser ou  ne pas utiliser le mode passif pour les connexions FTP. Si "
"elle est positionne  I<default>, alors Net::FTP(3) fera un choix (bas "
"principalement sur la variable d'environnement FTP_PASSIVE)."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:430
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_SYMLINK>"
msgstr "B<USCAN_SYMLINK>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:437
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then a pkg_version.orig.tar.{gz|bz2} symlink will "
"not be made (equivalent to the B<--no-symlink> option).  If it is set to "
"I<yes> or I<symlink>, then the symlinks will be made.  If it is set to "
"I<rename>, then the files are renamed (equivalent to the B<--rename> option)."
msgstr ""
"Si cette option est mise  I<no>, un lien symbolique vers paquet_version."
"orig.tar.{gz|bz2} ne sera pas cr (quivalent  l'option B<--no-symlink>). "
"Si elle est  I<yes> ou I<symlink>, les liens symboliques seront crs. Si "
"elle est  I<rename>, les fichiers sont renomms (quivalent  l'option B<--"
"rename>)."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:437
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_DEHS_OUTPUT>"
msgstr "B<USCAN_DEHS_OUTPUT>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:441
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then DEHS-style output will be used.  This is "
"equivalent to the B<--dehs> option."
msgstr ""
"Si cette option est  I<yes>, alors la sortie sera de type DEHS, comme si "
"l'option B<--dehs> tait utilise."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:441
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_VERBOSE>"
msgstr "B<USCAN_VERBOSE>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:445
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then verbose output will be given.  This is "
"equivalent to the B<--verbose> option."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  I<yes>, alors la sortie sera bavarde, comme si "
"l'option B<--verbose> tait utilise."

# type: SH
#: ../uscan.1:445
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "VALEURS DE RETOUR"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:449
msgid ""
"The exit status gives some indication of whether a newer version was found "
"or not; one is advised to read the output to determine exactly what happened "
"and whether there were any warnings to be noted."
msgstr ""
"La valeur de retour indique si une nouvelle version a t trouve; il est "
"conseill de lire la sortie pour dterminer exactement ce qu'il s'est pass "
"et pour voir s'il n'y a pas eu d'avertissement."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:449
#, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:453
msgid ""
"Either B<--help> or B<--version> was used, or for some watchfile which was "
"examined, a newer upstream version was located."
msgstr ""
"Soit les options B<--help> ou B<--version> ont t utilises, soit une "
"nouvelle version amont a t trouve pour un des fichiers watch examins."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:457
msgid ""
"No newer upstream versions were located for any of the watchfiles examined."
msgstr ""
"Aucune nouvelle version amont n'a t trouve pour les fichiers watch "
"examins."

# type: SH
#: ../uscan.1:457
#, no-wrap
msgid "HISTORY AND UPGRADING"
msgstr "HISTORIQUE ET MISE  NIVEAU"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:461
msgid ""
"This section briefly describes the backwards-incompatible watchfile features "
"which have been added in each watchfile version, and the first version of "
"the B<devscripts> package which understood them."
msgstr ""
"Cette section dcrit brivement les incompatibilits inverses des "
"fonctionnalits du fichier watchfile qui ont t ajoutes dans chaque "
"version du watchfile et la premire version du paquet B<devscripts> qui les "
"comprenait."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:461
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<Pre-version 2>"
msgstr "I<Versions antrieures  2>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:466
msgid ""
"The watchfile syntax was significantly different in those days.  Don't use "
"it.  If you are upgrading from a pre-version 2 watchfile, you are advised to "
"read this manpage and to start from scratch."
msgstr ""
"La syntaxe du fichier watchfile tait trs diffrentes  l'poque. Ne "
"l'utilisez plus. Si vous mettez votre fichier watchfile  niveau depuis une "
"version antrieure  2, il est recommand de lire cette page de manuel et de "
"recommencer  zro."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:466
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<Version 2>"
msgstr "I<Version 2>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:470
msgid ""
"devscripts version 2.6.90: The first incarnation of the current style of "
"watchfiles."
msgstr ""
"devscripts version 2.6.90: la premire incarnation du style courant de "
"watchfile."

# type: TP
#: ../uscan.1:470
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<Version 3>"
msgstr "I<Version 3>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:476
msgid ""
"devscripts version 2.8.12: Introduced the following: correct handling of "
"regex special characters in the path part, directory/path pattern matching, "
"version number in several parts, version number mangling.  Later versions "
"have also introduced URL mangling."
msgstr ""
"devscripts version 2.8.12 a introduit les choses suivantes: manipulation "
"correcte des expressions rationnelles dans la partie du chemin, recherche de "
"motif d'un rpertoire/chemin, numro de version dans plusieurs parties, "
"numro de version modifiable. Les versions suivantes ont introduit la "
"modification des liens."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:482
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from version 2, the key incompatibility is if you have "
"multiple groups in the pattern part; whereas only the first one would be "
"used in version 2, they will all be used in version 3.  To avoid this "
"behaviour, change the non-version-number groups to be (?:...) instead of a "
"plain (...) group."
msgstr ""
"Si vous tes en train de vous mettre  niveau depuis la version 2, "
"l'incompatibilit principale est s'il existe plusieurs groupes dans la "
"partie des motifs. Alors que seul le premier tait utilis dans la version "
"2, ils le seront tous dans la version 3. Pour viter ce comportement, "
"modifiez les groupes non lis au numro de version en (?:...) au lieu d'un "
"groupe ordinaire (...)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:488
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<perlre>(1), B<uupdate>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr "B<dpkg>(1), B<perlre>(1), B<uupdate>(1) et B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uscan.1:493
msgid ""
"The original version of B<uscan> was written by Christoph Lameter "
"E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>.  Significant improvements, changes and "
"bugfixes were made by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  HTTP support "
"was added by Piotr Roszatycki E<lt>dexter@debian.orgE<gt>.  The program was "
"rewritten in Perl by Julian Gilbey."
msgstr ""
"La version initiale de B<uscan> a t crite par Christoph Lameter "
"E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>. Des amliorations significatives, d'autres "
"modifications et des corrections de bogues ont t apportes par Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>. Le support pour HTTP a t ajout par Piotr "
"Roszatycki E<lt>dexter@debian.orgE<gt>. Le programme a t rcrit en Perl "
"par Julian Gilbey."

# type: TH
#: ../uupdate.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "UUPDATE"
msgstr "UUPDATE"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:4
msgid "uupdate - upgrade a source code package from an upstream revision"
msgstr "uupdate - Mettre  jour un paquet source depuis une version amont"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:6
msgid "B<uupdate> [I<options>] I<new_upstream_archive> [I<version>]"
msgstr "B<uupdate> [I<options>] I<nouvelle_archive_amont> [I<version>]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:8
msgid "B<uupdate> [I<options>] B<--patch>|B<-p> I<patch_file>"
msgstr "B<uupdate> [I<options>] B<--patch>|B<-p> I<fichier_rustine>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:20
msgid ""
"B<uupdate> modifies an existing Debian source code archive to reflect an "
"upstream update supplied as a patch or from a wholly new source code "
"archive.  The utility needs to be invoked from the top directory of the old "
"source code directory, and if a relative name is given for the new archive "
"or patch file, it will be looked for first relative to the execution "
"directory and then relative to the parent of the source tree.  (For example, "
"if the changelog file is I</usr/local/src/foo/foo-1.1/debian/changelog>, "
"then the archive or patch file will be looked for relative to I</usr/local/"
"src/foo>.)  Note that the patch file or archive cannot be within the source "
"tree itself.  The full details of what the code does are given below."
msgstr ""
"B<uupdate> modifie une archive source Debian existante pour intgrer une "
"mise  jour amont fournie par une rustine, ou une archive source complte. "
"L'utilitaire doit tre invoqu depuis le rpertoire de plus haut niveau de "
"l'ancien rpertoire des sources, et si un nom relatif est donn pour la "
"nouvelle archive ou rustine, la recherche dmarrera par le rpertoire "
"d'excution puis relativement au rpertoire parent de l'arborescence des "
"sources. (Par exemple, si le fichier changelog est I</usr/local/src/toto/"
"toto-1.1/debian/changelog>, alors l'archive ou la rustine sera recherche "
"relativement  I</usr/local/src/toto>). Notez que l'archive ou la rustine ne "
"peuvent pas se trouver dans l'arborescence des sources elle-mme. Les "
"dtails complets sur ce que fait le code sont donns plus bas."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:28
msgid ""
"Currently supported source code file types are I<.tar.gz>, I<.tar.bz2>, I<."
"tar.Z>, I<.tgz>, I<.tar> and I<.zip> archives.  Also supported are already "
"unpacked source code archives; simply give the path of the source code "
"directory.  Supported patch file types are B<gzip>-compressed, B<bzip2>-"
"compressed and uncompressed patch files.  The file types are identified by "
"the file names, so they must use the standard suffixes."
msgstr ""
"Les types de fichier grs pour le code source sont les archives I<.tar.gz>, "
"I<.tar.bz2>, I<.tar.Z>, I<.tgz>, I<.tar> et I<.zip>. Les archives de code "
"source non compresses sont galement gres, il suffit dans ce cas de "
"donner le nom du rpertoire du code source. Les types de fichier pour les "
"rustines sont les fichiers soit non compresss, soit compresss avec B<gzip> "
"ou B<bzip2>. Le type de fichier est identifi par le nom du fichier, qui "
"doit donc utiliser un suffixe standard."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:38
msgid ""
"Usually B<uupdate> will be able to deduce the version number from the source "
"archive name (as long as it only contains digits and periods).  If that "
"fails, you need to specify the version number explicitly (without the Debian "
"release number which will always be initially 1!).  This can be done with an "
"initial B<--upstream-version> or B<-v> option, or in the case of an archive, "
"with a version number after the filename.  (The reason for the latter is so "
"that B<uupdate> can be called directly from B<uscan>.)"
msgstr ""
"B<uupdate> est en rgle gnrale capable de dduire le numro de version "
"grce au nom de l'archive source (si ce numro de version ne contient que "
"des chiffres et points). En cas d'chec, vous devez spcifier le numro de "
"version explicitement (sans le numro de livraison Debian, qui sera toujours "
"initialis  1!). Ceci peut se faire avec les options B<--upstream-version> "
"ou B<-v> ou, dans le cas d'une archive, avec un numro de version  la fin "
"du nom de fichier. (La raison d'tre de cette deuxime mthode est que "
"B<uupdate> peut alors tre appel directement depuis B<uscan>.)"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:43
msgid ""
"Since B<uupdate> uses B<debuild> to clean the current archive before trying "
"to apply a patch file, it accepts a B<--rootcmd> or B<-r> option allowing "
"the user to specify a gain-root command to be used.  The default is to use "
"B<fakeroot>."
msgstr ""
"Comme B<uupdate> utilise B<debuild> pour nettoyer l'archive actuelle avant "
"d'essayer d'appliquer une rustine, il accepte les options B<--rootcmd> ou B<-"
"r> pour spcifier la commande  utiliser pour obtenir les droits du "
"superutilisateur. Par dfaut, B<fakeroot> est utilis."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:50
msgid ""
"If an archive is being built, the pristine upstream source should be used to "
"create the I<.orig.tar.gz> file wherever possible.  This means that MD5 sums "
"or other similar methods can be used to easily compare the upstream source "
"to Debian's copy of the upstream version.  This is the default behaviour, "
"and can be switched off using the B<--no-pristine> option below."
msgstr ""
"Lorsqu'une archive est cre, les sources amont vierges doivent tre "
"utilises pour crer le fichier I<.orig.tar.gz> tant que possible. Ceci "
"signifie qu'une somme MD5 ou tout autre moyen peut tre utilis pour "
"facilement comparer les sources amont et la copie Debian de la version "
"amont. C'est le comportement par dfaut, qui peut tre dsactiv en "
"utilisant l'option B<--no-pristine> dcrite ci-dessous."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:52
msgid "This is a summary of what was explained above."
msgstr "Voici un rsum de ce qui est expliqu ci-dessus."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--upstream-version >I<version>, B<-v >I<version>"
msgstr "B<--upstream-version >I<version>, B<-v >I<version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:55
msgid "Specify the version number of the upstream package explicitly."
msgstr "Spcifie explicitement le numro de version du paquet amont."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--rootcmd >I<gain-root-command>, B<-r >I<gain-root-command>"
msgstr "B<--rootcmd> I<commande-pour-devenir-root>, B<-r> I<commande-pour-devenir-root>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:59
msgid ""
"Specify the command to be used to become root to build the package and is "
"passed onto B<debuild>(1) if it is specified."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie la commande utilise pour devenir superutilisateur pour la "
"construction du paquet, et qui sera passe  B<debuild>(1) si elle est "
"spcifie."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--pristine>, B<-u>"
msgstr "B<--pristine>, B<-u>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:64
msgid ""
"Treat the source as pristine upstream source and symlink to it from "
"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> whenever possible.  This "
"option has no meaning for patches.  This is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""
"Traite les sources comme les sources amont vierges et cre un lien "
"symbolique vers I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> si "
"possible. Cette option est sans importance pour les rustines. C'est le "
"comportement par dfaut."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-pristine>"
msgstr "B<--no-pristine>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:67
msgid ""
"Do not attempt to make a I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> "
"symlink."
msgstr ""
"Ne cherche pas  crer de lien symbolique "
"I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz>"

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--symlink>, B<-s>"
msgstr "B<--symlink>, B<-s>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:72
msgid ""
"Simply create a symlink when moving a new upstream I<.tar.gz> archive to the "
"new I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> location.  This is "
"the default behaviour."
msgstr ""
"Cre simplement un lien symbolique lors du dplacement de la nouvelle "
"archive amont I<.tar.gz> vers son nouvel emplacement "
"I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz>. Il s'agit du comportement "
"par dfaut."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:76
msgid ""
"Copy the upstream I<.tar.gz> to the new location instead of making a symlink."
msgstr ""
"Copie l'archive I<.tar.gz> amont au nouvel emplacement au lieu de faire un "
"lien symbolique."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<UUPDATE_PRISTINE>"
msgstr "B<UUPDATE_PRISTINE>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:96
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--no-pristine> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  no, alors c'est comme si l'option B<--no-"
"pristine> tait utilise."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<UUPDATE_SYMLINK_ORIG>"
msgstr "B<UUPDATE_SYMLINK_ORIG>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:100
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--no-symlink> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""
"Si elle est positionne  no, alors c'est comme si l'option B<--no-"
"symlink> tait utilise."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<UUPDATE_ROOTCMD>"
msgstr "B<UUPDATE_ROOTCMD>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:103
msgid "This is equivalent to the B<--rootcmd> option."
msgstr "quivaut  utiliser l'option B<--rootcmd>."

# type: SH
#: ../uupdate.1:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS TAKEN ON AN ARCHIVE"
msgstr "ACTIONS EFFECTUES SUR UNE ARCHIVE"

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:104 ../uupdate.1:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Figure out new version number>"
msgstr "B<Rcupration du numro de version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:110
msgid ""
"Unless an explicit version number is provided, the archive name is analyzed "
"for a sequence of digits separated by dots.  If something like that is "
"found, it is taken to be the new upstream version number.  If not, "
"processing is aborted."
msgstr ""
" moins que le numro de version ne soit explicitement fourni, le nom de "
"l'archive est analys pour rechercher une squence de chiffres spars par "
"des points. Si quelque chose comme a est trouv, ce sera utilis comme "
"nouveau numro de version amont. Sinon, le processus est interrompu."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Create the .orig.tar.gz archive>"
msgstr "B<Cration de l'archive .orig.tar.gz>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:115
msgid ""
"If the B<--pristine> or B<-u> option is specified and the upstream archive "
"is a I<.tar.gz> or I<.tgz> archive, then this will be copied directly to "
"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz>."
msgstr ""
"Si les options B<--pristine> ou B<-u> sont utilises et que l'archive amont "
"est une archive I<.tar.gz> ou I<.tgz>, alors elle est copie directement "
"dans I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz>."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Unpacking>"
msgstr "B<Dcompression>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:120
msgid ""
"The archive is unpacked and placed in a directory with the correct name "
"according to Debian policy: package-upstream_version.orig.  Processing is "
"aborted if this directory already exists."
msgstr ""
"L'archive est dcompresse et place dans un rpertoire avec le nom dfini "
"dans la charte Debian: paquet-version_amont.orig. Le processus est "
"interrompu si ce rpertoire existe dj."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:120 ../uupdate.1:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Patching>"
msgstr "B<Application de la rustine>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:128
msgid ""
"The I<.diffs.gz> from the current version are applied to the unpackaged "
"archive.  A non-zero exit status and warning message will occur if the "
"patches did not apply cleanly or if no patch file was found.  Also, the list "
"of rejected patches will be shown.  The file I<debian/rules> is made "
"executable and all of the I<.orig> files created by B<patch> are deleted."
msgstr ""
"La rustine (patch) I<.diff.gz> de la version actuelle est applique  "
"l'archive dcompresse. Un message d'avertissement est affich avant de "
"quitter avec une valeur de retour non nulle si la rustine ne s'applique pas "
"sans problme ou si elle n'a pas t trouve. La liste des rustines rejetes "
"est galement affiche. Le fichier I<debian/rules> est rendu excutable et "
"tous les fichiers I<.orig> crs par B<patch> sont dtruits."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:128 ../uupdate.1:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Changelog update>"
msgstr "B<Mise  jour du fichier changelog>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:132 ../uupdate.1:160
msgid ""
"A changelog entry with the new version number is generated with the text "
"\"New upstream release\"."
msgstr ""
"Une entre du fichier changelog avec la nouvelle version est gnre avec le "
"texte New upstream release (nouvelle version amont)."

# type: SH
#: ../uupdate.1:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS TAKEN ON A PATCH FILE"
msgstr "ACTIONS APPLIQUES  UN FICHIER DE RUSTINES"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:139
msgid ""
"Unless an explicit version number is provided, the patch file name is "
"analyzed for a sequence of digits separated by dots.  If something like that "
"is found, it is taken to be the new upstream version number.  If not, "
"processing is aborted."
msgstr ""
" moins qu'un numro de version ne soit explicitement fourni, le fichier de "
"rustines est analys afin de rechercher une squence de chiffres spars par "
"des points. Si une telle squence est trouve, elle est utilise comme "
"nouveau numro de version amont. Sinon, le processus est interrompu."

# type: TP
#: ../uupdate.1:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Clean the current source tree>"
msgstr "B<Nettoyage de l'arborescence source actuelle>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:144
msgid ""
"The command B<debuild clean> is executed within the current Debian source "
"archive to clean it.  If a B<-r> option is given to B<uupdate>, it is passed "
"on to B<debuild>."
msgstr ""
"La commande B<debuild clean> est excute dans l'archive de l'architecture "
"source Debian pour la nettoyer. Si une option B<-r> est fournie   "
"B<uupdate>, elle est passe  B<debuild>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:156
msgid ""
"The current source archive (I<.orig.tar.gz>) is unpacked and the patch "
"applied to the original sources.  If this is successful, then the I<.orig> "
"directory is renamed to reflect the new version number and the current "
"Debian source directory is copied to a directory with the new version "
"number, otherwise processing is aborted.  The patch is then applied to the "
"new copy of the Debian source directory.  The file I<debian/rules> is made "
"executable and all of the I<.orig> files created by B<patch> are deleted.  "
"If there was a problem with the patching, a warning is issued and the "
"program will eventually exit with non-zero exit status."
msgstr ""
"L'archive source actuelle (I<.orig.tar.gz>) est dcompresse et la rustine "
"est applique aux sources originelles. En cas de succs, le rpertoire I<."
"orig> est renomm de faon  reflter le nouveau numro de version, et le "
"rpertoire source Debian actuel est copi vers un rpertoire avec le nouveau "
"numro de version. Sinon, le processus est interrompu. La rustine est "
"applique  la nouvelle copie du rpertoire source Debian. Le fichier "
"I<debian/rules> est rendu excutable, et tous les fichiers I<.orig> crs "
"par B<patch> sont dtruits. En cas de problme lors de l'application de la "
"rustine, un avertissement est affich et le programme quittera avec une "
"valeur de retour non nulle."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:167
msgid ""
"B<debuild>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<patch>(1), I<The Debian Policy Manual> and "
"B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""
"B<debuild>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<patch>(1), I<la charte Debian> et "
"B<devscripts.conf>(5)."

# type: Plain text
#: ../uupdate.1:170
msgid ""
"The original version of B<uupdate> was written by Christoph Lameter "
"E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>.  Several changes and improvements have been "
"made by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"La version initiale de B<uupdate> a t crite par Christoph Lameter "
"E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>. Plusieurs modifications et amliorations ont "
"t apportes par Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../whodepends.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "WHODEPENDS"
msgstr "WHODEPENDS"

# type: Plain text
#: ../whodepends.1:4
msgid "whodepends - check which maintainers' packages depend on a package"
msgstr ""
"whodepends - Vrifier quels paquets (et responsables) dpendent d'un autre"

# type: Plain text
#: ../whodepends.1:6
msgid "B<whodepends> [I<package>] [options]"
msgstr "B<whodepends> [I<paquet>] [options]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../whodepends.1:10
msgid ""
"B<whodepends> gives the names, e-mail addresses and the packages they "
"maintain which depend on the given packages of all maintainers who have "
"packages depending on the given package."
msgstr ""
"B<whodepends> donne le nom de tous les responsables qui ont un paquet qui "
"dpend d'un paquet donn, ainsi que leurs adresses email et le nom des "
"paquets concerns."

# type: TP
#: ../whodepends.1:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help, -h>"
msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"

# type: TP
#: ../whodepends.1:14
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version, -v>"
msgstr "B<--version>, B<-v>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../whodepends.1:19
msgid "B<whodepends> is not very efficient."
msgstr "B<whodepends> n'est pas vraiment efficace."

# type: Plain text
#: ../whodepends.1:20
msgid ""
"B<whodepends> has been written by Moshe Zadka E<lt>moshez@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr "B<whodepends> a t crit par Moshe Zadka E<lt>moshez@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../who-uploads.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "WHO-UPLOADS"
msgstr "WHO-UPLOADS"

# type: Plain text
#: ../who-uploads.1:4
msgid "who-uploads - identify the uploaders of Debian source packages"
msgstr ""
"who-uploads - Identifier les personnes ayant envoy des paquets source Debian"

# type: Plain text
#: ../who-uploads.1:6
msgid "B<who-uploads> [I<options>] I<source_package> [...]"
msgstr "B<who-uploads> [I<options>] I<paquet_source> [...]"

# type: Plain text
#: ../who-uploads.1:12
msgid ""
"B<who-uploads> uses the Package Tracking System (PTS) to identify the "
"uploaders of the three most recent versions of the given source packages.  "
"Note that the uploaders are identified using their B<gpg>(1) keys; "
"installing a recent version of the I<debian-keyring> package should provide "
"most of the required keys."
msgstr ""
"B<who-uploads> utilise le systme de suivi des paquets (PTS) pour identifier "
"les personnes ayant envoy les trois versions les plus rcentes des paquets "
"sources donns. Notez que ces personnes sont identifies avec leurs cls "
"B<gpg>(1). L'installation d'une version rcente du paquet I<debian-keyring> "
"devrait fournir la plupart des cls ncessaires."

# type: Plain text
#: ../who-uploads.1:15
msgid ""
"Note that because the PTS uses source packages, you must give the source "
"package names, not the binary package names."
msgstr ""
"Notez que puisque le PTS utilise les paquets sources, vous devez donner les "
"noms des paquets sources, et non ceux des paquets binaires."

# type: TP
#: ../who-uploads.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--max-uploads=>I<N>"
msgstr "B<--max-uploads=>I<N>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../who-uploads.1:21
msgid ""
"Specify the maximum number of uploads to display for each package; the "
"default is 3.  Note that you may not see this many uploads if there are not "
"this many recorded in the PTS."
msgstr ""
"Spcifie le nombre maximum d'envois  afficher pour chaque paquet. La valeur "
"par dfaut est 3. Notez qu'un nombre infrieur peut tre affich s'il n'y a "
"pas suffisamment d'envois enregistrs dans le PTS."

# type: TP
#: ../who-uploads.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keyring >I<keyring>"
msgstr "B<--keyring> I<trousseau>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../who-uploads.1:25
msgid ""
"Add I<keyring> to the list of keyrings to be searched for the uploader's GPG "
"key."
msgstr ""
"Ajoute un I<trousseau> de cls  la liste des trousseaux  utiliser pour "
"identifier la cl GPG des personnes ayant envoy un paquet."

# type: TP
#: ../who-uploads.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-default-keyrings>"
msgstr "B<--no-default-keyrings>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../who-uploads.1:32
msgid ""
"By default, B<who-uploads> uses the two Debian keyrings I</usr/share/"
"keyrings/debian-keyring.{gpg,pgp}> (although this default can be changed in "
"the configuration file, see below).  Specifying this option means that the "
"default keyrings will not be examined.  The B<--keyring> option overrides "
"this one."
msgstr ""
"Par dfaut, B<who-uploads> utilise les deux trousseaux Debian I</usr/share/"
"keyrings/debian-keyring.{gpg,pgp}> (mme si cette valeur peut tre modifie "
"dans le fichier de configuration, voyez ci-dessous). En spcifiant cette "
"option, les trousseaux par dfaut ne seront pas examins. L'option B<--"
"keyring> remplace cette valeur."

# type: TP
#: ../who-uploads.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<WHOUPLOADS_MAXUPLOADS>"
msgstr "B<WHOUPLOADS_MAXUPLOADS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../who-uploads.1:52
msgid ""
"The maximum number of uploads to display for each package.  By default, this "
"is 3."
msgstr ""
"Nombre maximum d'envois  afficher pour chaque paquet. La valeur par dfaut "
"est 3."

# type: TP
#: ../who-uploads.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<WHOUPLOADS_KEYRINGS>"
msgstr "B<WHOUPLOADS_KEYRINGS>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../who-uploads.1:58
msgid ""
"This is a colon-separated list of the default keyrings to be used.  By "
"default, it is the two Debian keyrings I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring."
"gpg> and I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.pgp>."
msgstr ""
"Il s'agit d'une liste spare par des deux-points des trousseaux par dfaut "
" utiliser. Par dfaut, il s'agit des deux trousseaux Debian I</usr/share/"
"keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg> et I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.pgp>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../who-uploads.1:61
msgid ""
"The original version of B<who-uploads> was written by Adeodato Sim\\['o] "
"E<lt>dato@net.com.org.esE<gt>.  The current version is by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"Le programme B<who-uploads> a t initialement crit par Adeodato Sim\\['o] "
"E<lt>dato@net.com.org.esE<gt>. La version actuelle est crite par Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: TH
#: ../wnpp-alert.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "WNPP-ALERT"
msgstr "WNPP-ALERT"

# type: Plain text
#: ../wnpp-alert.1:4
msgid "wnpp-alert - check for installed packages up for adoption or orphaned"
msgstr ""
"wnpp-alert - Rechercher les paquets installs offerts  l'adoption ou "
"orphelins"

# type: TP
#: ../wnpp-alert.1:6
msgid "B<wnpp-alert>"
msgstr "B<wnpp-alert>"

# type: TP
#: ../wnpp-alert.1:8
msgid "B<wnpp-alert --help|--version>"
msgstr "B<wnpp-alert --help|--version>"

# type: Plain text
#: ../wnpp-alert.1:12
msgid ""
"B<wnpp-alert> downloads the lists of orphaned packages and packages up for "
"adoption from the WNPP webpages, and then outputs a list of packages "
"installed on the system which are in those lists."
msgstr ""
"B<wnpp-alert> tlcharge la liste des paquets orphelins et la liste des "
"paquets offerts  l'adoption depuis les pages web WNPP, puis affiche la "
"liste des paquets installs sur le systme qui se trouvent dans ces listes."

# type: Plain text
#: ../wnpp-alert.1:22
msgid ""
"B<wnpp-alert> was written by Arthur Korn E<lt>arthur@korn.chE<gt> and "
"modified by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> for the devscripts "
"package.  It is in the public domain."
msgstr ""
"B<wnpp-alert> a t crit par Arthur Korn E<lt>arthur@korn.chE<gt> et "
"modifi par Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> pour le paquet "
"devscripts. Il se trouve dans le domaine public."

# type: TH
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVSCRIPTS.CONF"
msgstr "DEVSCRIPTS.CONF"

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:4
msgid "devscripts.conf - configuration file for the devscripts package"
msgstr "devscripts.conf - Fichier de configuration du paquet devscripts"

# NOTE: presque identique
# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:9
msgid ""
"The B<devscripts> package provides a collection of scripts which may be of "
"use to Debian developers and others wishing to build Debian packages.  Many "
"of these have options which can be configured on a system-wide and per-user "
"basis."
msgstr ""
"Le paquet B<devscripts> fournit un ensemble de scripts qui peuvent tre "
"utiles aux dveloppeurs Debian et  tous ceux qui souhaitent construire des "
"paquets Debian. Beaucoup d'entre eux ont des options qui peuvent tre "
"configures dans des fichiers de configuration au niveau du systme ou par "
"utilisateur."

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:15
msgid ""
"Every script in the B<devscripts> package which makes use of values from "
"these configuration files describes the specific settings recognised in its "
"own manpage.  (For a list of the scripts, either see I</usr/share/doc/"
"devscripts/README.gz> or look at the output of I<dpkg -L devscripts | grep /"
"usr/bin>.)"
msgstr ""
"Tous les scripts du paquet B<devscripts> qui utilisent des valeurs de ces "
"fichiers de configuration dcrivent les paramtres reconnus par chacun "
"d'entre eux dans leurs pages de manuel respectives. (Consultez I</usr/share/"
"doc/devscripts/README.gz> pour avoir une liste des scripts ou utilisez la "
"sortie de I<dpkg -L devscripts | grep /usr/bin>.)"

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:24
msgid ""
"The two configuration files are I</etc/devscripts.conf> for system-wide "
"defaults and I<~/.devscripts> for per-user settings.  They are written with "
"B<bash>(1) syntax, but should only have comments and simple variable "
"assignments in them; they are both sourced (if present) by many of the "
"B<devscripts> scripts.  Variables corresponding to simple switches should "
"have one of the values I<yes> and I<no>; any other setting is regarded as "
"equivalent to the default setting."
msgstr ""
"Les deux fichiers de configuration sont I</etc/devscripts.conf> au niveau "
"systme et I<~/.devscripts> pour les paramtres propres  un utilisateur. "
"Ils sont crits dans la syntaxe B<bash>(1), mais ne doivent comporter que "
"des commentaires ou des affectations de variable simples. Ils sont valus "
"tous les deux par beaucoup des scripts du paquet B<devscripts>. Les "
"variables boolennes peuvent prendre pour valeurs I<yes> (oui) ou I<no> "
"(non); toute autre valeur sera interprte comme la valeur par dfaut."

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:28
msgid ""
"All variable names are written in uppercase, and begin with the script "
"name.  Package-wide variables begin with \"DEVSCRIPTS\", and are listed "
"below, as well as in the relevant manpages."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les variables sont crites en majuscules, et commencent par le nom du "
"script. Les variables globales au paquet commencent par DEVSCRIPTS, et "
"sont listes ci-dessous et dans les pages de manuel appropries."

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:36
msgid ""
"For a list of all of the available options variables, along with their "
"default settings, see the example configuration file I</usr/share/doc/"
"devscripts/devscripts.conf.ex>.  This is copied to I</etc/devscripts.conf> "
"when the B<devscripts> package is first installed.  Information about "
"configuration options introduced in newer versions of the package will be "
"appended to I</etc/devscripts.conf> when the package is upgraded."
msgstr ""
"Pour une liste de toutes les variables disponibles, avec leur valeur par "
"dfaut, veuillez consulter l'exemple de fichier de configuration I</usr/"
"share/doc/devscripts/devscripts.conf.ex>. Celui-ci est copi dans I</etc/"
"devscripts.conf> quand le paquet B<devscripts> est install pour la premire "
"fois. Les informations concernant les options ajoutes dans les nouvelles "
"versions du paquet sont ajoutes  la fin de I</etc/devscripts.conf> quand "
"le paquet est mis  jour."

# NOTE: et --noconf ?
# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:40
msgid ""
"Every script which reads the configuration files can be forced to ignore "
"them by using B<--no-conf> as the I<first> command-line option."
msgstr ""
"Il est possible d'empcher la lecture des fichiers de configuration, pour "
"les scripts qui les utilisent, en utilisant l'option B<--no-conf> comme "
"I<premire> option de la ligne de commande."

# type: SH
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE-WIDE VARIABLES"
msgstr "VARIABLES GLOBALES AU PAQUET"

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:42
msgid "The currently recognised package-wide variables are:"
msgstr "Les options globales au paquet actuellement reconnues sont:"

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:54
msgid ""
"These control scripts which change directory to find a I<debian/changelog> "
"file or suchlike, and some other miscellaneous cases.  In order to prevent "
"unwanted, even possibly dangerous, behaviour, these variables control when "
"actions will be performed.  The scripts which currently make use of these "
"variables are: B<debc>, B<debchange>/B<dch>, B<debclean>, B<debi>, "
"B<debrelease>, B<debuild> and B<uscan>, but this list may change with time "
"(and I may not remember to update this manpage).  Please see the manpages of "
"individual scripts for details of the specific behaviour for each script."
msgstr ""
"Permet de contrler les scripts qui changent de rpertoire afin de trouver "
"un fichier I<debian/changelog> ou un fichier y ressemblant, et quelques "
"autres cas. Pour empcher des comportements non souhaits, et pouvant tre "
"dangereux, ces variables contrlent le moment o les actions sont "
"effectues. Les scripts qui utilisent actuellement ces variables sont: "
"B<debc>, B<debchange>/B<dch>, B<debclean>, B<debi>, B<debrelease>, "
"B<debuild> et B<uscan>, mais cette liste peut tre amene  tre modifie "
"(et il se peut que cette page de manuel ne soit pas mise  jour). Veuillez "
"consulter les pages de manuel des diffrents scripts pour les dtails des "
"comportements de ceux-ci."

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:58
msgid "B<devscripts>(1)  and I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/README.gz.>"
msgstr "B<devscripts>(1) et I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/README.gz>."

# type: Plain text
#: ../devscripts.conf.5:60
msgid ""
"This manpage was written for the B<devscripts> package by the package "
"maintainer Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""
"Cette page de manuel a t crite pour le paquet B<devscripts> par le "
"responsable du paquet, Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis><arg>
#~ msgid "<command>&dhcommand;</command> <arg choice=\"opt\"> -"
#~ msgstr "<command>&dhcommand;</command> <arg choice=\"opt\"> -"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis><arg><option>
#~ msgid "vckDh"
#~ msgstr "vckDh"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "--new-version <replaceable class=\"parameter\">new-version</replaceable>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "--new-version <replaceable class=\"parameter\">nouvelle-version</"
#~ "replaceable>"

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#~ msgid "--hook <replaceable class=\"parameter\">hook-command</replaceable>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "--hook <replaceable class=\"parameter\">commande-crochet</replaceable>"

# type: textblock
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A final benefit to using a cache is that it will speed download times for "
#~ "bugs in the cache even when you're online, as it can just compare the "
#~ "item in the cache with what's on the server, and not re-download it every "
#~ "time."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Un dernier avantage de l'utilisation d'un cache est que cela va acclrer "
#~ "les temps de tlchargement des rapports de bogue, mme lorsque vous tes "
#~ "en ligne, puisqu'il compare les lments en cache avec les lments "
#~ "prsents sur le serveur, et ne les tlcharge pas  nouveau chaque fois."

# type: TP
#~ msgid "B<dget> [B<-bq>] I<package>"
#~ msgstr "B<dget> [B<-bq>] I<paquet>"

# type: textblock
#~ msgid "B<-x> run B<dpkg-source -x> on the downloaded source package."
#~ msgstr "B<-x> lance B<dpkg-source -x> sur le paquet source tlcharg."

# type: =item
#~ msgid "Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>"
#~ msgstr "Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>"

# type: Plain text
#~ msgid "B<nmudiff>"
#~ msgstr "B<nmudiff>"

# type: Plain text
#~ msgid "B<debdiff>(1)"
#~ msgstr "B<debdiff>(1)"

# type: Plain text
#~ msgid ""
#~ "This script should give the user a choice of how to edit and mail the "
#~ "diff.  It should also offer the option of sending to a specified bug "
#~ "number, possibly offering a menu of such things.  Finally, it should "
#~ "support the --help and --version options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ce script devrait donner  l'utilisateur le choix de la mthode pour "
#~ "diter et envoyer le diff par mail. Il devrait aussi proposer une option "
#~ "pour spcifier un numro de bogue, et si possible proposer un menu pour "
#~ "de telles choses. Enfin, il devrait supporter les options --help et --"
#~ "version."

# type: TP
#~ msgid "B<-n>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>"

# type: TP
#~ msgid "B<-s>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>"

# type: TP
#~ msgid "B<-f>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>"

# type: Plain text
#~ msgid "Joshua Kwan E<lt>joshk@triplehelix.orgE<gt>"
#~ msgstr "Joshua Kwan E<lt>joshk@triplehelix.orgE<gt>"